The $500,000 Deduction Limitation for Remuneration Provided by Certain Health Insurance Providers, 56891-56925 [2014-22317]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Tuesday,
No. 184
September 23, 2014
Part III
Department of the Treasury
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
The $500,000 Deduction Limitation for Remuneration Provided by Certain
Health Insurance Providers; Final Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56892
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9694]
RIN 1545–BK88
The $500,000 Deduction Limitation for
Remuneration Provided by Certain
Health Insurance Providers
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations.
AGENCY:
This document contains final
regulations on the application of the
$500,000 deduction limitation for
remuneration provided by certain health
insurance providers under section
162(m)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code
(Code). These regulations affect certain
health insurance providers providing
remuneration that exceeds the
deduction limitation.
DATES: Effective date: These regulations
are effective on September 23, 2014.
Applicability date: For dates of
applicability, see § 1.162–31(j).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ilya
Enkishev at (202) 317–5600 (not a tollfree number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
SUMMARY:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Background
This document contains final
amendments to the Income Tax
Regulations (26 CFR part 1) under
section 162(m)(6) of the Code. Section
162(m)(6) limits the allowable
deduction for remuneration attributable
to services performed by applicable
individuals to certain health insurance
providers that receive premiums from
providing health insurance coverage.
Section 162(m)(6) was added to the
Code by section 9014 of the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act
(ACA) (Pub. L. 111–148, 124 Stat. 119,
868 (2010)).
In general, section 162(m)(6) limits to
$500,000 the allowable deduction for
remuneration attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider
in a taxable year beginning after
December 31, 2012, that, but for section
162(m)(6), is otherwise deductible
under chapter 1 of the Code (referred to
in this preamble and the final
regulations as remuneration that is
otherwise deductible). Remuneration
attributable to services performed for a
covered health insurance provider in a
disqualified taxable year beginning after
December 31, 2009, and before January
1, 2013, that becomes otherwise
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
deductible in a taxable year beginning
after December 31, 2012, is also subject
to the $500,000 deduction limitation,
determined as if the deduction
limitation applied to disqualified
taxable years beginning after December
31, 2009. If remuneration that is
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual for a covered
health insurance provider in a
disqualified taxable year exceeds
$500,000, the amount of the
remuneration that exceeds $500,000 is
not allowable as a deduction in any
taxable year.
On December 23, 2010, the
Department of the Treasury (Treasury
Department) and the IRS released Notice
2011–2 (2011–1 IRB 260), which
provides guidance on certain issues
under section 162(m)(6). A notice of
proposed rulemaking (REG–106796–12)
was published in the Federal Register
(78 FR 19950) on April 2, 2013 (the
proposed regulations). The Treasury
Department and the IRS received
written comments in response to the
notice and the proposed regulations.
After consideration of these comments,
the Treasury Department adopts the
proposed regulations as final
regulations, with the modifications set
forth in this Treasury decision.
Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Modifications
I. Definition of Covered Health
Insurance Provider
A. In General
Section 162(m)(6)(C) provides that a
covered health insurance provider is
any health insurance issuer described in
section 162(m)(6)(C)(i) and certain
persons that are treated as a single
employer with that health insurance
issuer, as described in section
162(m)(6)(C)(ii). A person may be a
covered health insurance provider for
one taxable year, but not be a covered
health insurance provider for another
taxable year, depending on whether that
person meets the requirements to be a
covered health insurance provider
under section 162(m)(6)(C) for a
particular taxable year. These final
regulations generally adopt the rules
described in the proposed regulations
for determining whether a health
insurance issuer or any other person is
a covered health insurance provider for
any taxable year, except as described
herein.
B. Health Insurance Issuers
For taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2012, section
162(m)(6)(C)(i)(II) provides that a health
insurance issuer (as defined in section
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
9832(b)(2)) is a covered health insurance
provider for a taxable year if not less
than 25 percent of the gross premiums
that it receives from providing health
insurance coverage (as defined in
section 9832(b)(1)) during the taxable
year are from minimum essential
coverage (as defined in section
5000A(f)). For taxable years beginning
after December 31, 2009 and before
January 1, 2013, section
162(m)(6)(C)(i)(I) provides that a health
insurance issuer (as defined in section
9832(b)(2)) is a covered health insurance
provider for a taxable year if it receives
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage (as defined in
section 9832(b)(1)) during the taxable
year.
C. Persons Treated as a Single Employer
With a Health Insurance Provider
Section 162(m)(6)(C)(ii) provides that
two or more persons that are treated as
a single employer under sections 414(b),
(c), (m), or (o) are treated as a single
employer for purposes of determining
whether a person is a covered health
insurance provider, except that in
applying section 1563(a) for purposes of
these subsections, sections 1563(a)(2)
and (3) (describing brother-sister
controlled groups and combined groups)
are disregarded. The final regulations,
like the proposed regulations, generally
provide that each member of an
aggregated group that includes a
covered health insurance provider
described in section 162(m)(6)(C)(i) at
any time during a taxable year is also a
covered health insurance provider for
purposes of section 162(m)(6), even if
the member is not a health insurance
issuer and does not provide health
insurance coverage. For this purpose,
the final regulations, like the proposed
regulations, define the term aggregated
group as a health insurance issuer (as
defined in section 9832(b)(2)) and all
persons that are treated as a single
employer with the health insurance
issuer under sections 414(b), (c), (m) or
(o), disregarding sections 1563(a)(2) and
(3) (with respect to controlled groups of
corporations) and § 1.414(c)–(2)(c) and
(d) (with respect to trades or businesses
under common control).
The proposed regulations include
rules for determining whether a member
of an aggregated group that is not a
health insurance issuer is a covered
health insurance provider for a
particular taxable year. Under these
rules, the parent entity of an aggregated
group is generally a covered health
insurance provider for its taxable year
with which, or in which, ends the
taxable year of any health insurance
issuer that is a covered health insurance
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
provider in an aggregated group with
the parent entity. Each other member of
the parent entity’s aggregated group is a
covered health insurance provider for
its taxable year that ends with, or
within, the taxable year of the parent
entity during which the parent entity is
a covered health insurance provider.
The final regulations generally adopt
these rules.
The final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide that, in
an aggregated group that is a parentsubsidiary controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of
section 414(b)) or a parent-subsidiary
group of trades or businesses under
common control (within the meaning of
section 414(c)), the parent entity is the
common parent of the aggregated group.
With respect to an aggregated group
that is an affiliated service group within
the meaning of section 414(m) or a
group described in section 414(o), the
final regulations adopt the rules
described in the proposed regulations
and provide that the parent entity is the
health insurance issuer in the
aggregated group. If, however, two or
more health insurance issuers are
members of an aggregated group that is
an affiliated service group (within the
meaning of section 414(m)) or a group
described in section 414(o), then any
health insurance issuer in the
aggregated group that is designated in
writing by the other members of the
aggregated group is the parent entity for
purposes of section 162(m)(6). If the
members of an aggregated group that
includes two or more health insurance
issuers that is an affiliated service group
or group described in section 414(o) fail
to designate a parent entity in writing,
the members of the group are deemed
for all taxable years to have a parent
entity with a taxable year that is the
calendar year.
In the preamble to the proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS requested comments on the
circumstances under which a new
parent entity could be designated, such
as when a health insurance issuer that
has been designated as the parent entity
of an aggregated group ceases to be a
member of the aggregated group as a
result of a corporate transaction, and
any transition rules that may be
necessary in such situation. One
commenter suggested that the final
regulations should provide that when a
parent entity (a predecessor parent
entity) ceases to be a member of an
aggregated group under section 414(m)
and another health insurance issuer that
has the same taxable year as the
predecessor parent entity remains in the
aggregated group, the remaining
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
members of the aggregated group must
designate that health insurance issuer as
the new parent entity (the successor
parent entity). The commenter also
suggested that if no health insurance
issuer remaining in the aggregated group
has the same taxable year as the
predecessor parent entity, then the
group should be permitted to designate
any health insurance issuer in the
aggregated group as the successor parent
entity. The final regulations generally
adopt these suggestions.
The final regulations also provide
transition rules for determining when a
member of an aggregated group is a
covered health insurance provider if, as
a result of a change in the identity of the
parent entity or for any other reason, the
taxable year of the parent entity is less
than 12 consecutive months. The final
regulations provide that if the taxable
year of the parent entity is less than 12
months, then, solely for purposes of
determining whether it is a covered
health insurance provider for its short
taxable year and for purposes of
determining whether each other
member of the parent entity’s aggregated
group is a covered health insurance
provider for its taxable year ending with
or within the taxable year of the parent
entity, the taxable year of the parent
entity is treated as the 12-month period
ending on the last day of its short
taxable year. The purpose of this rule is
to ensure consistency and continuity in
the treatment of members of an
aggregated group as covered health
insurance providers. Without this rule,
certain members of an aggregated group
that are generally treated as covered
health insurance providers may not be
treated as covered health insurance
providers for one taxable year because
they do not have a taxable year ending
with or within the short taxable year of
the parent entity.
One commenter suggested that an
entity should not be a covered health
insurance provider if all of the services
performed by its employees and
independent contractors are unrelated
to the direct or indirect generation of
health insurance premiums and if the
entity is geographically separate from
any entity within the aggregated group
that receives premiums from providing
health insurance. These final
regulations do not adopt this suggestion.
Such a rule would be inconsistent with
section 162(m)(6)(C)(ii), which provides
that all members of an aggregated group
that includes a health insurance issuer
described in section 162(m)(6)(C)(i) are
covered health insurance providers.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56893
D. United States Possessions
One commenter suggested that health
insurance providers located in Puerto
Rico should not be considered health
insurance issuers under section
9832(b)(1) and, therefore, should not be
covered health insurance providers
under section 162(m)(6)(C)(i). The
commenter also suggested that health
insurance companies (and similar
health insurance providers) located in
Puerto Rico should not be considered
covered health insurance providers
under section 162(m)(6)(C) because the
benefits of the ACA do not inure to
Puerto Rican insurance companies and
because American taxpayers do not
subsidize compensation paid by health
insurance providers in Puerto Rico
through tax deductions. These final
regulations do not adopt this suggestion.
In regulations issued under section 9010
of the ACA (TD 9643, 78 FR 71476,
November 29, 2013), the Treasury
Department and the IRS concluded that
a health insurance company, health
insurance service, or insurance
organization may be a health insurance
issuer under section 9832(b)(2) even if
it is located in Puerto Rico. Accordingly,
a health insurance issuer that is
otherwise a covered health insurance
provider under section 162(m)(6) will
not fail to be a covered health insurance
provider solely because it is located in
Puerto Rico.
E. Self-insurers
These final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide that an
employer is not a covered health
insurance provider solely because it
maintains a self-insured medical
reimbursement plan. For this purpose,
the term self-insured medical
reimbursement plan means a separate
written plan for the benefit of
employees (which may include former
employees) that provides for
reimbursement of employee medical
expenses referred to in section 105(b)
and that does not provide for
reimbursement under an individual or
group policy of accident or health
insurance issued by a licensed
insurance company or under an
arrangement in the nature of a prepaid
health care plan that is regulated under
federal or state law in a manner similar
to the regulation of insurance
companies, and may include a plan
maintained by an employee
organization described in section
501(c)(9).
One commenter noted that, in
addition to providing a self-insured
medical reimbursement plan, some
employers provide coverage for other
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56894
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
health care costs through an insurance
policy (for example, through separate
insured coverage for prescription drugs).
The commenter requested clarification
that an employer that maintains a selfinsured medical reimbursement plan
will not be a covered health insurance
provider solely because the employer
provides additional coverage through an
insurance policy. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that this
is correct.
F. De Minimis Exception
The final regulations retain the de
minimis exception described in the
proposed regulations with certain
clarifications. The final regulations
provide that a person that would
otherwise be a covered health insurance
provider under section
162(m)(6)(C)(i)(II) for any taxable year
beginning after December 31, 2012, is
not a covered health insurance provider
for that taxable year if the premiums
received by that person and all other
members of its aggregated group from
providing health insurance coverage
that is minimum essential coverage are
less than two percent of the gross
revenue of that person and all other
members of its aggregated group for that
taxable year. For taxable years beginning
after December 31, 2009, and before
January 1, 2013, a person that would
otherwise be a covered health insurance
provider under section 162(m)(6)(C)(I) is
not a covered health insurance provider
for that taxable year if the premiums
received by that person and all other
members of its aggregated group from
providing health insurance coverage are
less than two percent of the gross
revenue of that person and all other
members of its aggregated group for that
taxable year.
Commenters suggested that the twopercent threshold for the de minimis
exception should be increased to a level
as high as five percent. In response to
Notice 2011–2, which requested
comments on the de minimis exception,
some commenters requested that the
threshold not be increased because a
higher threshold would allow health
insurance issuers that sell significant
amounts of health coverage to be
exempt from the deduction limit under
section 162(m)(6) and thereby provide
them with a competitive advantage.
After careful consideration of all
comments on the de minimis exception,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
have concluded that the two-percent
threshold strikes the appropriate
balance between exempting persons that
receive health insurance premiums that
are insignificant in relation to their
overall activities and ensuring that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
persons that sell a significant amount of
health insurance are not exempted from
the deduction limitation. Accordingly,
the final regulations do not adopt the
suggestion to increase the de minimis
threshold.
II. Premiums
A. In General
Section 162(m)(6)(C)(i) provides that a
health insurance issuer is a covered
health insurance provider for a taxable
year only if it receives premiums from
providing health insurance coverage (as
defined in section 9832(b)(1)). The
proposed regulations provide that
amounts received under an indemnity
reinsurance contract and amounts that
are direct service payments are not
treated as premiums from providing
health insurance coverage for purposes
of section 162(m)(6)(C)(i). The final
regulations generally adopt the rules set
forth in the proposed regulations.
B. Direct Service Payments
A health insurance issuer or other
person that receives premiums from
providing health insurance coverage
may enter into an arrangement with a
third party to provide, manage, or
arrange for the provision of services by
physicians, hospitals, or other
healthcare providers. In connection
with this arrangement, the health
insurance issuer or other person that
receives premiums from providing
health insurance coverage may pay
compensation to the third party in the
form of capitated, prepaid, periodic, or
other payments, and the third party may
bear some or all of the risk that the
compensation is insufficient to pay the
full cost of providing, managing, or
arranging for the provision of services
by physicians, hospitals, or other
healthcare providers as required under
the arrangement. In addition, the third
party may be subject to healthcare
provider, health insurance, licensing,
financial solvency, or other regulation
under state insurance law.
The final regulations follow the
proposed regulations, and provide that
capitated, prepaid, periodic, or other
payments (referred to as direct service
payments) made by a health insurance
issuer or other person that receives
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage to a third party as
compensation for providing, managing,
or arranging for the provision of
healthcare services by physicians,
hospitals, or other healthcare providers
are not treated as premiums from
providing health insurance coverage for
purposes of section 162(m)(6),
regardless of whether the third party is
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
subject to healthcare provider, health
insurance, licensing, financial solvency,
or other similar regulatory requirements
under state law. In the preamble to the
proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS requested
comments on whether capitated,
prepaid, or periodic payments made by
a government entity to a third party to
provide, manage, or arrange for the
provision of services by physicians,
hospitals, or other healthcare providers
should be treated as premiums from
providing health insurance coverage for
purposes of section 162(m)(6).
One commenter suggested that
payments from a government entity to
certain medical care providers that
accept risk-based payments in exchange
for providing medical care (referred to
in this preamble as clinical risk-bearing
entities) should not be treated as
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage. The commenter
observed that the term health insurance
coverage is defined in section 9832(b)(1)
as ‘‘benefits consisting of medical care
(provided directly, through insurance or
reimbursement, or otherwise) under any
hospital or medical service policy or
certificate, hospital or medical service
plan contract, or health maintenance
organization contract offered by a health
insurance issuer.’’ The commenter
asserted that clinical risk-bearing
entities do not provide health insurance
coverage under section 9832(b)(1)
because they do not issue policies,
certificates, or contracts of insurance to
the individuals to whom they provide
medical care. Specifically, the
commenter suggested that capitated
payments under the Medicare Shared
Savings program or the Medicare
Pioneer ACO Program to a clinical riskbearing entity should not be treated as
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage for this reason.
The commenter further noted that the
definition of the term health insurance
coverage was added to the Code in 1996
as part of the market reforms under the
Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA) and that
virtually identical definitions of the
term health insurance coverage were
added to the Public Health Service Act
(PHSA) and the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act (ERISA) at that
time. The commenter pointed out that
the Secretaries of the Treasury
Department, Health and Human
Services (HHS), and the Department of
Labor (DOL) are required to administer
the definitions of the term health
insurance coverage consistently in all
three statutes pursuant to section 104 of
HIPAA.
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
The commenter also noted that the
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services (CMS) have published
guidance indicating that payments made
by a health insurance issuer to a clinical
risk-bearing entity may qualify as
incurred claims for purposes of
determining the issuer’s Medical Loss
Ratio under certain circumstances. See
CMS, CCIIO Technical Guidance (CCIIO
2012–001): Questions and Answers
Regarding the Medical Loss Ratio
Interim Final Rule (February 10, 2012).
According to the commenter, the
treatment of payments to a clinical riskbearing entity as incurred claims
suggests that such payments are not
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage. The commenter
urged the Treasury Department and the
IRS to clarify that clinical risk-bearing
entities are not covered health insurance
providers subject to the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6)
unless they offer policies, certificates, or
contracts of insurance to enrollees.
Another commenter asserted that
Medicaid managed care organizations
(MCOs) and providers of Medicare
Advantage and Medicare Part D
prescription drug plans should not be
considered health insurance issuers that
provide health insurance coverage for
purposes of sections 9832(b)(1) and (2)
and 162(m)(6). Like the other
commenter, this commenter also
pointed to guidance issued by CMS to
support its position. See CMS, CCIIO
Technical Guidance (CCIIO 2012–002):
Questions and Answers Regarding the
Medical Loss Ratio Regulation (April 20,
2012). The commenter urged the
Treasury Department and the IRS to
treat fees paid to companies with
healthcare business under governmental
healthcare programs, including
Medicare and Medicaid, as direct
service payments, and not as premiums
for purposes of determining whether a
person is a health insurance issuer that
provides health insurance coverage for
purposes of Code section 162(m)(6).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters that a person
cannot be a covered health insurance
provider under section 162(m)(6) unless
it is a health insurance issuer within the
meaning of section 9832(b)(2) that
receives premiums from providing
health insurance coverage within the
meaning of section 9832(b)(1). The
Treasury Department and the IRS also
acknowledge that section 104 of HIPAA
generally requires the Treasury
Department, HHS, and DOL to interpret
consistently the terms health insurance
issuer and health insurance coverage, as
used in the Code, the PHSA, and ERISA.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
The Treasury Department and the IRS,
however, do not adopt the suggestion to
provide in the final regulations that
clinical risk bearing entities, Medicare
and Medicaid providers, and other
recipients of payments from government
entities in connection with providing
benefits under government sponsored
health care programs are not covered
health insurance providers or that the
amounts received by these organizations
are not premiums from providing health
insurance coverage.
The commenters correctly observe
that to be a covered health insurance
provider under section 162(m)(6), a
person must be a health insurance
issuer (as defined in section 9832(b)(2))
that provides health insurance coverage
(as defined in section 9832(b)(1)) and
meets certain other requirements. If the
person is not a health insurance issuer
or does not receive premiums from
providing health insurance coverage,
the person is not a covered health
insurance provider.
The definitions of the terms health
insurance coverage and health
insurance issuer have significant
importance in many sections of the
Code, the PHSA, and ERISA. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that it would be
inappropriate to provide broad guidance
on the interpretation of sections
9832(b)(1) and 9832(b)(2) because it
would require full consideration of the
possible effects of that guidance on
other statutory provisions. The
consideration of these wide-ranging
implications is outside of the scope of
these regulations under section
162(m)(6). However, additional
guidance on the meaning of the terms
health insurance issuer and health
insurance coverage may be provided in
future regulations, notices, revenue
rulings, or other guidance of general
applicability published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin.
C. Stop-Loss Coverage
Stop-loss coverage allows an
employer to self-insure for a set amount
of claims costs, with the stop-loss
coverage covering all or most of the
claims costs that exceed the set amount.
Several commenters requested that the
final regulations clarify the treatment of
stop-loss coverage. Specifically,
commenters suggested that payments for
stop-loss coverage not be treated as
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage because stop-loss
coverage does not provide insurance
coverage for the health risk of an
individual or for medical care for an
individual. Other commenters suggested
that the final regulations adopt the
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56895
model standards of the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners
for determining whether payments for
stop-loss insurance coverage qualify as
premiums from providing health
coverage.
The DOL, HHS, and the Treasury
Department have expressed concern that
employers in small group markets with
healthier employees may pursue
nominally self-insured arrangements
with stop-loss coverage at low
attachment points as functionally
equivalent alternatives to insured group
health plans. The three agencies issued
a request for information regarding such
practices, with a focus on the
prevalence and consequences of stoploss coverage at low attachment points.
77 FR 25788 (May 1, 2012). Because the
scope of stop-loss coverage that may
constitute health insurance, if any, has
not been determined, premiums under a
stop-loss contract will not be considered
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage for purposes of
section 162(m)(6) until such time and to
the extent that future guidance
addresses the issue of whether and, if
so, under what circumstances, stop-loss
coverage constitutes health insurance.
D. Captive Insurance Companies
Under the final regulations, as under
the proposed regulations, a captive
insurance company is a covered health
insurance provider if it is a health
insurance issuer that is otherwise
described in section 162(m)(6)(C). One
commenter recommended that
premiums received by a captive
insurance company or other health
insurance issuer that are attributable to
coverage provided for current and
former employees of members of an
aggregated group that includes the
captive insurance company or other
health insurance issuer should be
excluded from the definition of
premiums. The commenter also
suggested that premiums received by a
health insurance issuer for providing
health insurance coverage to current
and former employees of other related
businesses outside of the health
insurance issuer’s aggregated group
should be excluded from the definition
of premiums under certain
circumstances. The final regulations do
not adopt these suggestions.
Section 406 of ERISA generally
prohibits transactions between an
employee benefit plan and a party in
interest, and, under Section 3(14)(C) of
ERISA, employers are generally parties
in interest with respect to the plans that
they sponsor. In addition, Section
3(14)(G) of ERISA provides that entities
that are more than 50 percent owned by
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
56896
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
employers are also parties in interest.
Accordingly, captive insurance
companies that are more than 50
percent owned by the sponsor of an
employee benefit plan are generally
parties in interest, and the payment of
premiums to such a captive insurance
company to provide insurance to an
employee benefit plan maintained by
the owner of a captive insurance
company would generally be a
prohibited transaction and be subject to
an excise tax under section 4975.
The DOL, however, has granted a
prohibited transaction class exemption
and numerous individual prohibited
transaction exemptions that apply to
captive insurance arrangements in
certain circumstances. Under the class
exemption, a captive insurance
company can directly insure the
employee benefit plan risks of a related
employer if the captive insurance
company and the arrangement meet
certain requirements, one of which is
that at least 50 percent of the captive
insurer’s business is unrelated to the
employer sponsor of the plan.
The individual exemptions apply to
circumstances in which a captive
insurance company provides
reinsurance to an unrelated insurance
company that directly insures the health
risks of a plan sponsor’s employees.
Under this type of arrangement, an
employer purchases health insurance
for its employees through an unrelated
insurance company and pays premiums
for that coverage to the unrelated
insurance company. The unrelated
insurance company then reinsures these
health risks through the employer’s
captive insurance company under an
indemnity reinsurance arrangement.
It is the understanding of the Treasury
Department and the IRS that employers
insuring the health risks of their
employees through captive insurance
companies generally use the approach
outlined in the individual exemptions
to avoid engaging in a prohibited
transaction and incurring an excise tax
under section 4975. Because the
amounts received by a captive insurance
company under this type of arrangement
are solely payments for providing
indemnity reinsurance, those payments
are not treated as premiums under
existing provisions of these regulations,
and no special rule is needed for these
types of payments. In the case of captive
insurance arrangements that rely on the
class exemption, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded
that a special rule for premiums paid by
a plan sponsor or its related businesses
or their employees would be
inappropriate because the captive
insurance company would be required
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
under the terms of the class exemption
to conduct a significant portion of its
insurance business with unrelated third
parties.
The commenter acknowledged that
captive insurance companies generally
follow the approach outlined in the
DOL’s individual prohibited transaction
exemptions but asserted that an
exemption for captive insurance
companies is nonetheless necessary
because the law in this area may change
in the future to permit captive insurance
companies to receive significant
premium payments directly from a
related employer. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded
that a special exception is not necessary
at this time for amounts paid to captive
insurance companies.
III. Disqualified Taxable Year
Consistent with section 162(m)(6)(B)
and the proposed regulations, the final
regulations provide that a disqualified
taxable year is, with respect to any
employer, any taxable year for which
the employer is a covered health
insurance provider.
IV. Applicable Individual
Section 162(m)(6)(F) provides that,
with respect to a covered health
insurance provider for a disqualified
taxable year, an applicable individual is
any individual (i) who is an officer,
director, or employee in such taxable
year, or (ii) who provides services for,
or on behalf of, the covered health
insurance provider during the taxable
year. The final regulations adopt the
proposed regulations and provide that
remuneration for services performed by
an independent contractor to a covered
health insurance provider will not be
subject to the deduction limitation
under section 162(m)(6) if certain
conditions are met. The conditions that
must be met under the final regulations
for the independent contractor
exception to apply are the same as those
provided in the proposed regulations.
Section 162(m)(6)(F) defines an
applicable individual as an
‘‘individual’’ described in that section.
Therefore, a corporation, partnership, or
other entity that is not a natural person
generally would not be an applicable
individual. The preamble to the
proposed regulations explains that the
Treasury Department and the IRS are
concerned that covered health insurance
providers may attempt to avoid the
application of the deduction limitation
under section 162(m)(6) by encouraging
employees and independent contractors
who are natural persons to form small
or single-member personal service
corporations or other similar entities to
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provide services that are historically
provided by natural persons. In the
preamble to the proposed regulations,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
invited comments regarding how the
final regulations might address this
potential abuse.
One commenter suggested that if a
covered health insurance provider
reports remuneration payments on a
Form 1099 or W–2 issued directly to a
natural person, then that person should
be the service provider for purposes of
section 162(m)(6). Conversely, if a
covered health insurance provider
reports remuneration as having been
paid to an entity other than a natural
person, and that reporting is not found
to be incorrect under section 6041, the
entity should be the recipient of the
remuneration for purposes of section
162(m)(6).
The final regulations do not adopt
these suggestions. In general, section
6041 requires information reporting for
payments to independent contractors
and employees. The purpose of section
6041 is simply to track payments that
may constitute gross income to the
payee. Section 6041 information
reporting does not typically require the
payor to look beyond the identity of the
recipient of a payment. Accordingly, it
would be inappropriate to rely on
section 6041 information reporting to
identify potentially abusive
arrangements.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
remain concerned about employment
arrangements that may be structured for
the purpose of avoiding the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6).
Accordingly, while the final regulations
recognize that an applicable individual
generally will be a natural person, they
provide that the Treasury Department
and the IRS may issue guidance in the
future identifying situations in which
services performed by an entity will be
treated as services performed by an
individual for purposes of section
162(m)(6).
V. Applicable Individual Remuneration
(AIR)
As required under section
162(m)(6)(D), the final regulations, like
the proposed regulations, provide that
AIR is the aggregate amount that is
allowable as a deduction (determined
without regard to section 162(m)) with
respect to an applicable individual for a
disqualified taxable year for
remuneration for services performed by
that individual (whether or not during
the taxable year), except that AIR does
not include any amount that is deferred
deduction remuneration.
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
VI. Deferred Deduction Remuneration
(DDR)
Section 162(m)(6)(E) and the final
regulations, like the proposed
regulations, provide that DDR is
remuneration that would be AIR for
services that an applicable individual
performs during a disqualified taxable
year but for the fact that it is not
deductible until a later taxable year
(such as generally occurs, for example,
with nonqualified deferred
compensation).
VII. Attribution of Remuneration to
Services Performed in Taxable Years
The $500,000 deduction limitation
under section 162(m)(6) applies to the
AIR and DDR that is attributable to
services performed by an applicable
individual for a covered health
insurance provider in a disqualified
taxable year. Accordingly, at the time
that an amount of AIR or DDR for an
applicable individual becomes
otherwise deductible (and not before
that time), the remuneration must be
attributed to services performed by the
applicable individual during a
particular taxable year or years of a
covered health insurance provider.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
A. In General
The final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide that,
except as otherwise specifically
provided in the regulations,
remuneration is attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
in the taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in which the
applicable individual obtains a legally
binding right to the remuneration. In
addition, the final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide that
remuneration is not attributable to a
taxable year during which the
applicable individual is not a service
provider. For these purposes, an
individual is a service provider of a
covered health insurance provider for
any period during which the individual
is an officer, director, or employee of, or
providing services for, or on behalf of,
the covered health insurance provider
or any member of its aggregated group.
In the preamble to the proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS requested comments on an
appropriate method for attributing
increases in an applicable individual’s
benefit that accrue in taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider
beginning after the applicable
individual ceases providing services
(referred to in this preamble as posttermination remuneration) to taxable
years during which the applicable
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
individual was a service provider.
Comments were specifically requested
on the appropriate methods for
attributing increases under an account
balance plan (defined as a plan
described in § 1.409A–1(c)(2)(i)(A) or
(B)) and a nonaccount balance plan
(defined as a plan described in
§ 1.409A–1(c)(2)(i)(C)). In the context of
nonaccount balance plans, one
commenter suggested that each payment
to or on behalf of an applicable
individual under a nonaccount balance
plan should be attributed to taxable
years of a covered health insurance
provider during which the applicable
individual was a service provider in
proportion to the increase in the
applicable individual’s benefit under
the plan during those years. For
example, if an applicable individual is
a service provider for a covered health
insurance provider for two years and
participates in a deferred compensation
plan during that time, and the
applicable individual’s benefit under
the plan increases by an equal amount
in both of those years, then 50 percent
of each payment under the plan
(whenever the payment is made and
even if it includes post-termination
remuneration) would be attributable to
services performed in each of the two
taxable years. According to the
commenter, this method would provide
a relatively simple method for
attributing payments, including
payments that include post-termination
remuneration, to services performed in
taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenter that this
approach to the attribution of deferred
compensation payments will ease
administration for taxpayers and the IRS
and will result in a consistent and
principled attribution of payments to
taxable years during which an
applicable individual is a service
provider. Although the commenter
proposed this attribution method in the
context of nonaccount balance plans,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
have concluded that this approach is an
appropriate method for attributing
amounts that become otherwise
deductible under account balance plans
as well. Accordingly, the Treasury
Department and the IRS generally adopt
this approach to the attribution of
payments from account balance plans
and nonaccount balance plans.
B. Account Balance Plans
The proposed regulations provide two
methods for attributing remuneration
under an account balance plan to
services performed by an applicable
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56897
individual in a taxable year of the
covered health insurance provider. The
proposed regulations refer to these
methods as the standard attribution
method and the alternative attribution
method. Under the standard attribution
method, the amount of remuneration
attributable to services performed in a
taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider is equal to the excess
of the account balance as of the last day
of the taxable year, plus any payments
made from that account during the
taxable year, over the account balance as
of the last day of the immediately
preceding taxable year. To the extent
that an amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under an account balance
plan (such as a payment) could be
attributed to services performed by an
applicable individual in two or more
taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider, the proposed
regulations provide that the amount
must be attributed first to services
performed by the applicable individual
in the earliest taxable year to which the
amount could be attributed.
The proposed regulations also provide
that, under the standard attribution
method, any increases or decreases in
an account balance that occur in taxable
years of a covered health insurance
provider in which an applicable
individual is not a service provider
must be attributed to taxable years
during which the applicable individual
is a service provider and has an account
balance under the plan. The preamble to
the proposed regulations provides that
for taxable years beginning in 2013, and
thereafter until the Treasury Department
and the IRS issue further guidance
prescribing the method for attributing
post-termination remuneration to these
taxable years, post-termination
remuneration may be attributed using
any reasonable method to taxable years
of a covered health insurance provider
during which an applicable individual
is a service provider and has an account
balance under the plan. For this
purpose, a method is reasonable only if
it is consistent with a reasonable, good
faith interpretation of section 162(m)(6)
and is applied consistently for all
remuneration provided by the covered
health insurance provider under
substantially similar plans or
arrangements.
Under the alternative method
described in the proposed regulations,
an amount paid to or on behalf of an
applicable individual from an account
balance plan is attributable to services
performed by the applicable individual
in the taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider in which the
principal addition related to the amount
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56898
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
was credited to the applicable
individual’s account under the plan. To
the extent that an amount paid from the
plan includes earnings on a principal
addition (including post-termination
remuneration), the amount is
attributable to services performed in the
taxable year in which the principal
addition was credited to the account.
The final regulations also provide that
two methods are available for attributing
remuneration under account balance
plans. One method, which is different
from the methods described in the
proposed regulations, is referred to as
the account balance ratio method, and
the other, which is similar to the
alternative method described in the
proposed regulations, is referred to as
the principal additions method. The
final regulations, like the proposed
regulations, provide that a covered
health insurance provider and each
member of its aggregated group must
use the same method consistently to
attribute remuneration under all of its
account balance plans for all taxable
years, with certain limited exceptions.
1. Account Balance Ratio Method
The account balance ratio method is
based on the proportional attribution
principles described previously in
section VII.A of this preamble. However,
it is similar to the standard attribution
method described in the proposed
regulations in that the amount attributed
to services performed by an applicable
individual in a particular taxable year of
a covered health insurance provider is
based on the increase in the applicable
individual’s account balance during that
year. Under the account balance ratio
method, remuneration that becomes
otherwise deductible (for example,
because it is paid or made available to
or for an applicable individual) is
attributed to services performed by the
applicable individual in each taxable
year of the covered health insurance
provider in which the applicable
individual was a service provider and
for which the account balance
increased. The amount attributed to
each of these taxable years is equal to
the total amount that becomes otherwise
deductible for the year multiplied by a
fraction. The numerator of the fraction
is the increase in the account balance
for that taxable year, and the
denominator of is the sum of all
increases in the account balance for all
taxable years during which the
applicable individual was a service
provider.
For this purpose, an increase in an
account balance occurs for a taxable
year only if the account balance on the
last day of the taxable year is greater
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
than the highest account balance on the
last day of every prior taxable year. The
amount of the increase for any taxable
year is the excess of the account balance
as of the last day of the taxable year over
the highest account balance as of the
last day of any prior taxable year.
For example, if an applicable
individual’s account balance is $10× on
the last day of Year 1, $5× on the last
day of Year 2, $7× on the last day of
Year 3, and $12× on the last day of Year
4, with the fluctuations due solely to
changes in investment returns and not
due to payments under the plan, the
only year in which an increase occurs
is Year 4, and the increase is equal to
$2× ($12×–$10× (the highest account
balance in a prior year)). For posttermination payments, the account
balance ratio for each taxable year will
generally remain constant, and the same
ratios will generally apply to all future
payments. The Treasury Department
and the IRS anticipate that this method
will be significantly easier to administer
than the standard attribution method
described in the proposed regulations.
Under the account balance ratio
method, certain adjustments are made to
account balances for in-service
payments and for the payment of
grandfathered amounts (as described in
section XI of this preamble). For this
purpose, an in-service payment is any
payment made in a taxable year during
which an applicable individual is a
service provider, and it includes a
payment made after an applicable
individual permanently ceases to be a
service provider (for example, because
the applicable individual retires) if the
applicable individual was a service
provider at any time during the taxable
year of the covered health insurance
provider in which the payment was
made. These adjustments are necessary
because an in-service payment that is
made from an account balance plan
during a year when an applicable
individual is accumulating benefits
would reduce or eliminate any increase
in the year-end account balance that
would have occurred in the absence of
the in-service payment. The adjustments
required for in-service payments and
grandfathered amounts are intended to
eliminate this effect.
Under the account balance ratio
method, if an applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right in a
taxable year during which the
applicable individual is a service
provider to an additional contribution
under the plan (other than earnings) that
will be made in a taxable year in which
the applicable individual is not a
service provider, the additional
contribution is attributed to services
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
performed in the first taxable year
preceding the taxable year of the
contribution in which the applicable
individual was a service provider.
In response to the request for
comments in the proposed regulations
on an appropriate method for attributing
post-termination earnings to taxable
years in which an applicable individual
is a service provider, one commenter
suggested that any increases (or
decreases) in an account balance that
occur in taxable years in which an
applicable individual is not a service
provider should be attributed pro rata
beginning with the taxable year in
which the applicable individual begins
participating in the plan and ending
with the taxable year in which the
individual ceases to be a service
provider. The final regulations do not
adopt this suggestion because it could
result in an allocation of earnings
largely unrelated to the years in which
amounts were credited under the plan
as remuneration for services performed.
2. Principal Additions Method
The alternative method described in
the proposed regulations provides that a
principal addition and earnings (or
losses) thereon (including earnings and
losses in taxable years during which an
applicable individual is not a service
provider) are attributed to the taxable
year in which the related principal
addition is made (including earnings
and losses that occur in taxable years
during which an applicable individual
is not a service provider). The final
regulations generally adopt the
alternative method with certain
modifications and refer to it as the
principal additions method.
Under the principal additions
method, earnings on a principal
addition (including post-termination
earnings) are attributed to the taxable
year in which an applicable individual
is credited with the principal addition
under the plan. For example, if a
principal addition is credited to the
account balance of an applicable
individual in the 2015 taxable year,
earnings on that principal addition in
2028 are treated as additional
remuneration for the 2015 taxable year,
and not the 2028 taxable year.
When an amount is paid from an
account balance plan, it is attributed
under the principal additions method to
services performed in the taxable year in
which the principal addition to which
the amount relates was credited under
the plan. The final regulations clarify
that the principal additions method is
available only for account balance plans
that separately account for each
principal addition to the plan and any
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
earnings thereon and that can trace any
amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan, through
separate accounting, to a principal
addition made in a taxable year of a
covered health insurance provider. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
understand that certain plans already
track contributions of principal
additions and the earnings thereon from
the time those principal additions are
credited under the plan to the time they
are paid, generally as part of the
administration of the plan’s method of
compliance with section 409A. The
ability to trace payments from the plan
to principal additions made in a
particular taxable year is integral to the
purpose of this attribution method, and
the Treasury Department and the IRS
believe it is appropriate to limit the use
of this method to plans that maintain
the separate accounting necessary to
trace these amounts.
C. Nonaccount Balance Plans.
The proposed regulations provide that
remuneration under a nonaccount
balance plan is attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
in a taxable year based on the increase
in the present value of the applicable
individual’s benefit under the plan
during the taxable year. Under this
method, the amount of remuneration
attributable to services performed in a
taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider is equal to the
increase (or decrease) in the present
value of the future payment or payments
due under the plan as of the last day of
the taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider, increased by any
payments made during that year, over
the present value of the future payment
or payments as of the last day of the
covered health insurance provider’s
preceding taxable year. For purposes of
determining the increase (or decrease)
in the present value of a future payment
or payments, the rules of
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(c)(2) apply. To the
extent that an amount that becomes
otherwise deductible under a
nonaccount balance plan (such as a
payment) could be attributed to services
performed by an applicable individual
in two or more taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider, the
proposed regulations provide that the
amount must be attributed first to
services performed by the applicable
individual in the earliest taxable year to
which the amount could be attributed.
In response to comments, the final
regulations adopt two different
attribution methods for nonaccount
balance plans based on proportional
attribution principles and provide that a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
covered health insurance provider may
choose either of these two methods to
attribute remuneration to taxable years
under a nonaccount balance plan. These
two methods are referred to in the final
regulations as the present value ratio
method and the formula benefit ratio
method. A covered health insurance
provider and each member of its
aggregated group must use the same
method consistently to attribute
remuneration under all of their
nonaccount balance plans consistently
for all taxable years, with certain limited
exceptions.
1. Present Value Ratio Method.
Under the present value ratio method,
each time an amount becomes otherwise
deductible, such as when a payment is
made under the plan, the amount is
attributed to services performed in a
taxable year or years of a covered health
insurance provider during which an
applicable individual was a service
provider and for which there was an
increase in the present value of
payment(s) due under the plan. The
amount attributed to each of these
taxable years is equal to the total
amount that is otherwise deductible
multiplied by a fraction. The numerator
of the fraction is the increase in the
present value of the applicable
individual’s benefit for the taxable year,
and the denominator of the fraction is
the sum of all such increases in present
value for all taxable years during which
the applicable individual was a service
provider. In other words, each time an
amount becomes otherwise deductible,
the amount is attributed proportionately
to each taxable year in which the
applicable individual was a service
provider based on the increase in the
present value of the applicable
individual’s benefit under the plan
during that year.
For purposes of the present value
ratio method, an increase in the present
value of an applicable individual’s
benefit occurs for a taxable year only if
the present value of the benefit on the
last day of the covered health insurance
provider’s taxable year is greater than
the present value of the benefit on the
last day of every prior taxable year. The
amount of the increase for the taxable
year is the excess of the present value
of the benefit on the last day of the
taxable year over the greatest present
value of the benefit on the last day of
any prior taxable year. If the present
value of the applicable individual’s
benefit as of the last day of the taxable
year is less than or equal to the present
value of the benefit on the last day of
any prior taxable year, there is no
increase in the present value for that
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56899
year for purposes of this calculation. For
purposes of determining the present
value of a future payment or payments,
the rules of § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(c)(2)
apply. Like the rules under the account
balance ratio method, the final
regulations also provide for adjustments
in the present value of an applicable
individual’s benefit to the extent that
the present value is reduced by inservice payments or includes
grandfathered amounts.
Although the present value ratio
method adopts proportional attribution
principles for purposes of attributing
each payment to services performed by
an applicable individual in taxable
years of a covered health insurance
provider, it is similar to the attribution
method for nonaccount balance plans
described in the proposed regulations in
that amounts paid from the plan are
attributed to taxable years based on an
increase in the present value of the
applicable individual’s benefit. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that the present value ratio
method will be significantly easier for
both taxpayers and the IRS to
administer than the nonaccount balance
attribution method described in the
proposed regulations. For applicable
individuals who begin receiving
benefits under a nonaccount balance
plan after termination of employment,
the present value ratio for each taxable
year will generally remain constant, and
the payments can be attributed to a
taxable year or years simply by
multiplying the amount of the payment
by the applicable fraction or percentage.
2. Formula Benefit Ratio Method.
In response to the request for
comments on the attribution method for
nonaccount balance plans set forth in
the proposed regulations, one
commenter suggested that covered
health insurance providers should not
be required to determine the present
value of an applicable individual’s
benefit for each taxable year to
determine the taxable years to which an
amount should be attributed. The
commenter observed that plans do not
ordinarily determine the present value
of benefits on an individual basis before
amounts are paid, if ever, and that this
calculation would add significant
complexity to process for attributing
payments to services performed. The
commenter suggested that the Treasury
Department and the IRS provide an
alternative attribution method based on
year-over-year increases in the final
benefit that an applicable individual is
entitled to receive under the plan’s
benefit formula, without reducing that
benefit to its present value. These final
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
56900
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
regulations generally adopt this
suggestion, with minor modifications,
and refer to the method as the formula
benefit ratio method.
Under the formula benefit ratio
method, remuneration provided to an
applicable individual under a
nonaccount balance plan is attributable
to each taxable year in which the
applicable individual provided services
and for which there was an increase in
the formula benefit. For these purposes,
an applicable individual’s formula
benefit is the benefit that the applicable
individual has a legally binding right to
receive under the plan in the form that
the remuneration being attributed has
become otherwise deductible, which
will generally be the form in which the
remuneration is paid. If a portion of an
applicable individual’s benefit is paid or
becomes otherwise deductible in one
form (for example, a lump sum) and
another portion of the benefit is paid or
becomes otherwise deductible in
another form (for example, a life
annuity), the applicable individual has
two separate formula benefits under the
plan, and any increase in the formula
benefit is determined separately for each
portion of the benefit. If an amount
becomes otherwise deductible under a
plan but is not paid (for example, if an
individual is in constructive receipt of
an amount but does not receive payment
of that amount), the form in which the
benefit will be paid, if the actual form
of payment is known, must be used to
determine the formula benefit, and, if
the actual form of payment is unknown,
the formula benefit may be determined
using any form of benefit in which the
amount may be paid under the plan. In
that case, the amount would not be
attributed again when it is ultimately
paid because it does not become
otherwise deductible in the year of
actual payment.
Similar to the manner in which
amounts are attributed to services
provided in taxable years of a covered
health insurance provider under the
account balance ratio method and the
present value ratio method, the amounts
attributable under the formula benefit
ratio method to each taxable year in
which an applicable individual
provides services and for which there
was an increase in the formula benefit
is equal to the amount that becomes
otherwise deductible multiplied by a
fraction. The numerator of the fraction
is the increase in the formula benefit for
the taxable year, and the denominator is
the sum of all such increases during
which the applicable individual was a
service provider (which, in most cases,
will equal the amount that has become
otherwise deductible). Thus, each
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
payment is attributed to taxable years
based on the proportion of the increase
in the formula benefit under the plan
during the taxable year to the total
formula benefit to which the applicable
individual has a legally binding right
when the payment is made.
The amount of the increase in the
formula benefit for a taxable year is
equal to the excess of the formula
benefit to which the individual has a
legally binding right under the plan as
of the measurement date for that taxable
year (generally in the actual form of
payment) over the greatest formula
benefit to which the applicable
individual had a legally binding right
under the plan as of any measurement
date in any earlier taxable year (in that
same form of payment). Special rules
apply for purposes of determining
whether an increase occurs, and the
amount of any increase, in the taxable
year in which a payment occurs.
D. Equity-Based Remuneration
The final regulations generally adopt
the rules described in the proposed
regulations for attributing remuneration
resulting from equity-based
compensation, which includes stock
options, stock appreciation rights
(SARs), restricted stock, and restricted
stock units (RSUs), with certain
modifications made in response to
comments.
The proposed regulations provide that
remuneration resulting from the
exercise of stock options and SARs is
attributable on a daily pro rata basis to
services performed by an applicable
individual over the period beginning on
the date of grant of the stock option or
SAR and ending on the date that the
stock option or SAR is exercised,
excluding any days on which the
applicable individual is not a service
provider.
Commenters suggested that, for a
stock option or SAR that is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture, a covered
health insurance provider should be
permitted to attribute remuneration
resulting from the exercise of the stock
option or SAR on a daily pro rata basis
over the period beginning on the date
the stock option or SAR is granted and
ending on either the date the stock
option or SAR is exercised or the date
the stock option or SAR is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture,
in either case excluding any days the
applicable individual is not a service
provider. The commenters explained
that permitting attribution over the
vesting period would be simpler for
some covered health insurance
providers because this method is
commonly used for other financial
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
accounting and regulatory purposes.
The final regulations adopt this
suggestion. However, the final
regulations also provide that the
covered health insurance provider must
choose one of the two permissible
methods and use it consistently for all
stock options or SARs that it issues,
unless certain exceptions apply.
One commenter suggested that,
instead of attributing equity-based
remuneration on a daily pro rata basis
over the period from the grant date to
the date of exercise or the date of
vesting, a covered health insurance
provider should be permitted to
attribute equity-based remuneration
entirely to the taxable year in which the
equity-based remuneration vests, is
exercised, or is otherwise includible in
income. Specifically, the commenter
suggested that if equity-based
remuneration vests in connection with a
corporate transaction, a covered health
insurance provider should be permitted
to attribute pre-transaction appreciation
entirely to the year of vesting. The final
regulations do not adopt this suggestion.
Attributing equity-based remuneration
with a multiple-year vesting period to a
single taxable year would not result in
a reasonable attribution of remuneration
to the taxable years in which the
services were performed to earn the
remuneration, as required by section
162(m)(6)(A).
The final regulations reserve on
attribution rules applicable to grants of
equity-based remuneration in situations
in which the remuneration is
determined by reference to equity in an
entity treated as a partnership for
federal tax purposes or by reference to
equity interests in an entity described in
§ 1.409A–1(b)(5)(iii) (for example a
mutual company). However, until the
Treasury Department and the IRS issue
further guidance on the attribution of
this type of remuneration, the rules
applicable to stock options, SARs,
restricted stock, and RSUs, as described
in the final regulations, may be applied
by analogy (subject to any applicable
rule under the Code (including
subchapter K of the Code) affecting the
timing, availability or amount of any
deduction).
E. Involuntary Separation Pay
The final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide that
involuntary separation pay is
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual during the taxable
year of a covered health insurance
provider in which the involuntary
separation from service occurs.
Alternatively, involuntary separation
pay may be attributable, on a daily pro
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
rata basis, to services performed by the
applicable individual beginning on the
date that the applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right to the
involuntary separation pay and ending
on the date of the applicable
individual’s involuntary separation
from service with the covered health
insurance provider and all members of
its aggregated group. For this purpose,
involuntary separation pay is defined as
remuneration to which an applicable
individual has a right to payment solely
as a result of an involuntary separation
from service. If involuntary separation
pay is attributed to services performed
in multiple taxable years, each payment
of involuntary separation pay must be
attributed to the same taxable years in
the same proportion that the total
amount of separation pay is attributed to
those taxable years.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
F. Substantial Risk of Forfeiture
The final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide a twostep process for attributing certain
remuneration to taxable years of the
covered health insurance provider if the
remuneration is subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture for more than one
taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider. This two-step
process applies to amounts that are
attributable under the general rule
providing that remuneration is
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in the taxable year
in which an applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right to the
remuneration and under the rules for
account balance and nonaccount
balance plans. Under this two-step
process, the remuneration that is subject
to the substantial risk of forfeiture is
first attributed to the taxable year or
years of the covered health insurance
provider under the attribution rules that
otherwise apply. Then, that
remuneration is reattributed on a daily
pro rata basis over the period that it is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
(in other words, reattributed evenly over
the vesting period).
One commenter suggested that the
final regulations make this two-step
attribution method optional, rather than
mandatory, and permit covered health
insurance providers to choose whether
to apply this two-step method on a planby-plan basis. The final regulations do
not adopt this suggestion. Attributing
remuneration evenly over the vesting
period results in a more accurate
matching of remuneration to the taxable
years in which the services were
performed to earn the remuneration and
is consistent with the treatment of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
equity-based compensation that is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
VII. Application of the $500,000
Deduction Limitation
A. In General
The final regulations generally adopt
the rules described in the proposed
regulations for applying the $500,000
deduction limitation of section
162(m)(6). The deduction limitation
applies to the aggregate AIR and DDR
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual for a covered
health insurance provider in a
disqualified taxable year. Accordingly,
if AIR, DDR, or a combination of AIR
and DDR, attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider
in a disqualified taxable year exceeds
$500,000, the amount of the
remuneration that exceeds $500,000 is
not allowable as a deduction in any
taxable year. When the $500,000
deduction limit is applied to an amount
of AIR attributable to services performed
by an applicable individual in a
disqualified taxable year, the deduction
limit with respect to that applicable
individual for that disqualified taxable
year is reduced, but not below zero, by
the amount of the AIR to which the
deduction limit is applied. If the
applicable individual also has an
amount of DDR attributable to services
performed in that disqualified taxable
year that becomes otherwise deductible
in a subsequent taxable year, the
deduction limit, as reduced, is applied
to that amount of DDR in the first
taxable year in which that DDR becomes
otherwise deductible. If the amount of
the DDR that becomes otherwise
deductible is less than the reduced
deduction limit, then the full amount of
the DDR is deductible in that taxable
year. To the extent that the amount of
the DDR exceeds the reduced deduction
limit, the covered health insurance
provider’s deduction for the DDR is
limited to the amount of the reduced
deduction limit and the amount of the
DDR that exceeds the deduction limit
cannot be deducted in any taxable year.
B. Application of Deduction Limitation
to Payments
The final regulations generally adopt
rules described in the proposed
regulations for applying the deduction
limitation to payments of remuneration.
Any payment to an applicable
individual may include remuneration
that is attributable to services performed
by the applicable individual in one or
more taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider under the rules set
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56901
out in the final regulations. For
example, remuneration resulting from
the vesting of restricted stock that is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
for five full taxable years of a covered
health insurance provider is attributable
to services performed by the applicable
individual in each of the five years
during which the restricted stock was
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
In that case, a separate deduction limit
applies to each portion of the payment
that is attributed to services performed
in a different disqualified taxable year of
the covered health insurance provider.
Any portion of the payment that is
attributed to a disqualified taxable year
is deductible only to the extent that it
does not exceed the deduction limit that
applies to the applicable individual for
that disqualified taxable year, as that
deduction limit may have been
previously reduced by the amount of
any AIR or DDR attributable to services
performed in that disqualified taxable
year that was previously deductible.
The final regulations contain several
examples to illustrate how these rules
apply to services performed and
compensation payments made over
multiple taxable years.
VIII. Corporate Transactions
A. In General
A corporation or other person may
become a covered health insurance
provider as a result of certain
transactions such as a merger,
acquisition or disposition of assets or
stock (or other equity interests),
reorganization, consolidation,
separation, or other transaction resulting
in a change in the composition of an
aggregated group (generally referred to
in this preamble and the final
regulations as a corporate transaction).
For example, as a result of the
aggregation rules, members of a
controlled group of corporations that
does not include a health insurance
issuer may become covered health
insurance providers if a health
insurance issuer that is a covered health
insurance provider becomes a member
of the controlled group.
B. Transition Period Relief
The final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide a
transition period to ease the
administrative burden on a person that
becomes a covered health insurance
provider solely as a result of a corporate
transaction. Specifically, the final
regulations provide that if a person that
is not otherwise a covered health
insurance provider would become a
covered health insurance provider
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56902
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
solely as a result of a corporate
transaction, the person generally is not
a covered health insurance provider for
the taxable year in which the
transaction occurs (referred to in this
preamble and the final regulations as
transition period relief). The person,
however, is a covered health insurance
provider for any subsequent taxable year
if it is a covered health insurance
provider for the taxable year under the
generally applicable rules for
determining whether a person is a
covered health insurance provider. A
person that is a covered health
insurance provider immediately before a
corporate transaction is not eligible for
this transition period relief because the
person does not become a covered
health insurance provider solely as a
result of the corporate transaction (but
may be eligible for certain transition
relief relating to the attribution method
it is permitted to use for the taxable year
in which the corporate transaction
occurs).
One commenter suggested that if a
person becomes a covered health
insurance provider as a result of a
corporate transaction, the person should
not be treated as a covered health
insurance provider until the first taxable
year beginning at least six months after
the transaction. The commenter asserted
that the additional time is necessary to
provide for an adequate transition
period. The final regulations do not
adopt this suggestion. Section
162(m)(6)(C)(ii) treats the members of an
aggregated group as a single employer.
The statute does not specifically provide
that a person must be treated as a
covered health insurance provider for
its entire taxable year if it is a member
of an aggregated group that includes a
health insurance issuer for only a
portion of the year. Therefore, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that providing transition
relief for corporate transactions during
the taxable year that the corporate
transaction occurs is consistent with the
statute. However, providing transition
relief for a taxable year in which a
person is a member of an aggregated
group that includes a health insurance
issuer for its entire taxable year would
be inconsistent with the statute.
C. Certain Applicable Individuals
The proposed regulations provide
that, in certain circumstances, the
deduction limitation under section
162(m)(6) may apply to a person that is
not treated as a covered health
insurance provider during the transition
period. Specifically, the proposed
regulations provide that the transition
period otherwise applicable to certain
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
members of an aggregated group does
not extend to remuneration provided to
applicable individuals of a health
insurance issuer that is a covered health
insurance provider and that is not
eligible for the transition period relief
because it does not become a covered
health insurance provider solely as a
result of a corporate transaction.
The final regulations generally adopt
this rule, but expand it to include
applicable individuals of not only
health insurance issuers, but also other
employers that would have been
covered health insurance providers in
the taxable year that the corporate
transaction occurs, without regard to the
corporate transaction. For example, if a
controlled group of corporations that are
not covered health insurance providers
acquires a health insurance issuer and
its non-health insurance issuer
subsidiary, both of which are covered
health insurance providers before the
corporate transaction, the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6)
applies to all remuneration provided to
the applicable individuals of the health
insurance issuer and the non-health
insurance issuer subsidiary, even if the
remuneration is provided by a member
of the acquiring controlled group that is
otherwise eligible for transition period
relief during the year of the acquisition.
D. Consistency Rule Relief
As explained previously in this
preamble, a covered health insurance
provider and all members of its
aggregated group that provide
remuneration under an account balance
plan, a nonaccount balance plan, or
through stock options or SARs generally
must use the same attribution method
for each type of plan (that is, account
balance plans, nonaccount balance
plans, and stock options or SARs) for all
taxable years. As a result of a corporate
transaction, however, a covered health
insurance provider that uses a particular
attribution method for one or more of
these types of plans may become a
member of an aggregated group that has
a member that uses a different
attribution method. To maintain
consistency within the aggregated
group, one or more covered health
insurance providers would need to
change attribution methods.
As noted in the preamble to the
proposed regulations, once
remuneration provided to an applicable
individual from a plan has been
attributed to a taxable year under a
particular method (for example, because
a payment has been made to the
applicable individual), it would be
administratively difficult to change the
attribution method for amounts that
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
become deductible with respect to that
applicable individual in future years
and still provide a reasonably accurate
attribution of remuneration from that
plan to the taxable years in which the
applicable individual performed the
services to earn the remuneration. In
addition, the Treasury Department and
the IRS are concerned that the ability to
change attribution methods may lead to
selective use of methods to maximize
deductions. However, recognizing that
there may be valid business reasons for
changing attribution methods, such as a
merger or acquisition, change in
compensation structure, or change in
accounting method, the Treasury
Department and the IRS requested
comments on the standards that should
apply to determine whether and when
an attribution method may be changed,
and how that change would apply if
deductions for amounts provided under
the plan or arrangement have already
been taken.
Commenters generally asked for
flexibility in applying the consistency
rules after a corporate transaction. The
final regulations generally adopt this
suggestion and provide that, if a covered
health insurance provider that uses an
attribution method for a particular type
of plan (that is, an account balance plan,
a nonaccount balance plan, or a stock
option or SAR) becomes a member of an
aggregated group with one or more
covered health insurance providers that
used a different attribution method for
that type of plan before the corporate
transaction, the covered health
insurance provider will not violate the
otherwise applicable consistency rules
for the taxable year in which the
corporate transaction takes place if it
continues to use the same attribution
method for that type of plan that it used
before the transaction, even if it is
different from the attribution method
used by other members of the aggregated
group. Further, the final regulations
provide that, in this situation, a member
of the aggregated group may change its
attribution method to be the same as the
attribution method used by other
members of its aggregated group, subject
to limitations or modifications that the
Treasury Department and the IRS may
provide in future guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
One commenter suggested that
application of the consistency rules
following a corporate transaction should
not require a retroactive change in
attribution methods. The commenter
noted that changing attribution methods
retroactively would be administratively
difficult. The final regulations generally
adopt this suggestion and provide that,
if an attribution method has been used
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
to attribute remuneration provided to an
applicable individual under an account
balance plan, a nonaccount balance
plan, or a stock option or SAR before a
corporate transaction, that same method
must be used in all future taxable years
to attribute any remuneration provided
to the applicable individual under the
same type of plan to the extent that the
applicable individual had a legally
binding right to the remuneration as of
the date of the corporate transaction.
Because a covered health insurance
provider does not need to use an
attribution method for amounts that
become deductible during a taxable year
until it files its tax return for that
taxable year, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have concluded that the
exceptions to the consistency rules
described in this section of the preamble
and the final regulations will provide
covered health insurance providers
adequate time to make any adjustments
to their attribution methods necessary to
comply with the otherwise applicable
consistency rules.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
E. Application of the De Minimis Rule
One commenter suggested that the
final regulations clarify that if a person
ceases to be a member of an aggregated
group, the de minimis exception is
applied taking into account only the
revenues and premiums of the person
for the period during which it was a
member of the aggregated group. The
final regulations adopt this suggestion.
XI. Grandfathered Amounts
Attributable to Services Performed
Before January 1, 2010
The deduction limitation under
section 162(m)(6) only applies to AIR
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2012 and
to DDR attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
in taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2009. It does not apply to
remuneration attributable to services
performed in taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2010.
The proposed regulations provide that
for purposes of determining whether
remuneration provided under an
account balance plan is attributable to
services performed in taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2010, a
covered health insurance provider is
required to use the same attribution
method that it otherwise uses to
attribute remuneration to taxable years,
except that any substantial risk of
forfeiture is disregarded.
A commenter suggested that a covered
health insurance provider be permitted
to use any method that is permissible
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
for purposes of attributing remuneration
to taxable years for purposes of
determining the amount of
remuneration that is attributable to
services performed before January 1,
2010, even if the method is different
from the method it otherwise uses to
attribute remuneration to taxable years.
The final regulations provide that if a
covered health insurance provider uses
a method for attributing amounts that
become deductible under an account
balance plan or a nonaccount balance
plan to taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2009, it must use that
same method consistently for attributing
amounts to taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2010, except that, if it
uses the account balance ratio method
to attribute remuneration under an
account balance plan to taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2009, it
may use the principal additions method
to attribute amounts to taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2010. The
final regulations require certain
adjustments to account balances for
purposes of applying the account
balance ratio method if this is done.
For nonaccount balance plans, the
proposed regulations provide that the
amount attributable to services provided
in taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2010, equals the present
value of the remuneration to which the
applicable individual would have been
entitled under the plan if the applicable
individual voluntarily terminated
services without cause on the last day
of the first taxable year of the covered
health insurance provider beginning
before January 1, 2010. The proposed
regulations further provide that, for any
subsequent taxable year of the covered
health insurance provider, this amount
may increase to the present value of the
benefit the applicable individual
actually becomes entitled to receive, in
the form and at the time actually paid,
determined under the terms of the plan
(including applicable limits under the
Code) as in effect on the last day of the
first taxable year beginning before
January 1, 2010, without regard to any
further services required by the
individual after that date or any other
events affecting the amount of, or the
entitlement to, benefits (other than the
applicable individual’s election with
respect to the time or form of an
available benefit).
The final regulations provide that for
purposes of determining whether
remuneration provided under a
nonaccount balance plan is attributable
to services performed in taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2010, a
covered health insurance provider is
required to use the attribution method
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56903
that it otherwise uses to attribute
remuneration to taxable years. Although
the amounts attributable to services
performed in taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2010, are determined
differently under the final regulations,
the amounts attributable to services
performed in taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2010, under the
formula benefit ratio method generally
will be similar to the amounts
attributable to those years under the
proposed regulations. For equity-based
remuneration, the final regulations
generally follow the rules described in
the proposed regulations and provide
that any remuneration resulting from
equity-based compensation granted in a
taxable year beginning before January 1,
2010, is not subject to the deduction
limitation, regardless of whether the
equity-based remuneration is subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture during a
taxable year beginning after December
31, 2009. Earnings on these
grandfathered amounts, including
earnings accruing in taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2009, are
also generally treated as remuneration
attributable to services performed in
taxable years beginning before January
1, 2010.
One commenter suggested that the
final regulations should clarify that the
grandfathering rules apply to
remuneration provided under all types
of arrangements (not only remuneration
from account balance plans, nonaccount
balance plans, and equity-based
remuneration) and that grandfathered
amounts be determined based on the
attribution rules generally applicable to
the arrangement under which
remuneration was provided. The final
regulations adopt this suggestion.
XII. Transition Rules for Certain DDR
Section 162(m)(6) applies to DDR
attributable to services performed in a
disqualified taxable year beginning after
December 31, 2009 that is otherwise
deductible in a taxable year beginning
after December 31, 2012. As described
in section I.B of this preamble, for
taxable years beginning before January
1, 2013, a covered health insurance
provider is any health insurance issuer
(as defined in section 9832(b)(2)) that
receives premiums from providing
health insurance coverage (as defined in
section 9832(b)(1)) (a pre-2013 covered
health insurance provider). For taxable
years beginning after December 31,
2012, a covered health insurance
provider is any health insurance issuer
(as defined in section 9832(b)(2)) that
receives at least 25 percent of its gross
premiums from providing minimum
essential coverage (as defined in section
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56904
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
5000A(f)) (a post-2012 covered health
insurance provider). Thus, the
definition of the term covered health
insurance provider is narrower for
taxable years beginning after December
31, 2012, than it is for taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2013. The
proposed regulations include transition
rules under which the section 162(m)(6)
deduction limitation applies to DDR
attributable to services performed in
taxable years beginning after December
31, 2009 and before January 1, 2013
only if the covered health insurance
provider is a pre-2013 covered health
insurance provider for the taxable year
to which the DDR is attributable and a
post-2012 covered health insurance
provider for the taxable year in which
that DDR is otherwise deductible. The
final regulations retain this transition
rule.
XIII. Effective/Applicability Date
The final regulations are effective on
September 23, 2014. The final
regulations apply to taxable years
beginning after September 23, 2014. In
addition, taxpayers may rely on these
final regulations for taxable years
beginning on or before September 23,
2014.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this
Treasury decision is not a significant
regulatory action as defined in
Executive Order 12866, as
supplemented by Executive Order
13563. Therefore, a regulatory
assessment is not required. It also has
been determined that section 553(b) of
the Administrative Procedure Act (5
U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these
regulations, and because the regulations
do not impose a collection of
information on small entities, the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to
section 7805(f) of the Code, this
regulation has been submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment
on its impact on small business.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Drafting Information
The principal author of the
regulations is Ilya Enkishev of the Office
of the Division Counsel/Associate Chief
Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government
Entities). However, other personnel
from the IRS and the Treasury
Department participated in their
drafting and development.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income Taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is
amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 continues to read in part as
follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.162–31 is added to
read as follows:
■
§ 1.162–31 The $500,000 deduction
limitation for remuneration provided by
certain health insurance providers.
(a) Scope. This section sets forth rules
regarding the deduction limitation
under section 162(m)(6), which
provides that a covered health insurance
provider’s deduction for applicable
individual remuneration (AIR) and
deferred deduction remuneration (DDR)
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in a disqualified
taxable year is limited to $500,000.
Paragraph (b) of this section sets forth
definitions of the terms used in this
section. Paragraph (c) of this section
explains the general limitation on
deductions under section 162(m)(6).
Paragraph (d) of this section sets forth
the methods that must be used to
attribute AIR and DDR to services
performed in one or more taxable years
of a covered health insurance provider.
Paragraph (e) of this section sets forth
rules on how the deduction limit
applies to AIR and DDR that is
otherwise deductible under chapter 1 of
the Internal Revenue Code (Code) but
for the deduction limitation under
section 162(m)(6) (referred to in this
section as remuneration that is
otherwise deductible). Paragraph (f) of
this section sets forth additional rules
for persons participating in certain
corporate transactions. Paragraph (g) of
this section explains the interaction of
section 162(m)(6) with sections
162(m)(1) and 280G. Paragraph (h) of
this section sets forth rules for
determining the amounts of
remuneration that are not subject to the
deduction limitation under section
162(m)(6) due to the statutory effective
date (referred to in this section as
grandfathered amounts). Paragraph (i) of
this section sets forth transition rules for
DDR that is attributable to services
performed in taxable years beginning
after December 31, 2009 and before
January 1, 2013. Paragraph (j) of this
section sets forth the effective and
applicability dates of the rules in this
section.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) Definitions—(1) Health insurance
issuer. For purposes of this section, a
health insurance issuer is a health
insurance issuer as defined in section
9832(b)(2).
(2) Aggregated group. For purposes of
this section, an aggregated group is a
health insurance issuer and each other
person that is treated as a single
employer with the health insurance
issuer at any time during the taxable
year of the health insurance issuer
under sections 414(b) (controlled groups
of corporations), 414(c) (partnerships,
proprietorships, etc. under common
control), 414(m) (affiliated service
groups), or 414(o), except that the rules
in section 1563(a)(2) and (3) (with
respect to corporations) and § 1.414(c)–
2(c) and (d) (with respect to trades or
businesses under common control) for
brother-sister groups and combined
groups are disregarded.
(3) Parent entity—(i) In general. For
purposes of this section, a parent entity
is either—
(A) The common parent of a parentsubsidiary controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of
section 414(b)) or a parent-subsidiary
group of trades or businesses under
common control (within the meaning of
section 414(c)) that includes a health
insurance issuer, or
(B) the health insurance issuer in an
aggregated group that is an affiliated
service group (within the meaning of
section 414(m)) or a group described in
section 414(o).
(ii) Certain aggregated groups with
multiple health insurance issuers—(A)
In general. If two or more health
insurance issuers are members of an
aggregated group that is an affiliated
service group (within the meaning of
section 414(m)) or group described in
section 414(o), the parent entity is the
health insurance issuer in the
aggregated group that is designated in
writing by the other members of the
aggregated group to act as the parent
entity.
(B) Successor parent entities. If a
health insurance issuer that is the
parent entity of an aggregated group
pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section (a predecessor parent entity)
ceases to be a member of the aggregated
group (for example, as a result of a
corporate transaction) and, after the
predecessor parent entity ceases to be a
member of the aggregated group, two or
more health insurance issuers are
members of the aggregated group, the
new parent entity (the successor parent
entity) is another member of the
aggregated group designated in writing
by the remaining members of the
aggregated group. The successor parent
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
entity must be a health insurance issuer
in the aggregated group that has the
same taxable year as the predecessor
parent entity; provided, however, that if
no health insurance issuer in the
aggregated group has the same taxable
year as the predecessor parent entity,
the members of the aggregated group
may designate in writing any other
health insurance issuer in the
aggregated group to be the parent entity.
(C) Failure to designate a parent
entity. If the members of an aggregated
group that includes two or more health
insurance issuers and that is an
affiliated service group (within the
meaning of section 414(m)) or a group
described in section 414(o) fail to
designate in writing a health insurance
issuer to act as the parent entity of the
aggregated group, the parent entity of
the aggregated group for all taxable
years is deemed to be an entity with a
taxable year that is the calendar year
(without regard to whether the
aggregated group includes or has ever
included an entity with a calendar year
taxable year) for all purposes under this
section for which a parent entity’s
taxable year is relevant.
(4) Covered health insurance
provider—(i) In general. For purposes of
this section and except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph (b)(4), a
covered health insurance provider is—
(A) A health insurance issuer for any
of its taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2012 in which at least 25
percent of the gross premiums it
receives from providing health
insurance coverage (as defined in
section 9832(b)(1)) are from providing
minimum essential coverage (as defined
in section 5000A(f)),
(B) a health insurance issuer for any
of its taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2009 and before January
1, 2013 in which it receives premiums
from providing health insurance
coverage (as defined in section
9832(b)(1)),
(C) the parent entity of an aggregated
group of which one or more health
insurance issuers described in
paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this
section are members for the taxable year
of the parent entity with which, or in
which, ends the taxable year of any such
health insurance issuer; however, if the
parent entity of an aggregated group is
a health insurance issuer described in
paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this
section, that health insurance issuer is
a covered health insurance provider for
any taxable year that it is otherwise a
covered health insurance provider,
without regard to whether the taxable
year of any other health insurance issuer
described in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
(B) of this section ends with or within
its taxable year, and
(D) each other member of an
aggregated group of which one or more
health insurance issuers described in
paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this
section are members for the taxable year
of the other member ending with, or
within, the parent entity’s taxable year.
(ii) Parent entities with short taxable
years. If for any reason a parent entity
has a taxable year that is less than 12
months (for example, because the
taxable year of a predecessor parent
entity ends when it ceases to be a
member of an aggregated group), then,
for purposes of determining whether the
parent entity and each other member of
the aggregated group is a covered health
insurance provider with respect to the
parent entity’s short taxable year (that
is, for purposes of determining whether
the taxable year of a health insurance
issuer described in paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this section ends
with or within the short taxable year of
the parent entity and for purposes of
determining whether another member of
the aggregated group has a taxable year
ending with or within the short taxable
year of the parent entity), the taxable
year of the parent entity is treated as the
12-month period ending on the last day
of the short taxable year. Accordingly, a
parent entity is a covered health
insurance provider for its short taxable
year if it is a health insurance issuer
described in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B)
of this section or if the taxable year of
a health insurance issuer described in
paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this
section in an aggregated group with the
parent entity ends with or within the
12-month period ending on the last day
of the parent entity’s short taxable year.
Similarly, each other member of the
parent entity’s aggregated group is a
covered health insurance provider for
its taxable year ending with or within
the 12-month period ending on the last
day of the parent entity’s short taxable
year.
(iii) Predecessor and successor parent
entities. If the parent entity of an
aggregated group changes, the members
of the aggregated group may be covered
health insurance providers based on
their relationship to either or both
parent entities with respect to the
taxable years of the parent entities in
which the change occurs.
(iv) Self-insured plans. For purposes
of this section, a person is not a covered
health insurance provider solely
because it maintains a self-insured
medical reimbursement plan. For this
purpose, a self-insured medical
reimbursement plan is a separate
written plan for the benefit of
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56905
employees (including former
employees) that provides for
reimbursement of medical expenses
referred to in section 105(b) and does
not provide for reimbursement under an
individual or group policy of accident
or health insurance issued by a licensed
insurance company or under an
arrangement in the nature of a prepaid
health care plan that is regulated under
federal or state law in a manner similar
to the regulation of insurance
companies, and may include a plan
maintained by an employee
organization described in section
501(c)(9).
(v) De minimis exception—(A) In
general. A health insurance issuer and
any member of its aggregated group that
would otherwise be a covered health
insurance provider under paragraph
(b)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section for a
taxable year beginning after December
31, 2012 is not a covered health
insurance provider under this section
for that taxable year if the premiums
received by the health insurance issuer
and any other health insurance issuers
in its aggregated group from providing
health insurance coverage (as defined in
section 9832(b)(1)) that constitutes
minimum essential coverage (as defined
in section 5000A(f)) are less than two
percent of the gross revenues of the
health insurance issuer and all other
members of its aggregated group for that
taxable year. A health insurance issuer
and any member of its aggregated group
that would otherwise be a covered
health insurance provider under
paragraph (b)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this
section for a taxable year beginning after
December 31, 2009 and before January
1, 2013 is not a covered health
insurance provider for purposes of this
section for that taxable year if the
premiums received by the health
insurance issuer and any other health
insurance issuers in its aggregated group
from providing health insurance
coverage (as defined in section
9832(b)(1)) are less than two percent of
the gross revenues of the health
insurance issuer and all other members
of its aggregated group for that taxable
year. In determining whether premiums
constitute less than two percent of gross
revenues, the amount of gross revenues
must be determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting
principles. For the definition of the term
premiums, see paragraph (b)(5) of this
section. A person that would be a
covered health insurance provider for a
taxable year in an aggregated group with
a predecessor parent entity and that
would also be a covered health
insurance provider for that taxable year
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56906
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
in an aggregated group with a successor
parent entity is not a covered health
insurance provider under the de
minimis exception only if the aggregated
groups of which the person is a member
meet the requirements of the de minimis
exception based on both the taxable year
of the predecessor parent entity and the
taxable year of the successor parent
entity.
(B) One-year de minimis exception
transition period. If a health insurance
issuer or a member of an aggregated
group is not a covered health insurance
provider for a taxable year solely by
reason of the de minimis exception
described in paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of
this section, but fails to meet the
requirements of the de minimis
exception described in paragraph
(b)(4)(v)(A) of this section for the
immediately following taxable year, that
health insurance issuer or member of an
aggregated group will not be a covered
health insurance provider for that
immediately following taxable year.
(vi) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the principles of this
paragraph (b)(4). For purposes of these
examples, each corporation has a
taxable year that is the calendar year,
unless the example provides otherwise.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Example 1. (i) Corporations Y and Z are
members of an aggregated group under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Y is a health
insurance issuer that is a covered health
insurance provider pursuant to paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(A) of this section and receives
premiums from providing health insurance
coverage that is minimum essential coverage
during its 2015 taxable year in an amount
that is less than two percent of the combined
gross revenues of Y and Z for their 2015
taxable years. Z is not a health insurance
issuer.
(ii) Y and Z are not covered health
insurance providers under paragraph (b)(4) of
this section for their 2015 taxable years
because they meet the requirements of the de
minimis exception under paragraph
(b)(4)(v)(A) of this section.
Example 2. (i) Corporations V, W, and X
are members of an aggregated group under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. V is a health
insurance issuer that is a covered health
insurance provider pursuant to paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(A) of this section, but neither W nor
X is a health insurance issuer. W is the
parent entity of the aggregated group. V’s
taxable year ends on December 31, W’s
taxable year ends on June 30, and X’s taxable
year ends on September 30. For its taxable
year ending December 31, 2016, V receives
$3x of premiums from providing minimum
essential coverage and has no other revenue.
For its taxable year ending June 30, 2017, W
has $100x in gross revenue. For its taxable
year ending September 30, 2016, X has $60x
in gross revenue.
(ii) But for the de minimis exception, V
(the health insurance issuer) would be a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
covered health insurance provider for its
taxable year ending December 31, 2016; W
(the parent entity) would be a covered health
insurance provider for its taxable year ending
June 30, 2017 (its taxable year with which,
or within which, ends the taxable year of the
health insurance issuer); and X (the other
member of the aggregated group) would be a
covered health insurance provider for its
taxable year ending on September 30, 2016
(its taxable year ending with, or within, the
taxable year of the parent entity). However,
the premiums received by V (the health
insurance issuer) from providing minimum
essential coverage during the taxable year
that it would otherwise be a covered health
insurance provider under paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(A) of this section are less than two
percent of the combined gross revenues of V,
W, and X for the related taxable years that
they would otherwise be covered health
insurance providers under paragraph (b)(4)(i)
of this section ($3x is less than $3.26x (two
percent of $163x)). Therefore, the de minimis
exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this
section applies, and V, W, and X are not
covered health insurance providers for these
taxable years.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as
Example 2, except that V receives $4x of
premiums for providing minimum essential
coverage for its taxable year ending December
31, 2016. In addition, the members of the
VWX aggregated group were not covered
health insurance providers for their taxable
years ending December 31, 2015, June 30,
2016, and September 30, 2015, respectively
(their immediately preceding taxable years)
solely by reason of the de minimis exception
of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section.
(ii) Although the premiums received by the
members of the aggregated group from
providing minimum essential coverage are
more than two percent of the gross revenues
of the aggregated group for the taxable years
during which the members would otherwise
be treated as covered health insurance
providers under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this
section ($4x is greater than $3.28x (two
percent of $164x)), they were not covered
health insurance providers for their
immediately preceding taxable years solely
because of the de minimis exception of
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section.
Therefore, V, W, and X are not covered
health insurance providers for their taxable
years ending on December 31, 2016, June 30,
2017, and September 30, 2016, respectively,
because of the one-year transition period
under paragraph (b)(4)(v)(B) of this section.
However, the members of the VWX
aggregated group will be covered health
insurance providers for their subsequent
taxable years if they would otherwise be
covered health insurance providers for those
taxable years under paragraph (b)(4) of this
section.
Example 4. (i) Corporations W, X, Y, and
Z are members of a controlled group
described in section 414(b)) that is an
aggregated group under paragraph (b)(2) of
this section. W and X are health insurance
issuers. Y and Z are not health insurance
issuers. W is the parent entity of the
aggregated group. W’s and Y’s taxable years
end on December 31; X’s taxable year ends
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
on March 31; and Z’s taxable year ends on
June 30. As a result of a corporate
transaction, W is no longer a member of the
WXYZ aggregated group as of September 30,
2016, and W’s taxable year ends on that date.
Following the corporate transaction, X
becomes the parent entity of the XYZ
aggregated group.
(ii) Because W’s taxable year is treated as
the 12-month period ending on September
30, 2016, W is the parent entity for X’s
taxable year ending March 31, 2016, Z’s
taxable year ending June 30, 2016, and Y’s
taxable year ending December 31, 2015.
Because X’s taxable year begins on April 1,
2016 and ends on March 31, 2017, for
purposes of paragraph (b)(4) of this section,
X is the parent entity for Z’s taxable year
ending June 30, 2016, Y’s taxable year ending
December 31, 2016, and W’s taxable year
ending September 30, 2016.
Example 5. (i) The facts are the same as
Example 4. In addition, W receives $4x of
premiums for providing minimum essential
coverage and no other revenue for its taxable
year beginning January 1, 2016 and ending
September 30, 2016. X receives $2x of
premiums for providing minimum essential
coverage and has no other revenue for its
taxable year ending March 31, 2016. X
receives $1x of premiums for providing
minimum essential coverage and no other
revenue for its taxable year ending March 31,
2017. For its taxable year ending December
31, 2015, Y has $100x in gross revenue. For
its taxable year ending December 31, 2016, Y
has $200x in gross revenue. For its taxable
year ending June 30, 2016, Z has $120x in
gross revenue (none of which constitute
premiums for providing health insurance
coverage that constitutes minimum essential
coverage (as defined in section 5000A(f)). W,
X, Y, and Z did not qualify for the de
minimis exception in any prior taxable years.
(ii) For its taxable year ending June 30,
2016, Z does not meet the requirements for
the de minimis exception described in
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A). Even though Z meets
the requirements for the de minimis
exception with respect to the taxable year of
parent entity X ending March 31, 2017 ($5x
is less than two percent of $325x), Z does not
meet the requirements for the de minimis
exception based on the premiums and gross
revenues of the taxable years of its aggregated
group members ending with or within the
deemed 12-month taxable year of parent
entity W ending September 30, 2016 ($6x is
more than two percent of $226x). Therefore,
Z is a covered health insurance provider for
its June 30, 2016 taxable year.
(iii) For its taxable year ending December
31, 2015, Y does not meet the requirements
for the de minimis exception described in
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) ($6x is more than two
percent of $226x). For its taxable year ending
December 31, 2016, Y meets the requirements
for the de minimis exception described in
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) ($5x is less than two
percent of $325x). Therefore, Y is a covered
health insurance provider for its December
31, 2015 taxable year, but is not a covered
health insurance provider for its December
31, 2016 taxable year.
(iv) For its taxable year ending September
30, 2016, W does not meet the requirements
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
for the de minimis exception described in
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A). Even though W meets
the requirements for the de minimis
exception with respect to X’s taxable year
ending March 31, 2017 ($5x is less than two
percent of $325x), W does not meet the
requirements for the de minimis exception
with respect its taxable year ending
September 30, 2016 ($6x is more than two
percent of $226x). Therefore, W is a covered
health insurance provider for its September
30, 2016 taxable year.
(v) For its taxable year ending March 31,
2016, X does not meet the requirements for
the de minimis exception ($6x is more than
two percent of $226x). For its taxable year
ending March, 31 2017, X meets the
requirements for the de minimis exception
($5x is less than two percent of $325x).
Therefore, X is a covered health insurance
provider for its March 31, 2016 taxable year,
but is not a covered health insurance
provider for its March 31, 2017 taxable year.
(5) Premiums—(i) For purposes of this
section, the term premiums means
premiums written (including premiums
written for assumption reinsurance, but
reduced by assumption reinsurance
ceded (as described in paragraph
(b)(5)(ii) of this section), excluding
indemnity reinsurance written (as
described in paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this
section) and direct service payments (as
described in paragraph (b)(5)(iv) of this
section), but without reduction for
ceding commissions or medical loss
ratio rebates, determined in a manner
consistent with the requirements for
reporting under the Supplemental
Health Care Exhibit published by the
National Association of Insurance
Commissioners or the MLR Annual
Reporting Form filed with the Center for
Medicare & Medicaid Services’ Center
for Consumer Information and
Insurance Oversight of the U.S.
Department of Health and Human
Services (or any successor or
replacement exhibits or forms).
(ii) Assumption reinsurance. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(5), the
term assumption reinsurance means
reinsurance for which there is a
novation and the reinsurer takes over
the entire risk of loss pursuant to a new
contract.
(iii) Indemnity reinsurance. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(5), the
term indemnity reinsurance means
reinsurance provided pursuant to an
agreement between a health insurance
issuer and a reinsuring company under
which the reinsuring company agrees to
indemnify the health insurance issuer
for all or part of the risk of loss under
policies specified in the agreement, and
the health insurance issuer retains its
liability to provide health insurance
coverage (as defined in section
9832(b)(1)) to, and its contractual
relationship with, the insured.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
(iv) Direct service payments. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(5), the
term direct service payment means a
capitated, prepaid, periodic, or other
payment made by a health insurance
issuer or another entity that receives
premiums from providing health
insurance coverage (as defined in
section 9832(b)(1)) to another
organization as compensation for
providing, managing, or arranging for
the provision of healthcare services by
physicians, hospitals, or other
healthcare providers, regardless of
whether the organization that receives
the compensation is subject to
healthcare provider, health insurance,
health plan licensing, financial
solvency, or other similar regulatory
requirements under state insurance law.
(6) Disqualified taxable year. For
purposes of this section, the term
disqualified taxable year means, with
respect to any person, any taxable year
for which the person is a covered health
insurance provider.
(7) Applicable individual—(i) In
general. For purposes of this section,
except as provided in paragraph
(b)(7)(ii) of this section, the term
applicable individual means, with
respect to any covered health insurance
provider for any disqualified taxable
year, any individual (or any other
person described in guidance of general
applicability published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin)—
(A) who is an officer, director, or
employee in that taxable year, or
(B) who provides services for or on
behalf of the covered health insurance
provider during that taxable year.
(ii) Independent contractors—
Remuneration for services performed by
an independent contractor for a covered
health insurance provider is subject to
the deduction limitation under section
162(m)(6). However, an independent
contractor is not an applicable
individual with respect to a covered
health insurance provider for a
disqualified taxable year if each of the
following requirements is satisfied:
(A) The independent contractor is
actively engaged in the trade or business
of providing services to recipients, other
than as an employee or as a member of
the board of directors of a corporation
(or similar position with respect to an
entity that is not a corporation);
(B) The independent contractor
provides significant services (as defined
in § 1.409A–1(f)(2)(iii)) to two or more
persons to which the independent
contractor is not related and that are not
related to one another (as defined in
§ 1.409A–1(f)(2)(ii)); and
(C) The independent contractor is not
related to the covered health insurance
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56907
provider or any member of its
aggregated group, applying the
definition of related person contained in
§ 1.409A–1(f)(2)(ii), subject to the
modification that for purposes of
applying the references to sections
267(b) and 707(b)(1), the language ‘‘20
percent’’ is not used instead of ‘‘50
percent’’ each place ‘‘50 percent’’
appears in sections 267(b) and 707(b)(1).
(8) Service provider. For purposes of
this section, the term service provider
means, with respect to a covered health
insurance provider for any period, an
individual who is an officer, director, or
employee, or who provides services for,
or on behalf of, the covered health
insurance provider or any member of its
aggregated group.
(9) Remuneration—(i) In general. For
purposes of this section, except as
provided in paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this
section, the term remuneration has the
same meaning as the term applicable
employee remuneration, as defined in
section 162(m)(4), but without regard to
the exceptions under section
162(m)(4)(B) (remuneration payable on a
commission basis), section 162(m)(4)(C)
(performance-based compensation), and
section 162(m)(4)(D) (existing binding
contracts), and the regulations under
those sections.
(ii) Exceptions. For purposes of this
section, remuneration does not
include—
(A) A payment made to, or for the
benefit of, an applicable individual from
or to a trust described in section 401(a)
within the meaning of section
3121(a)(5)(A),
(B) A payment made under an annuity
plan described in section 403(a) within
the meaning of section 3121(a)(5)(B),
(C) A payment made under a
simplified employee pension plan
described in section 408(k)(1) within the
meaning of section 3121(a)(5)(C),
(D) A payment made under an
annuity contract described in section
403(b) within the meaning of section
3121(a)(5)(D),
(E) Salary reduction contributions
described in section 3121(v)(1), and
(F) Remuneration consisting of any
benefit provided to, or on behalf of, an
employee if, at the time the benefit is
provided, it is reasonable to believe that
the employee will be able to exclude the
value of the benefit from gross income.
(10) Applicable Individual
Remuneration or AIR. For purposes of
this section, the term applicable
individual remuneration or AIR means,
with respect to any applicable
individual for any disqualified taxable
year, the aggregate amount allowable as
a deduction under this chapter for that
taxable year (determined without regard
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
56908
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
to section 162(m)) for remuneration for
services performed by that applicable
individual (whether or not in that
taxable year). AIR does not include any
DDR with respect to services performed
during any taxable year. AIR for a
disqualified taxable year may include
remuneration for services performed in
a taxable year before the taxable year in
which the deduction for the
remuneration is allowable. For example,
a discretionary bonus granted and paid
to an applicable individual in a
disqualified taxable year in recognition
of services performed in prior taxable
years is AIR for the disqualified taxable
year in which the bonus is granted and
paid. In addition, a grant of restricted
stock in a disqualified taxable year with
respect to which an applicable
individual makes an election under
section 83(b) is AIR for the disqualified
taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in which the grant of
the restricted stock is made. See
paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this section for
certain remuneration that is not treated
as AIR for purposes of this section.
(11) Deferred Deduction
Remuneration or DDR. For purposes of
this section, the term deferred
deduction remuneration or DDR means
remuneration that would be AIR for
services performed in a disqualified
taxable year but for the fact that the
deduction (determined without regard
to section 162(m)(6)) for the
remuneration is allowable in a
subsequent taxable year. Whether
remuneration is DDR is determined
without regard to when the
remuneration is paid, except to the
extent that the timing of the payment
affects the taxable year in which the
remuneration is otherwise deductible.
For example, payments that are
otherwise deductible by a covered
health insurance provider in an initial
taxable year, but are paid to an
applicable individual by the 15th day of
the third month of the immediately
subsequent taxable year of the covered
health insurance provider (as described
in § 1.404(b)–1T, Q&A–2(b)(1)), are AIR
for the initial taxable year (and not DDR)
because the deduction for the payments
is allowable in the initial taxable year,
and not a subsequent taxable year.
Except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (i) of this section (regarding
transition rules for certain DDR
attributable to services performed in
taxable years beginning before January
1, 2013), DDR that is attributable to
services performed in a disqualified
taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider is subject to the
section 162(m)(6) deduction limitation
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
even if the taxable year in which the
remuneration is otherwise deductible is
not a disqualified taxable year.
Similarly, DDR is subject to the section
162(m)(6) deduction limitation
regardless of whether an applicable
individual is a service provider of the
covered health insurance provider in
the taxable year in which the DDR is
otherwise deductible. However,
remuneration that is attributable to
services performed in a taxable year that
is not a disqualified taxable year is not
DDR even if the remuneration is
otherwise deductible in a disqualified
taxable year. See also paragraph
(b)(9)(ii) of this section for certain
remuneration that is not treated as DDR
for purposes of this section.
(12) Substantial risk of forfeiture. For
purposes of this section, the term
substantial risk of forfeiture has the
same meaning as provided in § 1.409A–
1(d).
(13) In-service payment. An in-service
payment is any amount that is paid with
respect to an applicable individual from
an account balance plan described in
§ 1.409A–1(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) or a
nonaccount balance plan described in
§ 1.409A–1(c)(2)(i)(C) in a taxable year
of a covered health insurance provider
during which at any time the applicable
individual is a service provider
(including amounts that became
otherwise deductible, but were not paid,
in a previous taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider). Amounts
that are paid in the last year that an
applicable individual is a service
provider (for example, amounts paid at
separation from service) are in-service
payments if the applicable individual is
a service provider at any time during the
taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in which the
payment is made.
(14) Payment year. For purposes of
this section, the term payment year
means the taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider for which
remuneration becomes otherwise
deductible.
(15) Measurement date. For purposes
of this section, the term measurement
date means the last day of the taxable
year of a covered health insurance
provider.
(c) Deduction Limitation—(1) AIR. For
any disqualified taxable year beginning
after December 31, 2012, no deduction
is allowed under this chapter for AIR
that is attributable to services performed
by an applicable individual in that
taxable year to the extent that the
amount of that remuneration exceeds
$500,000.
(2) DDR. For any taxable year
beginning after December 31, 2012, no
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
deduction is allowed under this chapter
for DDR that is attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
in any disqualified taxable year
beginning after December 31, 2009, to
the extent that the amount of such
remuneration exceeds $500,000 reduced
(but not below zero) by the sum of:
(i) The AIR for that applicable
individual for that disqualified taxable
year; and
(ii) The portion of the DDR for those
services that was subject to the
deduction limitation under section
162(m)(6)(A)(ii) and this paragraph
(c)(2) in a preceding taxable year, or
would have been subject to the
deduction limitation under section
162(m)(6)(A)(ii) and this paragraph
(c)(2) in a preceding taxable year if
section 162(m)(6) was effective for
taxable years beginning after December
31, 2009 and before January 1, 2013.
(d) Services to which remuneration is
attributable—(1) Attribution to a taxable
year–(i) In general. The deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6)
applies to AIR and DDR attributable to
services performed by an applicable
individual in a disqualified taxable year
of a covered health insurance provider.
When an amount of AIR or DDR
becomes otherwise deductible (and not
before that time), that remuneration
must be attributed to services performed
by an applicable individual in a taxable
year of the covered health insurance
provider in accordance with the rules of
this paragraph (d). After the
remuneration has been attributed to
services performed by an applicable
individual in a taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider, the rules of
paragraph (e) of this section are then
applied to determine whether the
deduction with respect to the
remuneration is limited by section
162(m)(6).
(ii) Overview. Paragraphs (d)(1)(iii)
through (v) of this section, and
paragraph (d)(2) of this section, set forth
rules of general applicability for
attributing remuneration to services
performed by an applicable individual
in a taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider. Paragraph (d)(3) sets
forth two methods for attributing
remuneration provided under an
account balance plan—the account
balance ratio method (described in
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section) and
the principal additions method
(described in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this
section). Paragraph (d)(4) of this section
sets forth two methods for attributing
remuneration provided under a
nonaccount balance plan—the present
value ratio method (described in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section) and
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
the formula benefit ratio method
(described in paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this
section). Paragraph (d)(5) of this section
sets forth rules for attributing
remuneration resulting from equitybased remuneration (such as stock
options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock, and restricted stock
units). Paragraph (d)(6) of this section
sets forth rules for attributing
remuneration that is involuntary
separation pay. Paragraph (d)(7) of this
section sets forth rules for attributing
remuneration that is received under a
reimbursement arrangement, and
paragraph (d)(8) of this section sets forth
rules for attributing remuneration that
results from a split-dollar life insurance
arrangement.
(iii) No attribution to taxable years
during which no services are performed
or before a legally binding right arises–
(A) In general. For purposes of this
section, remuneration is not
attributable—
(1) To a taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider ending before
the later of the date the applicable
individual begins providing services to
the covered health insurance provider
(or any member of its aggregated group)
and the date the applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right to the
remuneration, or
(2) To any other taxable year of a
covered health insurance provider
during which the applicable individual
is not a service provider.
(B) Attribution of remuneration before
the commencement of services or a
legally binding right arises. To the
extent that remuneration would
otherwise be attributable in accordance
with paragraphs (d)(2) through (11) of
this section to a taxable year ending
before the later of the date an applicable
individual begins providing services to
a covered health insurance provider (or
any member of its aggregated group) and
the date the applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right to the
remuneration, the remuneration is
attributed to services performed in the
taxable year in which the later of these
dates occurs. For example, if an
applicable individual obtains a
contractual right to remuneration in a
taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider and the
remuneration would otherwise be
attributable to that taxable year pursuant
to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, but
the applicable individual does not begin
providing services to the covered health
insurance provider until the next
taxable year, the remuneration is
attributable to the taxable year in which
the applicable individual begins
providing services.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
(iv) Attribution to 12-month periods.
To the extent that a covered health
insurance provider is required to
attribute remuneration on a daily pro
rata basis under this paragraph (d), it
may treat any 12-month period as
having 365 days (and so may ignore the
extra day in leap years).
(v) Remuneration subject to nonlapse
restriction or similar formula. For
purposes of this section, if stock or other
property is subject to a nonlapse
restriction (as defined in § 1.83–3(h)), or
if the remuneration payable to an
applicable individual is determined
under a formula that, if applied to stock
or other property, would be a nonlapse
restriction, the amount of the
remuneration and the attribution of that
remuneration to taxable years must be
determined based upon application of
the nonlapse restriction or formula. For
example, if the earnings or losses on an
account under an account balance plan
are determined based upon the
performance of company stock, the
valuation of which is based on a
formula that if applied to the stock
would be a nonlapse restriction, then
that formula must be used consistently
for purposes of determining the amount
of the remuneration credited to that
account balance in taxable years and the
attribution of that remuneration to
taxable years.
(2) Legally binding right. Unless
attributable to services performed in a
different taxable year pursuant to
paragraphs (d)(3) through (11) of this
section, remuneration is attributable to
services performed in the taxable year of
a covered health insurance provider in
which an applicable individual obtains
a legally binding right to the
remuneration. An applicable individual
does not have a legally binding right to
remuneration if the remuneration may
be reduced unilaterally or eliminated by
a covered health insurance provider or
other person after the services creating
the right to the remuneration have been
performed. However, if the facts and
circumstances indicate that the
discretion to reduce or eliminate the
remuneration is available or exercisable
only upon a condition, or the discretion
to reduce or eliminate the remuneration
lacks substantive significance, an
applicable individual will be considered
to have a legally binding right to the
remuneration. For this purpose,
remuneration is not considered to be
subject to unilateral reduction or
elimination merely because it may be
reduced or eliminated by operation of
the objective terms of a plan, such as the
application of a nondiscretionary,
objective provision creating a
substantial risk of forfeiture.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56909
(3) Account balance plans—(i) In
general. When remuneration for services
performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider
becomes otherwise deductible (for
example, because the amount was paid
or made available during that taxable
year) from a plan described in § 1.409A–
1(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) (an account balance
plan), that remuneration must be
attributed to services performed by the
applicable individual in a taxable year
of the covered health insurance provider
in accordance with an attribution
method described in either paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) or (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
However, except as provided in
paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(D) and (f)(3) of this
section, the covered health insurance
provider and all members of its
aggregated group must apply the same
attribution method under this paragraph
(d)(3) consistently for all taxable years
beginning after September 23, 2014 for
all amounts that become otherwise
deductible under all account balance
plans.
(ii) Account balance ratio method—
(A) In general. Under this method,
remuneration for services performed by
an applicable individual for a covered
health insurance provider that becomes
otherwise deductible under an account
balance plan must be attributed to
services performed by the applicable
individual in each taxable year of the
covered health insurance provider
ending with or before the payment year
during which the applicable individual
was a service provider and for which
the account balance of the applicable
individual increased (determined in
accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B)
and (C) of this section). The amount
attributed to each such taxable year is
equal to the amount of remuneration
that becomes otherwise deductible
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the increase in the
applicable individual’s account balance
under the plan for the taxable year, and
the denominator of which is the sum of
all such increases for all taxable years
during which the applicable individual
was a service provider. Thus,
remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible under a plan is attributed to
a taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in proportion to the
increase in the applicable individual’s
account balance for that taxable year.
(B) Increase in the account balance.
For purposes of this paragraph (d)(3)(ii),
an increase in an account balance under
an account balance plan occurs for a
taxable year if the account balance as of
the measurement date in that taxable
year is greater than the account balance
as of the measurement date in every
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
56910
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
earlier taxable year. In that case, the
amount of the increase for that taxable
year is equal to the excess of the
applicable individual’s account balance
as of the measurement date for that
taxable year over the greatest of the
applicable individual’s account
balances under the plan as of the
measurement date in every earlier
taxable year. If the applicable
individual’s account balance as of the
measurement date in a taxable year is
less than or equal to the applicable
individual’s account balance as of the
measurement date in any earlier taxable
year, there is no increase in the account
balance for that later taxable year.
(C) Certain account balance
adjustments. For purposes of
determining the account balance on a
measurement date under paragraph
(d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, the account
balance is adjusted as provided in this
paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(C).
(1) In-service payments. If an inservice payment is made from the
account of an applicable individual
under an account balance plan in any
taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider, then the rules of
this paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(C)(1) apply.
(i) Solely for purposes of determining
the increase in the applicable
individual’s account balance as of the
measurement date in the payment year
(and not for purposes of attributing any
amount that becomes otherwise
deductible in any later taxable year), the
account balance as of the measurement
date for that taxable year is increased by
the amount of all in-service payments
made from the plan during that taxable
year.
(ii) For purposes of attributing any
amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan in any taxable
year after the payment year of the inservice payment—
(A) the account balance as of the
measurement date in each taxable year
that ends before the taxable year to
which the in-service payment is
attributed pursuant to this paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) is reduced by the sum of the
amount of the in-service payment that is
attributed to that taxable year and the
amount of the in-service payment that is
attributed to each taxable year that ends
before that taxable year, if any, and
(B) to the extent that the in-service
payment includes an amount that was
deductible by the covered health
insurance provider in a previous taxable
year and, therefore, was previously
attributable to services performed by the
applicable individual in one or more
taxable years of the covered health
insurance provider (for example,
because the amount was made available
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
in a previous taxable year but was not
paid at that time), the account balance
as of the measurement date for each
taxable year that ends before the taxable
year to which the in-service payment is
attributed pursuant to this paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) is reduced by the sum of the
amount of the in-service payment
previously attributable to that taxable
year and the amount of the in-service
payment previously attributable to each
taxable year that ends before that
taxable year, if any.
(2) Certain increases after ceasing to
be a service provider. Any addition
(other than income or earnings) to an
account balance plan made in a taxable
year that begins after an applicable
individual ceases to be a service
provider (and that ends before the
applicable individual becomes a service
provider again, if applicable) is added to
the account balance of the applicable
individual as of the measurement date
of the first preceding taxable year in
which the applicable individual was a
service provider.
(3) Account balance adjustments for
grandfathered amounts. If a covered
health insurance provider uses the
principal additions method for
determining grandfathered amounts for
an applicable individual under
paragraph (h) of this section, then, for
purposes of determining the increase in
the applicable individual’s account
balance, the account balance as of any
measurement date is reduced by the
amount of any grandfathered amounts
otherwise included in the account
balance.
(D) Transition rule for amounts
attributed before the applicability date
of the final regulations. Amounts that
become otherwise deductible in taxable
years beginning before September 23,
2014 may be attributed to services
performed in taxable years of a covered
health insurance provider under the
rules set forth in the proposed
regulations. If a covered health
insurance provider attributes an amount
paid to an applicable individual
pursuant to a method permitted under
the proposed regulations and then
chooses to use the account balance ratio
method to attribute amounts that
subsequently become otherwise
deductible with respect to that
applicable individual, then, for
purposes of applying the account
balance ratio method to attribute any
amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan after the
taxable year in which the last payment
was made that was attributed pursuant
to the proposed regulations, the account
balance as of the measurement date for
each taxable year that ends before the
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
taxable year in which the last payment
that was attributed pursuant to the
proposed regulations is reduced by the
sum of the amount previously attributed
to that taxable year under the proposed
regulations and the amount previously
attributable to each taxable year that
ends prior to that taxable year under the
proposed regulations, if any.
(iii) Principal additions method—(A)
In general. Under this method,
remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible under an account balance
plan during a payment year must be
attributed to services performed by the
applicable individual in the taxable year
of the covered health insurance provider
during which the applicable individual
was a service provider and in which the
principal addition to which the amount
relates is credited under the plan
(determined in accordance with
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B) and (C) of this
section). An amount relates to a
principal addition if the amount is a
payment of the principal addition or
earnings on the principal addition,
based on a separate accounting of these
amounts. The principal additions
method described in this paragraph may
be used to attribute amounts that
become otherwise deductible under an
account balance plan only if the covered
health insurance provider separately
accounts for each principal addition to
the plan (and any earnings thereon) and
traces each amount that becomes
otherwise deductible under the plan to
a principal addition made in a taxable
year of the covered health insurance
provider.
(B) Principal addition—(1) For
purposes of this paragraph (d)(3)(iii), the
excess (if any) of the sum of the account
balance of an applicable individual in
an account balance plan as of the last
day of a taxable year and any payments
made during the taxable year over the
account balance as of the last day of the
immediately preceding taxable year,
that is not due to earnings or losses (as
described in paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(C) of
this section), is treated as a principal
addition that is credited to the plan in
that taxable year if the applicable
individual was a service provider
during that taxable year. If the
applicable individual was not a service
provider during that taxable year, the
excess described in the preceding
sentence is treated as a principal
addition that is credited to the plan in
accordance with paragraph
(d)(3)(iii)(B)(2) of this section.
(2) Principal additions after
termination of employment. Any
principal addition to an account balance
plan made in a taxable year that begins
after an applicable individual ceases to
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
be a service provider (and that ends
before the applicable individual
becomes a service provider again, if
applicable) is treated as a principal
addition that is credited in the first
preceding taxable year in which the
applicable individual was a service
provider.
(C) Earnings. Whether remuneration
constitutes earnings on a principal
addition is determined under the
principles defining income attributable
to an amount taken into account under
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2). Therefore, for an
account balance plan, earnings on an
amount deferred generally include an
amount credited on behalf of an
applicable individual under the terms of
the arrangement that reflects a rate of
return that does not exceed either the
rate of return on a predetermined actual
investment (as defined in
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2)(i)(B)), or, if the
income does not reflect the rate of
return on a predetermined actual
investment, a rate of return that reflects
a reasonable rate of interest (as defined
in § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2)(i)(C)). For
purposes of this paragraph (d)(3)(iii), the
use of a rate of return that is not based
on a predetermined actual investment or
a reasonable rate of interest generally
will result in the treatment of some or
all of the remuneration as a principal
addition that is attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
in a taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider in accordance with
this paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
(4) Nonaccount balance plans—(i) In
general. When remuneration for services
performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider
becomes otherwise deductible under a
plan described in § 1.409A–1(c)(2)(i)(C)
(a nonaccount balance plan), that
remuneration must be attributed to
services performed by the applicable
individual in a taxable year of the
covered health insurance provider in
accordance with the attribution method
described in either paragraph (d)(4)(ii)
or (d)(4)(iii) of this section. However,
except as provided in paragraphs
(d)(4)(ii)(D) and (d)(4)(iii)(D) and (f)(3)
of this section, the covered health
insurance provider and all members of
its aggregated group must apply the
same attribution method under this
paragraph (d)(4) consistently for all
taxable years beginning after September
23, 2014 for all amounts that become
deductible under all nonaccount
balance plans.
(ii) Present value ratio attribution
method—(A) In general. Under this
method, remuneration for services
performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
that becomes otherwise deductible
under a nonaccount balance plan must
be attributed to services performed by
the applicable individual in each
taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider ending with or
before the payment year during which
the applicable individual was a service
provider for which the present value of
the future payment(s) to be made to or
on behalf of the applicable individual
under the plan increased (determined in
accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B)
and (C) of this section). The amount
attributed to each such taxable year is
equal to the amount of remuneration
that becomes otherwise deductible
under the plan multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the increase
in the present value of the future
payment(s) to which the applicable
individual has a legally binding right
under the plan for the taxable year, and
the denominator of which is the sum of
all such increases for all taxable years
during which the applicable individual
was a service provider. Thus,
remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible under a plan is attributed to
a taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in proportion to the
increase in the present value of the
future payment(s) under the plan for
that taxable year.
(B) Increase in present value of future
payments. For purposes of this
paragraph (d)(4)(ii), for a taxable year of
a covered health insurance provider, an
increase in the present value of the
future payment(s) to which an
applicable individual has a legally
binding right under a nonaccount
balance plan occurs if the present value
of the future payment(s) as of the
measurement date in the taxable year is
greater than the present value of the
future payment(s) as of the
measurement date in every earlier
taxable year. In that case, the amount of
the increase for that taxable year is
equal to the excess of the present value
of the future payment(s) to which the
applicable individual has a legally
binding right under the plan as of the
measurement date for that taxable year
over the greatest present value of the
future payment(s) to which the
applicable individual had a legally
binding right under the plan as of the
measurement date in every earlier
taxable year. If the present value of the
future payment(s) as of a measurement
date in a taxable year is less than or
equal to the present value of the future
payment(s) as of the measurement date
in any earlier taxable year, then there is
no increase in the present value of the
future payment(s) to which the
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56911
applicable individual has a legally
binding right under the plan for that
later taxable year. For purposes of
determining the increase (or decrease)
in the present value of a future
payment(s) under a nonaccount balance
plan, the rules of § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(c)(2)
apply (including the requirement that
reasonable actuarial assumptions and
methods be used).
(C) Certain present value adjustments.
For purposes of determining the present
value of the future payment(s) to which
an applicable individual has a legally
binding right to receive as of a
measurement date under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(B) of this section, the present
value is adjusted as provided in this
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(C).
(1) In-service payments. If an inservice payment is made to or on behalf
of an applicable individual under a
nonaccount balance plan in any taxable
year of a covered health insurance
provider, then the rules of this
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(C)(1) apply.
(i) Solely for purposes of determining
the increase in the present value of the
future payment(s) under the plan for the
payment year (and not for purposes of
attributing any amount that becomes
otherwise deductible in any later
taxable year), the present value of the
future payment(s) under the plan as of
the measurement date in the payment
year is increased by the amount of any
reduction in the present value of the
future payment(s) resulting from the inservice payment made from the plan
during that taxable year.
(ii) For purposes of attributing any
amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan in any taxable
year after the payment year of the inservice payment, the present value of
the future payment(s) as of the
measurement date for each taxable year
that ends before the payment year is
reduced by the present value of the
future payment to which the applicable
individual had a legally binding right to
be paid on the date of the in-service
payment (determined as of the
measurement date based upon all of the
applicable factors under the plan as of
the measurement date, such as
compensation and years of service on
that date).
(2) Increases in the present value of
future payments after ceasing to be a
service provider. Any increase in the
present value of the future payment(s)
under a plan in a taxable year that
begins after an applicable individual
ceases to be a service provider (and that
ends before the applicable individual
becomes a service provider again, if
applicable) that is not due merely to the
passage of time or a change in the
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
56912
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
reasonable actuarial assumptions used
to determine the present value of the
future payment(s) is added to the
present value of the future payment(s)
for the applicable individual as of the
measurement date of the most recent
preceding taxable year in which the
applicable individual was a service
provider.
(D) Transition rule for amounts
attributed before the effective date of the
final regulations. Amounts that become
otherwise deductible in taxable years
beginning before September 23, 2014
may be attributed under the rules set
forth in the proposed regulations. If a
covered health insurance provider
attributes an amount paid to an
applicable individual pursuant to the
proposed regulations and then chooses
to use the present value ratio method to
attribute amounts that subsequently
become otherwise deductible with
respect to that applicable individual,
then, for purposes of applying the
present value ratio method to attribute
any amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan in any taxable
year after the taxable year in which the
last payment was made that was
attributed pursuant to the proposed
regulations, the present value of the
future payment(s) as of the
measurement date for each taxable year
that ends before the taxable year in
which the last payment that was
attributed pursuant to the proposed
regulations is reduced by the present
value of each future payment to which
the applicable individual had a legally
binding right to be paid that was
attributed pursuant to the proposed
regulations (determined as of the
measurement date based upon all of the
applicable factors under the plan as of
the measurement date, such as
compensation and years of service on
that date), with no adjustment for an
amount that became otherwise
deductible, but was not paid.
(iii) Formula benefit ratio method—
(A) In general. Under this method,
remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible under a nonaccount balance
plan on a date (referred to for these
purposes as the date of payment) must
be attributed to services performed by
the applicable individual in each
taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider ending with or
before the payment year during which
the applicable individual was a service
provider and for which the formula
benefit of the applicable individual
under the plan increased (determined in
accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B),
(C) and (D) of this section). The amount
attributed to each such taxable year is
equal to the amount of remuneration
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
that becomes otherwise deductible
under the plan on the date of payment
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the increase in the
applicable individual’s formula benefit
under the plan for the taxable year and
the denominator of which is the sum of
all such increases for all taxable years
during which the applicable individual
was a service provider (which will
generally be the amount that becomes
otherwise deductible under the plan on
the date of payment). Thus,
remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible under a plan is attributed to
a taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in proportion to the
increase in the applicable individual’s
formula benefit under the plan in that
taxable year.
(B) Formula benefit. For purposes of
this paragraph (d)(4)(iii), an applicable
individual’s formula benefit as of any
date is the benefit (or portion thereof) to
which the applicable individual has a
legally binding right under a
nonaccount balance plan as of that date
determined based upon all of the
applicable factors under the plan (for
example, compensation and years of
service as of that date), disregarding any
substantial risk of forfeiture and
assuming that the applicable individual
meets any applicable eligibility
requirements for the benefit as of that
date. For this purpose, the formula
benefit is expressed in the form that it
has become otherwise deductible. For
example, if an applicable individual’s
benefit under a plan is paid in the form
of a single lump sum, then the
applicable individual’s formula benefit
under the plan is expressed in the form
of a single lump sum for all purposes
under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii). If the
amount that becomes otherwise
deductible is payable in more than one
form of payment (for example, 50
percent of the benefit is paid in the form
of a lump sum and 50 percent is paid
in the form of a life annuity), then each
separate form of payment is treated as
a separate formula benefit to which this
paragraph (d)(4)(iii) is applied
separately.
(C) Increase in formula benefit. For
purposes of this paragraph (d)(4)(iii), an
increase in an applicable individual’s
formula benefit under a nonaccount
balance plan occurs for a taxable year of
a covered health insurance provider if
the formula benefit as of the
measurement date in that taxable year is
greater than the formula benefit as of the
measurement date in every earlier
taxable year. In that case, the amount of
the increase for that taxable year is
equal to excess of the formula benefit as
of the measurement date in that taxable
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
year over the greatest formula benefit as
of any measurement date in any earlier
taxable year. If the applicable
individual’s formula benefit as of a
measurement date in a taxable year is
less than or equal to the applicable
individual’s formula benefit as of the
measurement date in any earlier taxable
year, there is no increase in the formula
benefit to which the applicable
individual has a legally binding right
under the plan for that later taxable
year.
(D) Certain adjustments. For purposes
of determining the increase in the
formula benefit as of a date of payment
under paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(C) of this
section, the rules of this paragraph
(d)(3)(iii)(D) apply—
(1) Attribution to payment year.
Solely for purposes of attributing a
payment under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii)
(including an in-service payment), the
date of payment is substituted for the
measurement date in the payment year
to determine whether an increase in the
formula benefit occurs in the payment
year and the amount of any such
increase.
(2) Amounts not paid. If an amount
becomes otherwise deductible under a
nonaccount balance plan, but is not
paid, the formula benefit for that
amount must be determined using the
form in which it will be paid, if that
form is known, or any form in which it
may be paid, if the actual form of
payment is unknown.
(3) Increases in the formula benefit
after ceasing to be a service provider.
Any increase in the formula benefit with
respect to an applicable individual
resulting from a legally binding right
arising in a taxable year that begins after
the applicable individual ceases to be a
service provider (and that ends before
the applicable individual becomes a
service provider again, if applicable) is
added to the formula benefit with
respect to the applicable individual as
of the measurement date of the first
preceding taxable year in which the
applicable individual was a service
provider. However, any increase in the
formula benefit resulting from a legally
binding right arising in a taxable year
that begins before the applicable
individual ceases to be a service
provider is added to the formula benefit
with respect to the applicable
individual as of the measurement date
of the taxable year in which the legally
binding right arises, even if the increase
is not reflected until after the applicable
individual ceases to be a service
provider (such as in the case of a cost
of living adjustment).
(5) Equity-based remuneration—(i)
Stock options and stock appreciation
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
rights—(A) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (d)(5)(i)(B) of this
section, remuneration resulting from the
exercise of a stock option (including
compensation income arising at the time
of a disqualifying disposition of an
incentive stock option described in
section 422 or an option under an
employee stock purchase plan described
in section 423) or a stock appreciation
right (SAR) is attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider
on a daily pro rata basis over the period
beginning on the date of grant (within
the meaning of § 1.409A–1(b)(5)(vi)(B))
of the stock option or SAR and ending
on the date that the stock option or SAR
is exercised, excluding any days on
which the applicable individual is not
a service provider.
(B) Stock options or SARs subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture. If a stock
option or SAR is subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture, a covered health
insurance provider may attribute
remuneration resulting from the
exercise of the stock option or SAR to
services performed by an applicable
individual in a taxable year on a daily
pro rata basis over the period beginning
on the date of grant (within the meaning
of § 1.409A–1(b)(5)(vi)(B)) of the stock
option or SAR and ending on the first
date that the stock option or SAR is no
longer subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture, but only if the covered health
insurance provider uses this attribution
method consistently for all stock
options or SARs exercised in taxable
years of a covered health insurance
provider beginning after September 23,
2014, except as provided in paragraph
(f)(3) of this section.
(ii) Restricted stock. Remuneration
resulting from restricted stock, for
which an election under section 83(b)
has not been made, that becomes
substantially vested or transferred is
attributed on a daily pro rata basis to
services performed by an applicable
individual for a covered health
insurance provider over the period,
excluding any days on which the
applicable individual is not a service
provider, beginning on the date the
applicable individual obtains a legally
binding right to the restricted stock and
ending on the earliest of—
(A) The date the restricted stock
becomes substantially vested, or
(B) The date the restricted stock is
transferred by the applicable individual.
(iii) Restricted stock units.
Remuneration resulting from a restricted
stock unit (RSU) is attributed on a daily
pro rata basis to services performed by
an applicable individual for a covered
health insurance provider over the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
period beginning on the date the
applicable individual obtains a legally
binding right to the RSU and ending on
the date the remuneration is paid or
made available, excluding any days on
which the applicable individual is not
a service provider.
(iv) Partnership interests and other
equity. [Reserved]
(6) Involuntary separation pay.
Involuntary separation pay is
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual for a covered
health insurance provider in the taxable
year in which the involuntary
separation from service occurs.
Alternatively, the covered health
insurance provider may attribute
involuntary separation pay to services
performed by an applicable individual
on a daily pro rata basis beginning on
the date that the applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right to the
involuntary separation pay and ending
on the date of the involuntary
separation from service. Involuntary
separation pay to different individuals
may be attributed using different
methods; however, if involuntary
separation payments are made to the
same individual over multiple taxable
years, all the payments must be
attributed using the same method. For
purposes of this section, the term
involuntary separation pay means
remuneration to which an applicable
individual has a right to payment solely
as a result of the individual’s
involuntary separation from service
(within the meaning of § 1.409A–1(n)).
To the extent that involuntary
separation pay is attributed to services
performed in two or more taxable years
of a covered health insurance provider
as permitted under this paragraph, any
amount of involuntary separation pay
that is paid or made available must be
attributed to services performed in all of
those taxable years in the same
proportion that the total involuntary
separation pay is attributed to taxable
years of the covered health insurance
provider.
(7) Reimbursements. Remuneration
that is provided in the form of a
reimbursement or benefit provided inkind (other than cash) is attributable to
services performed by an applicable
individual in the taxable year of a
covered health insurance provider in
which the applicable individual makes
a payment for which the applicable
individual has a right to reimbursement
or receives an in-kind benefit, except
that remuneration provided in the form
of a reimbursement or in-kind benefit
during a taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider in which an
applicable individual is not a service
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56913
provider is attributable to services
performed in the most recent preceding
taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in which the
applicable individual is a service
provider.
(8) Split-dollar life insurance.
Remuneration resulting from a splitdollar life insurance arrangement (as
defined in § 1.61–22(b)) under which an
applicable individual has a legally
binding right to economic benefits
described in § 1.61–22(d)(2)(ii) (policy
cash value to which the non-owner has
current access within the meaning of
§ 1.61–22(d)(4)(ii)) or § 1.61–22(d)(2)(iii)
(any other economic benefits provided
to the non-owner) is attributable to
services performed in the taxable year of
the covered health insurance provider
in which the legally binding right arises.
Split-dollar life insurance arrangements
under which payments are treated as
split-dollar loans under § 1.7872–15
generally will not give rise to DDR
within the meaning of paragraph (b)(11)
of this section, although they may give
rise to AIR. However, in certain
situations, this type of arrangement may
give rise to DDR for purposes of section
162(m)(6), for example, if amounts due
on a split-dollar loan are waived,
cancelled, or forgiven.
(9) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of paragraphs
(d)(1) through (8) of this section. For
purposes of these examples, each
corporation has a taxable year that is the
calendar year and is a covered health
insurance provider for all relevant
taxable years, DDR is otherwise
deductible in the taxable year in which
it is paid, and amounts payable under
nonaccount balance plans are not
forfeitable upon the death of the
applicable individual. For purposes of
these examples, the interest rates used
in these examples are assumed to be
reasonable.
Example 1 (Account balance plan—
account balance ratio method with earnings
and a single payment). (i) B is an applicable
individual of corporation Y for all relevant
taxable years. On January 1, 2016, B begins
participating in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan of Y that is an account
balance plan. Under the terms of the plan, all
amounts are fully vested at all times, and Y
will pay B’s entire account balance on
January 1, 2019. B’s account earns five
percent interest per year, compounded
annually. Y credits $10,000 to B under the
plan annually on January 1 for three years
beginning on January 1, 2016. Thus, B’s
account balance is $10,500 ($10,000 +
($10,000 × 5%)) on December 31, 2016;
$21,525 ($10,500 + $10,000 + ($20,500 ×
5%)) on December 31, 2017; and $33,101
($21,525 + $10,000 + ($31,525 × 5%)) on
December 31, 2018. On January 1, 2019, Y
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56914
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
pays B $33,101, the entire account balance.
Y attributes payments under its account
balance plans using the account balance ratio
method described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of
this section.
(ii) The increase in B’s account balance
during 2016 is $10,500 ($10,500 ¥ zero); the
increase in B’s account balance for 2017 is
$11,025 ($21,525 ¥ $10,500); and the
increase in B’s account balance for 2018 is
$11,576 ($33,101 ¥ $21,525). The sum of all
the increases is $33,101 ($10,500 + $11,025
+ $11,576). Accordingly, for Y’s 2016 taxable
year, the attribution fraction is .3172
($10,500/$33,101); for Y’s 2017 taxable year,
the attribution fraction is .3331 ($11,025/
$33,101); and for Y’s 2018 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .3497 ($11,576/
$33,101).
(iii) With respect to the $33,301 payment
made on January 1, 2019, $10,500 ($33,101
× .3172) of DDR is attributable to services
performed by B in Y’s 2016 taxable year;
$11,026 ($33,101 × .3331) of DDR is
attributable to services performed by B in Y’s
2017 taxable year; and $11,575 ($33,101 ×
.3497) of DDR is attributable to services
performed by B in Y’s 2018 taxable year.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Example 2 (Account balance plan—
principal additions method with earnings
and a single payment. (i) The facts are the
same as in Example 1, except that Y
attributes remuneration using the principal
additions method described in paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) The $10,000 principal addition made
on January 1, 2016 and $1,576 of earnings
thereon (interest on the 2016 $10,000
principal addition at five percent for three
years compounded annually) are attributable
to services performed by B in Y’s 2016
taxable year; the principal addition of
$10,000 on January 1, 2017 and $1,025 of
earnings thereon (interest on the 2017
$10,000 principal addition at five percent for
two years compounded annually) are
attributable to services performed by B in Y’s
2017 taxable year; and the principal addition
of $10,000 to B’s account on January 1, 2018
and $500 of earnings thereon (interest on the
2018 $10,000 principal addition at five
percent for one year compounded annually)
are attributable to services performed by B in
Y’s 2018 taxable year. Accordingly, with
respect to the $33,301 payment made on
January 1, 2019, $11,576 ($10,000 + $1,576)
is attributable to services performed by B in
Y’s 2016 taxable year; $11,025 ($10,000 +
$1,025) is attributable to services performed
in Y’s 2017 taxable year; and $10,500
($10,000 + $500) is attributable to services
performed by B in Y’s 2018 taxable year.
Example 3 (Account balance plan—
account balance ratio method with earnings
and losses). (i) J is an applicable individual
of corporation Z for all relevant taxable years.
On January 1, 2016, J begins participating in
a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of
Z that is an account balance plan. Under the
terms of the plan, all amounts are fully
vested at all times, and Z will pay J’s entire
account balance on January 1, 2019. Z credits
$10,000 to J under the plan on January 1,
2016 and January 1, 2018. Earnings under the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
terms of the plan are based on a
predetermined actual investment (as defined
in § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(e)(2)(i)(B)), which results
in J’s account balance increasing by five
percent in the 2016 taxable year, decreasing
by five percent in the 2017 taxable year, and
increasing again by five percent in the 2018
taxable year. Therefore, on December 31,
2016, J’s account balance is $10,500 ($10,000
+ ($10,000 × 5%)); on December 31, 2017, J’s
account balance is $9,975 ($10,500 ¥
($10,500 × 5%)); and on December 31, 2018,
J’s account balance is $20,974 ($9,975 +
$10,000 + ($19,975 × 5%)). On January 1,
2019, Z pays J the entire account balance of
$20,974.
(ii) The increase in J’s account balance for
2016 is $10,500 ($10,500 ¥ zero); the
increase in J’s account balance for 2017 is
zero (because J’s account balance decreased
by $525 ($9,975 ¥ $10,500)); the increase in
J’s account balance for 2018 is $10,474
($20,974 ¥ $10,500, which is the highest
account balance in any prior taxable year).
The sum of all the increases is $20,974
($10,500 + $10,474). Thus, for Z’s 2016
taxable year the attribution fraction is .5006
($10,500/$20,974); for Z’s 2017 taxable year
the attribution fraction is zero because there
was a decrease in the account balance for the
year; and for Z’s 2018 taxable year the
attribution fraction is .4994 ($10,474/
$20,974).
(iii) Accordingly, with respect to the
$20,974 payment made on January 1, 2019,
$10,499 ($20,974 × .5006) of DDR is
attributable to services performed by J in Z’s
2016 taxable year, and $10,474 ($20,973.75 ×
.4994) of DDR is attributable to services
performed by J in Z’s 2018 taxable year. No
amount is attributable to services performed
by J in Z’s 2017 taxable year because there
was no increase in the account balance for
that taxable year.
Example 4 (Account balance plan—
principal additions method with earnings
and losses). (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 3, except that Z attributes
remuneration using the principal additions
method described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of
this section.
(ii) The $10,000 principal addition made
on January 1, 2016 and the $474 of net
earnings thereon ($500 of earnings for 2016,
$525 of losses for 2017, and $499 of earnings
for 2018) are attributable to services
performed by J in Z’s 2016 taxable year; and
the $10,000 principal addition made on
January 1, 2018 and the $500 of earnings
thereon are attributable to services performed
by J in Z’s 2018 taxable year. Accordingly,
with respect to the $20,974 payment made on
January 1, 2019, $10,474 ($10,000 + $474) of
DDR is attributable to services performed by
J in Z’s 2016 taxable year, and $10,500
($10,000 + $500) of DDR is attributable to
services performed by J in Z’s 2018 taxable
year.
Example 5 (Account balance plan—
account balance ratio method with losses
and an in-service payment). (i) N is an
applicable individual of corporation M for all
relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, N
begins participating in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan sponsored by M
that is an account balance plan. Under the
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
plan, all amounts are fully vested at all times.
The balances in N’s account are $110,000 on
December 31, 2016; $90,000 on December 31,
2017; $250,000 on December 31, 2018; and
$240,000 on December 31, 2019. N ceases
providing services to N on December 31,
2019. In accordance with the plan terms, M
pays to N $10,000 on September 30, 2017,
$150,000 on January 1, 2021, and $100,000
on January 1, 2022. M attributes payments
under its account balance plans using the
account balance ratio method described in
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.
(ii) For purposes of attributing the $10,000
payment made on September 30, 2017 to
taxable years, the increase in N’s account
balance for 2016 is $110,000 ($110,000 ¥
zero). N’s account balance for 2017 is treated
as $100,000 ($90,000 + $10,000 payment on
September 30, 2017), but, because the
account balance of $100,000 is less than the
account balance in an earlier year, the
increase in N’s account balance for 2017 is
zero. The sum of all the increases in N’s
account balance is $110,000 ($110,000 + $0).
Thus, the attribution fraction for 2016 is 1
($110,000/$110,000), and the attribution
fraction for 2017 is zero ($0/$110,000).
Accordingly, with respect to the $10,000
payment made on September 30, 2017, the
entire $10,000 is attributable to services
performed by N in M’s 2016 taxable year, and
no amount is attributable to services
performed by N in M’s 2017 taxable year.
(iii) After attributing the September 30,
2017 payment of $10,000 to 2016, N’s
account balance for 2016 is treated as being
$100,000 ($110,000 ¥ $10,000), and the
increase for 2016 is likewise treated as
$100,000; N’s account balance for 2017
decreased; the increase in N’s account
balance for 2018 is $150,000 ($250,000 ¥
$100,000); and N’s account balance for 2018
decreased. The sum of all the increases is
$250,000 ($100,000 + $150,000). Thus, the
attribution fraction for 2016 is .40 ($100,000/
$250,000); the attribution fraction for 2017 is
zero ($0/$250,000); the attribution fraction
for 2018 is .60 ($150,000/$250,000); and the
attribution fraction for 2019 is zero ($0/
$250,000).
(iv) Accordingly, with respect to the
$150,000 payment made on January 1, 2021,
$60,000 ($150,000 × .40) is attributable to
services performed by N in M’s 2016 taxable
year, and $90,000 ($150,000 × .60) is
attributable to services performed by N in
M’s 2018 taxable year. With respect to the
$100,000 payment made on January 1, 2022,
$40,000 ($100,000 × .40) is attributable to
services performed by N in M’s 2016 taxable
year, and $60,000 ($100,000 × .60) is
attributable to services performed by N in
M’s 2018 taxable year. No amount is
attributable to services performed by N in
M’s 2017 and 2019 taxable years.
Example 6 (Account balance plan—
principal additions method with multiple
payments). (i) O is an applicable individual
of corporation L for all relevant taxable years.
On January 1, 2016, O begins participating in
a nonqualified deferred compensation plan
sponsored by L that is an account balance
plan. Under the plan, all amounts are fully
vested at all times. L credits principal
additions to O’s account each year, and
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
credits earnings based on a predetermined
actual investment within the meaning of
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2)(i)(B). L makes
principal additions of $90,000 on June 30,
2016; $140,000 on June 30, 2017; and
$180,000 on June 30, 2018. The
predetermined actual investment earns five
percent for 2016, seven percent for 2017;
eight percent for 2018; and nine percent for
2019. Thus, as of December 31, 2018, the
earnings with respect to the $90,000
principal addition made on June 30, 2016 are
$16,605, for a total of $106,605; and the
earnings with respect to the $140,000
principal addition made on June 30, 2017 are
$16,492, for a total of $156,492. As of January
1, 2020, the earnings with respect to the
$180,000 principal addition made on June
30, 2018 are $24,048, for a total of $204,048.
Under the terms of the plan, the principal
addition (and earnings thereon) made on
June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are payable
on December 31, 2018, and the principal
addition (and earnings thereon) made on
June 30, 2018 is payable on January 1, 2020.
On December 31, 2018, L pays O $263,097 in
accordance with the plan terms. On January
1, 2020, L pays O the remaining account
balance of $204,048 in accordance with the
plan terms.
(ii) The $263,097 payment made on
December 31, 2018 is attributed to services
performed by O in the 2016 and 2017 taxable
years. Of the $263,097 payment, $106,605 is
attributable to services performed by O in L’s
2016 taxable year because this amount
represents the $90,000 principal addition
made on June 30, 2016 and earnings thereon.
The remaining $156,492 is attributable to
services performed by O in L’s 2017 taxable
year because this amount represents the
$140,000 principal addition made on June
30, 2017 and earnings thereon. The $204,048
payment made on January 1, 2020 is
attributable to services performed by O in L’s
2018 taxable year because this amount
represents the $180,000 principal addition
made on June 30, 2018 and earnings thereon.
Example 7 (Account balance plan—
account balance ratio method with an
employer contribution after the applicable
individual ceases to be a service provider).
(i) A is an applicable individual of
corporation Z for all relevant taxable years.
On January 1, 2016, A begins participating in
a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of
Z that is an account balance plan. Under the
terms of the plan, all amounts are fully
vested at all times. The balances in A’s
account (including employer contributions
and earnings) are $20,000 on December 31,
2016, and $60,000 on December 31, 2017. On
December 31, 2017, A ceases providing
services to Z. On January 1, 2019, Z makes
a discretionary contribution of $30,000 to A’s
account balance plan. On December 31, 2019,
in accordance with the plan terms, Z pays
$120,000 to A, which is N’s entire account
balance. Z attributes payments under its
account balance plans using the account
balance ratio method described in paragraph
(d)(3)(i) of this section.
(ii) The increase in A’s account balance for
2016 is $20,000; the increase in A’s account
balance for 2017 is $40,000. The
discretionary contribution made on January
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
1, 2019 of $30,000 is added to the account
balance for 2017. Thus, the discretionary
contribution of $30,000 on January 1, 2019,
is treated as increasing A’s account balance
for 2017 by $30,000. The increase in A’s
account balance for 2016 is $20,000, and the
increase in A’s account balance for 2017 is
$70,000 ($40,000 + $30,000). The sum of all
the increases is $90,000 ($20,000+$70,000).
(iii) Thus, the attribution fraction for 2016
is .2222 ($20,000/$90,000); and the
attribution fraction for 2017 is .7778
($70,000/$90,000). Accordingly, with respect
to the $120,000 payment made on January 1,
2019, $26,664 ($120,000 × .2222) is
attributable to services performed by A in Z’s
2016 taxable year, and $93,336 ($120,000 ×
.7778) is attributable to services performed by
A in Z’s 2017 taxable year.
Example 8 (Account balance plan—
principal additions method with a principal
addition after the applicable individual
ceases to be a service provider). (i) C is an
applicable individual of corporation X for all
relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, C
begins participating in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan of X that is an
account balance plan. Earnings under the
terms of the plan are based on a
predetermined actual investment (as defined
in § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(e)(2)(i)(B)). Under the
terms of the plan, all amounts are fully
vested at all times. X credits a $10,000
principal addition to C under the plan on
April 1, 2016, and a $20,000 principal
addition to C on April 1, 2017. C ceases
providing services to X on December 31,
2017. On January 1, 2019, X credits $30,000
to C’s account in recognition of C’s past
services. The $10,000 principal addition
made on April 1, 2016 increases to $15,000
as of December 31, 2019, as a result of
earnings. The $20,000 principal addition
made on April 1, 2017, increases to $28,000
as of December 31, 2019 as a result of
earnings. The January 1, 2019, contribution
of $30,000 increases to $33,000 as of
December 31, 2019, as a result of earnings.
On December 31, 2019, in accordance with
the plan terms, X pays C’s entire account
balance of $76,000. X attributes payments
under its account balance plans using the
principal additions method described in
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) When the $76,000 payment is made to
C on December 31, 2019, the remuneration
becomes attributable to service performed by
C in prior taxable years. The $10,000
principal addition in 2016 plus earnings
thereon of $5,000 are attributable to services
performed by C in X’s 2016 taxable year, and
the $20,000 principal addition in 2017 (plus
earnings thereon of $8,000) are attributable to
services performed by C in X’s 2017 taxable
year. The principal addition of $30,000 plus
earnings thereon of $3,000 ($33,000) are also
attributable to services performed by C in X’s
2017 taxable year. Thus, $16,500 of the
$33,000 is attributed to services performed by
C in X’s 2017 taxable year.
(iii) Accordingly, with respect to the
$76,000 payment by X to C on December 31,
2019, $15,000 ($10,000 + $5,000) is attributed
to services performed by C in X’s 2016
taxable year, and $61,000 ($20,000 + $8,000
+ $33,000) is attributed to services performed
by C in X’s 2017 taxable year.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56915
Example 9 (Nonaccount balance plan—
present value ratio method with a single
payment). (i) C is an applicable individual of
corporation X for all relevant taxable years.
On January 1, 2015, X grants C a vested right
to a $100,000 payment on January 1, 2020.
C ceases providing services on December 31,
2019. The payment of $100,000 is made on
January 1, 2020. X determines the present
value of the payment using an interest rate
of five percent for all years.
(ii) The present value of $100,000 payable
on January 1, 2020, determined using a five
percent interest rate, is $82,270 as of
December 31, 2015; $86,384 as of December
31, 2016; $90,703 as of December 31, 2017;
$95,238 as of December 31, 2018, and
$100,000 as of December 31, 2019.
Accordingly, $82,270 is the amount of the
increase in the present value of the future
payment of $100,000 for X’s 2015 taxable
year ($82,270 ¥ $0); $4,114 ($86,384 ¥
$82,270) is the increase in the present value
of the future payment for X’s 2016 taxable
year; $4,319 ($90,703 ¥ $86,384) is the
increase in the present value of the future
payment for X’s 2017 taxable year; $4,535
($95,238 ¥ $90,703) is the increase in the
present value of the future payment for X’s
2018 taxable year; and $4,762 ($100,000 ¥
$95,238) is the increase in the present value
of the future payment for X’s 2019 taxable
year. The sum of all the increases is $100,000
($82,270 + $4,114 + $4,319 + $4,535 +
$4,762). Thus, the attribution fraction for
2015 is .8227 ($82,270/$100,000); the
attribution fraction for 2016 is .0411 ($4,114/
$100,000); the attribution fraction for 2017 is
.0432 ($4,319/$100,000); the attribution
fraction for 2018 is .0454 ($4,535/$100,000);
and the attribution fraction for 2019 is .0476
($4,762/$100,000).
(iii) The $100,000 payment made on
January 1, 2020 is multiplied by the
attribution fraction for each taxable year, and
the result is the amount that is attributable
to service performed by C for that taxable
year. Accordingly, $82,270 ($100,000 ×
.8227) is attributable to services performed by
C in X’s 2015 taxable year; $4,114 ($100,000
× .0411) is attributable to services performed
by C in X’s 2016 taxable year; $4,319
($100,000 × .0432) is attributable to services
performed by C in X’s 2017 taxable year;
$4,535 ($100,000 × .0454) is attributable to
services performed by C in X’s 2018 taxable
year; and $4,762 ($100,000 × .0476) is
attributable to services performed by C in X’s
2019 taxable year.
Example 10. (Nonaccount balance plan—
present value ratio method with an in-service
payment). (i) The facts are the same as
Example 9, except that X grants C a vested
right to a $40,000 payment on June 30, 2018
and a vested right to a $60,000 payment on
January 1, 2020.
(ii) The present value of the future
payments ($40,000 payable on June 30, 2018
and $60,000 payable on January 1, 2020),
determined using a five percent interest rate,
is $84,758 as of December 31, 2015; $88,996
as of December 31, 2016; $93,446 as of
December 31, 2017; and $57,143 as of
December 31, 2018. However, for purposes of
determining the increase in the present value
of the future payments during 2018 (the year
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
56916
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
of the in-service payment), $57,143 must be
increased by $40,000, the amount of the inservice payment, resulting in a present value
of future payments as of December 31, 2018,
of $97,143 solely for purposes of attributing
the $40,000 in-service payment. Accordingly,
$84,758 is the amount of the increase in the
present value of the future payments for X’s
2015 taxable year, $4,238 ($88,896 ¥
$84,758) is the increase in the present value
of the future payments for X’s 2016 taxable
year, $4,450 ($93,446 ¥ $88,996) is the
increase in the present value of the future
payments for X’s 2017 taxable year, and
$3,697 ($97,143 ¥ $93,446) is the increase in
the present value of the future payments for
X’s 2018 taxable year. The sum of all the
increases is $97,143 ($84,758 + $4,238 +
$4,450 + $3,697). Thus, the attribution
fraction for 2015 is .8725 ($84,758/$97,143);
the attribution fraction for 2016 is .0436
($4,238/$97,143); the attribution fraction for
2017 is .0458 ($4,450/$97,143); and the
attribution fraction for 2018 is .0381 ($3,697/
$97,143).
(iii) Accordingly, with respect to the
$40,000 payment made on June 30, 2018,
$34,900 ($40,000 × .8725) is attributable to
services performed by C in X’s 2015 taxable
year; $1,744 ($40,000 × .0436) is attributable
to services performed by C in X’s 2016
taxable year; $1,832 ($40,000 × .0458) is
attributable to services performed by C in X’s
2017 taxable year; and $1,524 ($40,000 ×
.0381) is attributable to services performed by
C in X’s 2018 taxable year.
(iv) For purposes of attributing the $60,000
payment made on January 1, 2020, the
present value of the future payments for each
taxable year that ends prior to the taxable
year in which the $40,000 in-service payment
is paid is reduced by the present value of the
future payment to which the applicable
individual had a legally binding right to be
paid on the date the $40,000 in-service is
paid (based on the applicable factors and
plan provisions as of the measurement date
in each such taxable year). The present value
of that future payment is $35,396 as of
December 31, 2015; $37,166 as of December
31, 2016; and $39,024 as of December 31,
2017. Therefore, for purposes of attributing
the $60,000 payment on January 1, 2020, the
present value of future payments as of
December 31, 2015, is $49,362 ($84,758 ¥
$35,396); the present value of future
payments as of December 31, 2016, is
$51,830 ($88,996 ¥ $37,166); the present
value of future payments as of December 31,
2017, is $54,422 ($93,446 ¥ $39,024). The
present value of future payments as of
December 31, 2018, is $57,143. Accordingly,
$49,362 is the increase in the present value
of the future payment of $60,000 for X’s 2015
taxable year; $2,468 ($51,830 ¥ $49,362) is
the increase in the present value of the future
payment for X’s 2016 taxable year; $2,592
($54,422 ¥ $51,830) is the increase in the
future value of the payment for X’s 2017
taxable year; $2,721 ($57,143 ¥ $54,422) is
the increase in the future value of the
payments for X’s 2018 taxable year; and
$2,857 ($60,000 ¥ $57,143) is the increase in
the future value of the payment for X’s 2019
taxable year. The sum of all the increases is
$60,000 ($49,362 + $2,468 + $2,592 + $2,721
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
+ $2,857). Thus, the attribution fraction for
2015 is .8227 ($49,362/$60,000); the
attribution fraction for 2016 is .0411 ($2,468/
$60,000); the attribution fraction for 2017 is
.0432 ($2,592/$60,000); the attribution
fraction for 2018 is .0454 ($2,721/$60,000);
and the attribution fraction for 2019 is .0476
($2,857/$60,000).
(v) Accordingly, with respect to the
$60,000 payment made on January 1, 2020,
$49,362 ($60,000 × .8227) is attributable to
services performed by C in X’s 2015 taxable
year; $2,468 ($60,000 x .0411) is attributable
to services performed by C in X’s 2016
taxable year; $2,592($60,000 × .0432) is
attributable to services performed by C in X’s
2017 taxable year; $2,721 ($60,000 × .0454)
is attributable to services performed by C in
X’s 2018 taxable year; and $2,857 ($60,000 ×
.0476) is attributable to services performed by
C in X’s 2019 taxable year.
Example 11 (Nonaccount balance plan—
formula benefit ratio method with losses and
multiple payments). (i) D is an applicable
individual of W for all relevant taxable years.
D becomes a participant in a nonaccount
balance plan sponsored by R on January 1,
2018. The plan provides W with the vested
right to receive a five annual installments
each equal to $20,000 times the full years of
service that D completes. The first payment
is to be made on the later of December 31,
2027, or on the December 31 of the first year
in which D is no longer a service provider.
D has a break in service in 2020 and does not
accrue an additional benefit during 2020. D
ceases to be a service provider on December
31, 2022, after having completed four years
of service, entitling D to five annual
payments equal to $80,000 per year
commencing on December 31, 2027. W
determines the present value of amounts to
be paid under the plan using an interest rate
of five percent for 2018 and 2019, and seven
percent for 2021, 2022, and 2023. W uses the
formula benefit ratio method described in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Under the plan formula, in 2018, E
accrued the right to a $20,000 annual
payment for five years, and E accrued an
additional $20,000 in annual payments in
2019, 2021, and 2022, resulting in the right
to receive an annual payment of $80,000
commencing on December 31, 2027. Thus,
the attribution fraction is .25 for 2018
($20,000/$80,000), .25 for 2019 ($20,000/
$80,000), .25 for 2021 ($20,000/$80,000), and
.25 for 2022 ($20,000/$80,000). The
attribution fraction for 2020 is zero because
no additional formula benefit accrued during
that year.
(iii) The attribution fraction for each
disqualified taxable year is multiplied by
each payment and the result is attributed to
that taxable year. Accordingly, with respect
to each $80,000 payment, $20,000 ($80,000 ×
.25) is attributable to services performed by
D in W’s 2018 taxable year; $20,000 ($80,000
× .25) is attributable to services performed by
D in W’s 2019 taxable year; $20,000 ($80,000
× .25) is attributable to services performed by
D in W’s 2021 taxable year; and $20,000
($80,000 × .25) is attributable to services
performed by D in W’s 2022 taxable year. No
amount is attributable to services performed
by D in W’s 2020 taxable year.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Example 12 (Stock option). (i) E is an
applicable individual of corporation V for all
relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, V
grants E an option to purchase 100 shares of
V common stock at an exercise price of $50
per share (the fair market value of V common
stock on the date of grant). The stock option
is not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture. On December 31, 2017, E ceases to
be a service provider of V or any member of
V’s aggregated group. On January 1, 2019, E
resumes providing services for V and again
becomes both a service provider and an
applicable individual of V. On December 31,
2020, when the fair market value of V
common stock is $196 per share, E exercises
the stock option. The remuneration resulting
from the stock option exercise is $14,600
(($196 — $50) × 100).
(ii) The $14,600 is attributed pro rata over
the 1,460 days from January 1, 2016 to
December 31, 2017 and from January 1, 2019
to December 31, 2020 (365 days per year for
the 2016, 2017, 2019, and 2020 taxable
years), so that $10 ($14,600 divided by 1,460)
is attributed to each calendar day in this
period, and $3,650 (365 days × $10) of
remuneration is attributed to services
performed by E in each of V’s 2016, 2017,
2019, and 2020 taxable years.
Example 13 (Stock option subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture). (i) The facts are
the same as Example 14, except that the stock
option is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture that lapses on December 31, 2017,
and is not transferable until that date, and V
chooses to attribute remuneration resulting
from the exercise of stock options that are
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture over
the period beginning on the date of grant and
ending on the date the substantial risk of
forfeiture lapses, as permitted under
paragraph (d)(5)(i)(B) of this section.
(ii) The $14,600 is attributed pro rata over
the 730 days from January 1, 2016 to
December 31, 2017 (365 days per year for the
2016 and 2017 taxable years), so that $20
($14,600 divided by 730) is attributed to each
calendar day in this period, and $7,300 (365
days × $20) is attributed to services
performed by E in each of V’s 2016 and 2017
taxable years.
Example 14 (Restricted stock). (i) F is an
applicable individual of corporation U for all
relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2017, U
grants to F 1000 shares of restricted U
common stock. Under the terms of the grant,
the shares will be forfeited if F voluntarily
terminates employment before December 31,
2019 (so that the shares are subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture through that
date) and are nontransferable until the
substantial risk of forfeiture lapses. F does
not make an election under section 83(b) and
continues in employment with U through
December 31, 2019, at which time F’s rights
in the stock become substantially vested
within the meaning of § 1.83–3(b) and the fair
market value of a share of the stock is
$109.50. The remuneration resulting from the
vesting of the restricted stock is $109,500
($109.50 × 1000).
(ii) The $109,500 of remuneration is
attributed to services performed by F over the
1,095 days between January 1, 2017 and
December 31, 2019 (365 days per year for the
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
2017, 2018, and 2019 taxable years), so that
$100 ($109,500 divided by 1,095) is
attributed to each calendar day in this period,
and remuneration of $36,500 (365 days ×
$100) is attributed to services performed by
F in each of U’s 2017, 2018, and 2019 taxable
years.
Example 15 (RSUs). (i) G is an applicable
individual of corporation T for all relevant
taxable years. On January 1, 2018, T grants
to G 1000 RSUs. Under the terms of the grant,
T will pay G an amount on December 31,
2020 equal to the fair market value of 1000
shares of T common stock on that date, but
only if G continues to provide substantial
services to T (so that the RSU is subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture) through
December 31, 2020. G remains employed by
T through December 31, 2020, at which time
the fair market value of a share of the stock
is $219, and T pays G $219,000 ($219 ×
1000).
(ii) The $219,000 in remuneration is
attributed to services performed by G over
the 1,095 days beginning on January 1, 2018
and ending on December 31, 2020 (365 days
per year for the 2018, 2019, and 2020 taxable
years), so that $200 ($219,000/1,095) is
attributed to each calendar day in this period,
and $73,000 (365 days × $200) is attributed
to service performed by G in each of T’s
2018, 2019, and 2020 taxable years.
Example 16 (Involuntary separation pay).
(i) H is an applicable individual of
corporation S. On January 1, 2015, H and S
enter into an employment contract providing
that S will make two payments of $150,000
each to H if H has an involuntary separation
from service. Under the terms of the contract,
the first payment is due on January 1
following the involuntary separation from
service, and the second payment is due on
January 1 of the following year. On December
31, 2016, H has an involuntary separation
from service. S pays H $150,000 on January
1, 2017 and $150,000 on January 1, 2018.
(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (d)(6) of this
section, involuntary separation pay may be
attributed to services performed by H in the
taxable year of S in which the involuntary
separation from service occurs. Alternatively,
involuntary separation pay may be attributed
to services performed by H on a daily pro
rata basis beginning on the date H obtains a
legally binding right to the involuntary
separation pay and ending on the date of the
involuntary separation from service. The
entire $300,000 amount, including both
$150,000 payments, must be attributed using
the same method. Therefore, the entire
$300,000 amount (comprised of two $150,000
payments) may be attributed to services
performed by H in S’s 2016 taxable year,
which is the taxable year in which the
involuntary separation from service occurs.
Alternatively, each $150,000 payment may be
attributed on a daily pro rata basis to the
period beginning on January 1, 2015 and
ending December 31, 2016, so that $410.96
(($150,000 × 2)/(365 × 2)) is attributed to each
day of S’s 2015 and 2016 taxable years.
Accordingly, $150,000 is attributed to
services performed by H in each of S’s 2015
and 2016 taxable years.
Example 17 (Reimbursement after
termination of services). (i) I is an applicable
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
individual of corporation R. On January 1,
2018, I enters into an agreement with R under
which R will reimburse I’s country club dues
for two years following I’s separation from
service. On December 31, 2020, I ceases to be
a service provider of R. I pays $50,000 in
country club dues on January 1, 2021 and
$50,000 on January 2, 2022. Pursuant to the
agreement, R reimburses I $50,000 for the
country club dues in 2021 and $50,000 in
2022.
(ii) $100,000 is attributed to services
performed in R’s 2020 taxable year, the
taxable year in which I ceases to be a service
provider.
(10) Certain remuneration subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture. If
remuneration is attributable in
accordance with paragraphs (d)(2)
(legally binding right), (d)(3) (account
balance plan), or (d)(4) (nonaccount
balance plan) of this section to services
performed in a period that includes two
or more taxable years of a covered
health insurance provider during which
the remuneration is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture, that
remuneration must be attributed using a
two-step process. First, the
remuneration must be attributed to the
taxable years of the covered health
insurance provider in accordance with
paragraph (d)(2), (3), or (4) of this
section, as applicable. Second, the
remuneration attributed to the period
during which the remuneration is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
(the vesting period) must be reattributed
on a daily pro rata basis over that period
beginning on the date that the
applicable individual obtains a legally
binding right to the remuneration and
ending on the date that the substantial
risk of forfeiture lapses. If a vesting
period begins on a day other than the
first day of a covered health insurance
provider’s taxable year or ends on a day
other than the last day of the covered
health insurance provider’s taxable year,
the remuneration attributable to that
taxable year under the first step of the
attribution process is divided between
the portion of the taxable year that
includes the vesting period and the
portion of the taxable year that does not
include the vesting period. The amount
attributed to the portion of the taxable
year that includes the vesting period is
equal to the total amount of
remuneration that would be attributable
to the taxable year under the first step
of the attribution process, multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days during the taxable year
that the amount is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture and the
denominator of which is the number of
days in such taxable year. The
remaining amount is attributed to the
portion of the taxable year that does not
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56917
include the vesting period and,
therefore, is not reattributed under the
second step of the attribution process.
(11) Example. The following example
illustrates the principles of paragraph
(d)(10) of this section. For purposes of
this example, the corporation has a
taxable year that is the calendar year
and is a covered health insurance
provider for all relevant taxable years,
DDR is otherwise deductible in the
taxable year in which it is paid, and
amounts payable under nonaccount
balance plans are not forfeitable upon
the death of the applicable individual.
Example (Account balance plan subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture using the
principal additions method). (i) J is an
applicable individual of corporation Q for all
relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, J
begins participating in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that is an
account balance plan. Under the terms of the
plan, Q will pay J’s account balance on
January 1, 2021, but only if J continues to
provide substantial services to Q through
December 31, 2018 (so that the amount
credited to J’s account is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture through that
date). Q credits $10,000 to J’s account
annually for five years on January 1 of each
year beginning on January 1, 2016. The
account earns interest at a fixed rate of five
percent per year, compounded annually,
which solely for the purposes of this
example, is assumed to be a reasonable rate
of interest. Q attributes increases in account
balances under the plan using the principal
additions method described in paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Earnings on a principal addition are
attributed to the same disqualified taxable
year of Q to which the principal addition is
attributed; therefore, the amount initially
attributable to Q’s 2016 taxable year is
$12,763 (the $10,000 principal addition in
2016 at five percent interest for five years);
the amount initially attributable to Q’s 2017
taxable year is $12,155 (the $10,000 principal
addition in 2017 at five percent interest for
four years); the amount initially attributable
to Q’s 2018 taxable year is $11,576 (the
$10,000 principal addition in 2018 at five
percent interest for three years); the amount
attributable to Q’s 2019 taxable year is
$11,025 (the $10,000 principal addition in
2019 at five percent interest for two years);
and the amount attributable to Q’s 2020
taxable year is $10,500 (the $10,000 principal
addition in 2020 at five percent interest for
one year).
(iii) Remuneration that is attributable to
two or more taxable years of Q during which
it is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
must be reattributed on a daily pro rata basis
to the period beginning on the date that J
obtains a legally binding right to the
remuneration and ending on the date that the
substantial risk of forfeiture lapses.
Therefore, $36,494 ($12,763 + $12,155 +
$11,576) is reattributed on a daily pro rata
basis over the period beginning on January 1,
2016, and ending on December 31, 2018.
Thus, $12,165 is attributed to services
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56918
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
performed by J in each of Q’s 2016, 2017, and
2018 taxable years.
(e) Application of the deduction
limitation–(1) Application to aggregate
amounts. The $500,000 deduction
limitation is applied to the aggregate
amount of AIR and DDR attributable to
services performed by an applicable
individual in a disqualified taxable year.
The aggregate amount of AIR and DDR
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in a disqualified
taxable year that exceeds the $500,000
deduction limit is not allowed as a
deduction in any taxable year.
Therefore, for example, if an applicable
individual has more than $500,000 of
AIR attributable to services performed
for a covered health insurance provider
in a disqualified taxable year, the
amount of that AIR that exceeds
$500,000 is not deductible in any
taxable year, and no DDR attributable to
services performed by the applicable
individual in that disqualified taxable
year is deductible in any taxable year.
However, if an applicable individual
has AIR for a disqualified taxable year
that is $500,000 or less and DDR
attributable to services performed in the
same disqualified taxable year that,
when combined with the AIR for the
year, exceeds $500,000, all of the AIR is
deductible in that disqualified taxable
year, but the amount of DDR attributable
to that taxable year that is deductible in
future taxable years is limited to an
amount equal to $500,000 less the
amount of the AIR for that taxable year.
(2) Order of application and
calculation of deduction limitation–(i)
In general. The deduction limitation
with respect to any applicable
individual for any disqualified taxable
year is applied to AIR and DDR
attributable to services performed by
that applicable individual in that
disqualified taxable year at the time that
the remuneration becomes otherwise
deductible, and each time the deduction
limitation is applied to an amount that
is otherwise deductible, the deduction
limit is reduced (but not below zero) by
the amount against which it is applied.
Accordingly, the deduction limitation is
applied first to an applicable
individual’s AIR attributable to services
performed in a disqualified taxable year
and is reduced (but not below zero) by
the amount of the AIR to which the
deduction limit is applied. If the
applicable individual also has an
amount of DDR attributable to services
performed in that disqualified taxable
year that becomes otherwise deductible
in a subsequent taxable year, the
deduction limit, as reduced, is applied
to that amount of DDR in the first
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
taxable in which the DDR becomes
otherwise deductible. The deduction
limit is then further reduced (but not
below zero) by the amount of the DDR
to which the deduction limit is applied.
If the applicable individual has an
additional amount of DDR attributable
to services performed in the original
disqualified taxable year that becomes
otherwise deductible in a subsequent
taxable year, the deduction limit, as
further reduced, is applied to that
amount of DDR in the taxable year in
which it is otherwise deductible. This
process continues for future taxable
years in which DDR attributable to
services performed by the applicable
individual in the original disqualified
taxable year is otherwise deductible. No
deduction is allowed in any taxable year
for any AIR or DDR attributable to
services performed by an applicable
individual in a disqualified taxable year
for the excess of those amounts over the
deduction limit (as reduced, if
applicable) for that disqualified taxable
year at the time the deduction limitation
is applied to the remuneration.
(ii) Application to payments—(A) In
general. Any payment of remuneration
may include amounts that are
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in one or more
taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider pursuant to
paragraphs (d)(2) through (11) of this
section. In that case, a separate
deduction limitation applies to each
portion of the payment that is attributed
to services performed in a different
disqualified taxable year. Any portion of
a payment that is attributed to a taxable
year that is a disqualified taxable year
is deductible only to the extent that it
does not exceed the deduction limit that
applies with respect to the applicable
individual for that disqualified taxable
year, as reduced by the amount, if any,
of AIR and DDR attributable to services
performed in that disqualified taxable
year that was deductible in an earlier
taxable year.
(3) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraphs (e)(1)
and (2) of this section. For purposes of
these examples, each corporation has a
taxable year that is the calendar year
and is a covered health insurance
provider for all relevant taxable years;
DDR is otherwise deductible in the
taxable year in which it is paid; and
amounts payable under nonaccount
balance plans are not forfeitable upon
the death of the applicable individual.
Example 1 (Lump-sum payment of DDR
attributable to a single taxable year). (i) L is
an applicable individual of corporation O.
During O’s 2015 taxable year, O pays L
$550,000 in salary, which is AIR, and grants
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
L a right to $50,000 of DDR payable upon L’s
separation from service from O. L has a
separation from service in 2020, at which
time O pays L the $50,000 of DDR
attributable to services performed by L in O’s
2015 taxable year.
(ii) The $500,000 deduction limitation for
2015 is applied first to L’s $550,000 of AIR
for 2015. Because the $550,000 of AIR in
2015 is greater than the deduction limit, O
may deduct only $500,000 of the AIR for
2015, and $50,000 of the $550,000 of AIR is
not deductible for any taxable year. The
deduction limit for remuneration attributable
to services provided by L in O’s 2015 taxable
year is then reduced to zero. Because the
$50,000 in DDR attributable to services
performed by L in 2015 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of zero, that $50,000 is not
deductible for any taxable year.
Example 2 (Installment payments of DDR
attributable to a single taxable year). (i) M
is an applicable individual of corporation N.
During N’s 2016 taxable year, N pays M
$300,000 in salary, which is AIR, and grants
M a right to $220,000 of DDR payable on a
fixed schedule beginning upon M’s
separation from service. The $220,000 is
attributable to services provided by M in N’s
2016 taxable year. M ceases providing
services on December 31, 2016. In 2020, N
pays M $120,000 of DDR that is attributable
to services performed in N’s 2016 taxable
year. In 2021, N pays M the remaining
$100,000 of DDR attributable to services
performed by M in N’s 2016 taxable year.
(ii) The $500,000 deduction limitation for
2016 is applied first to M’s $300,000 of AIR
for 2016. Because the deduction limit is
greater than the AIR, N may deduct the entire
$300,000 of AIR paid in 2016. The $500,000
deduction limit is then reduced to $200,000
because the limitation is reduced by the
amount of AIR ($500,000 ¥ $300,000). The
reduced deduction limit is then applied to
M’s $120,000 of DDR attributable to services
performed by M in N’s 2016 taxable year that
is paid in 2020. Because the reduced
deduction limit of $200,000 is greater than
the $120,000 of DDR, N may deduct the
entire $120,000 of DDR paid in 2020. The
$200,000 deduction limit is reduced to
$80,000 by the $120,000 in DDR because the
limit is reduced by the amount of DDR to
which the deduction limit applied ($200,000
¥ $120,000). The reduced deduction limit of
$80,000 is then applied to the remaining
$100,000 payment of DDR attributable to
services performed by M in N’s 2016 taxable
year. Because the $100,000 payment by N for
2021 exceeds the reduced deduction limit of
$80,000, N may deduct only $80,000 of the
payment for the 2021 taxable year, and
$20,000 of the $100,000 payment is not
deductible by N for any taxable year.
Example 3 (Lump-sum payment
attributable to multiple years from an
account balance plan using the account
balance ratio method). (i) N is an applicable
individual of corporation M for all relevant
taxable years. On January 1, 2015, N begins
participating in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan sponsored by M that is an
account balance plan. Under the plan, all
amounts are fully vested at all times. The
balances in N’s account (including earnings)
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
are $50,000 on December 31, 2015, $100,000
on December 31, 2016, and $200,000 on
December 31, 2017. N’s AIR from M is
$425,000 for 2015, $450,000 for 2016, and
$500,000 for 2017. On January 1, 2018, in
accordance with the plan terms, M pays
$200,000 to N, which is a payment of N’s
entire account balance under the plan. M
uses the account balance ratio method to
attribute amounts to services performed in
taxable years.
(ii) To determine the extent to which M is
entitled to a deduction for any portion of the
$200,000 payment under the plan, the
payment must first be attributed to services
performed by N in M’s taxable years in
accordance with the attribution rules set
forth in paragraph (d) of this section. The
increase in N’s account balance during 2015
is $50,000 ($50,000 ¥ zero); the increase in
N’s account balance for 2016 is $50,000
($100,000 ¥ $50,000); and the increase in
N’s account balance for 2017 is $100,000
($200,000 ¥ $100,000). The sum of all the
increases is $200,000 ($50,000 + $50,000 +
$100,000). Accordingly, for N’s 2015 taxable
year, the attribution fraction is .25 ($50,000/
$200,000); for N’s 2016, taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .25 ($50,000/$200,000);
and for N’s 2017 taxable year, the attribution
fraction is .50 ($100,000/$200,000).
(iii) With respect to the $200,000 payment
made on January 1, 2018, $50,000 ($200,000
× .25) of DDR is attributable to services
performed by N in M’s 2015 taxable year;
$50,000 ($200,000 × .25) of DDR is
attributable to services performed by N in
M’s 2016 taxable year; and $100,000
($200,000 × .50) of DDR is attributable to
services performed by N in M’s 2017 taxable
year.
(iv) The $500,000 deduction limitation for
2015 is applied first to N’s $425,000 of AIR
for 2015. Because the deduction limit is
greater than the AIR, M may deduct the
entire $425,000 of AIR paid in 2015. The
$500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to
$75,000 by the amount of AIR against which
it is applied ($500,000 ¥ $425,000). The
reduced deduction limit is then applied to
N’s $50,000 of DDR attributable to services
performed by N in M’s 2015 taxable year that
is paid in 2018. Because $50,000 does not
exceed the reduced deduction limit of
$75,000, all $50,000 of the DDR attributable
to services performed by N in M’s 2015
taxable year is deductible for 2018, the year
of payment. The deduction limit for
remuneration attributable to services
performed by N in 2015 is then reduced to
$25,000 ($75,000 ¥ $50,000), and this
reduced limit is applied to any future
payment of DDR attributable to services
performed by N in 2015. With respect to M’s
2016 taxable year, the $500,000 deduction
limit for 2016 is applied first to N’s $450,000
of AIR for 2016. Because the deduction limit
is greater than the AIR, M may deduct the
entire $450,000 of AIR paid in 2016. The
$500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to
$50,000 by the AIR ($500,000 ¥ $450,000).
The reduced deduction limit is then applied
to N’s $50,000 of DDR attributable to services
performed by N in M’s 2016 taxable year that
is paid in 2018. Because $50,000 does not
exceed the reduced deduction limit of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
$50,000, all $50,000 of the DDR attributed to
M’s 2016 taxable year is deductible for 2018,
the year of payment. The deduction limit for
remuneration attributable to services
performed by N in 2016 is then reduced to
zero, and this reduced limit is applied to any
future payment of DDR attributable to
services performed by N in 2016. With
respect to M’s 2017 taxable year, the
$500,000 deduction limit for 2017 is applied
first to N’s $500,000 of AIR for 2017. Because
the deduction limit is not greater than the
AIR, M may deduct the entire $500,000 of
AIR paid in 2017. The $500,000 deduction
limit is then reduced to zero by the amount
of the AIR against which it is applied
($500,000 ¥ $500,000). The reduced
deduction limit is applied to N’s $100,000 of
DDR attributable to services performed by N
in M’s 2017 taxable year that is paid in 2018.
Because $100,000 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of zero, the $100,000 of the
DDR attributed to services performed by N in
M’s 2017 taxable year is not deductible for
the year of payment (or any other taxable
year). As a result, $100,000 of the $200,000
payment ($50,000 + $50,000 + $0) is
deductible by M for M’s 2018 taxable year,
and the remaining $100,000 is not deductible
by M for any taxable year.
Example 4 (Installment payments and inservice payment attributable to multiple
taxable years from an account balance plan
using the account balance ratio method). (i)
O is an applicable individual of corporation
L for all relevant taxable years. On January
1, 2016, O begins participating in a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan
sponsored by L that is an account balance
plan. Under the plan, all amounts are fully
vested at all times. L makes contributions to
O’s account each year and credits earnings
based on a predetermined actual investment
within the meaning of § 31.3121(v)(2)–
1(d)(2)(i)(B). The closing balances in O’s
account (including contributions, earnings,
and distributions made during the year) are
$100,000 on December 31, 2016, $250,000 on
December 31, 2017, and $50,000 on
December 31, 2018. O’s AIR from L is
$500,000 for 2016, $300,000 for 2017, and
$450,000 for 2018. On December 31, 2018, L
pays O $400,000 in accordance with the plan
terms. On December 31, 2019, O’s account
balance is $200,000, reflecting additional
credits of $125,000 made during the year and
earnings on the account. O’s AIR from L is
$200,000 for 2019. O ceases providing
services to L on December 31, 2019. On
January 1, 2020, L pays O $200,000 in
accordance with the plan terms. L uses the
account balance ratio method to attribute
amounts to services performed in taxable
years.
(ii) To determine the extent to which L is
entitled to a deduction for any portion of
either of the payments under the plan, O’s
payments under the plan must first be
attributed to services performed by O in L’s
taxable years in accordance with the
attribution rules set forth in paragraph (d) of
this section. For purposes of attributing the
$400,000 payment made on December 31,
2018 to a taxable year, the increase in O’s
account balance during 2016 is $100,000
($100,000 ¥ zero); the increase in O’s
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56919
account balance for 2017 is $150,000
($250,000 ¥ $100,000); and the increase in
O’s account balance for 2018 is $200,000
($50,000 ¥ $250,000 + $400,000 (payment
on December 31, 2018)). The sum of all the
increases is $450,000 ($100,000 + $150,000 +
$200,000). Thus, for L’s 2016 taxable year,
the attribution fraction is .2222 ($100,000/
$450,000); for L’s 2017 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .3333 ($150,000/
$450,000); and for L’s 2018 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .4444 ($200,000/
$450,000). Accordingly, with respect to the
$400,000 payment made on December 31,
2019, $88,889 ($400,000 × .2222) is
attributable to services performed by O in L’s
2016 taxable year; $133,333 ($400,000 ×
.3333) is attributable to services performed by
O in L’s 2017 taxable year; and $177,778
($400,000 × .4444) is attributable to services
performed by O in L’s 2018 taxable year.
(iii) The portion of the $400,000 payment
attributed to services performed in a
disqualified taxable year under paragraph (d)
of this section that exceeds the deduction
limit for that disqualified taxable year, as
reduced through the date of payment, is not
deductible in any taxable year. The $500,000
deduction limit for 2016 is applied first to
O’s $500,000 of AIR for 2016. Because the
deduction limit is equal to the $500,000 of
AIR, L may deduct the entire $500,000 of AIR
paid in 2016. The $500,000 deduction limit
is then reduced to zero by the amount of the
AIR ($500,000 ¥ $500,000). The reduced
deduction limit is applied to O’s $88,889 of
DDR attributable to services performed by O
in L’s 2016 taxable year that is paid in 2018.
Because $88,889 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of zero, the $88,889 of DDR
attributed to 2016 is not deductible for L’s
2018 taxable year or any other taxable year.
With respect to L’s 2017 taxable year, the
$500,000 deduction limitation for 2017 is
applied first to O’s $300,000 of AIR for 2017.
Because the $500,000 deduction limit is
greater than the $300,000 of AIR, L may
deduct the entire $300,000 of AIR paid in
2017. The $500,000 deduction limit is
reduced to $200,000 by the amount of the
AIR ($500,000 ¥ $300,000). The reduced
deduction limit is then applied to O’s
$133,333 of DDR attributable to services
performed by O in L’s 2017 taxable year that
is paid in 2018. Because $133,333 does not
exceed that reduced deduction limit of
$200,000, the $133,333 is deductible for
2018. The deduction limit for remuneration
attributable to services performed by O in
2017 is then reduced to $66,667 ($200,000 ¥
$133,333), and this reduced limit is applied
to any future payment of DDR attributable to
services performed by O in 2017. With
respect to L’s 2018 taxable year, the $500,000
deduction limit for 2018 is applied first to
O’s $450,000 of AIR for 2018. Because the
deduction limit is greater than the AIR, L
may deduct the entire $450,000 of AIR paid
in 2017. The $500,000 deduction limit is
reduced to $50,000 by the amount of the AIR
($500,000 ¥ $450,000). The reduced
deduction limit is applied to O’s $177,778
attributable to services performed by O in L’s
2018 taxable year that is paid in 2018.
Because the $177,778 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of $50,000, $50,000 of DDR
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
56920
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
is deductible for L’s 2018 taxable year, and
$127,778 of the $177,778 is not deductible
for L’s 2018 taxable year or any other taxable
year. As a result, $183,333 of the $400,000
payment ($0 + $133,333 + $50,000) is
deductible by L for L’s 2018 taxable year, and
the remaining $216,667 is not deductible by
L for any taxable year.
(iv) For purposes of attributing amounts
paid or made available from the plan in
future taxable years, the following
adjustments are made to O’s account
balances to reflect the in-service payment of
$400,000 in 2018. O’s account balance as of
December 31, 2016 is reduced by the $88,889
attributable to 2016; and for 2017 is reduced
by the sum of the $133,333 attributable to
2017 and the $88,889 attributable to 2016.
Therefore, after attributing the $400,000
payment, O’s adjusted closing account
balance as of December 31, 2016, is $11,111
($100,000 ¥ $88,889), and as of December
31, 2017, is $27,778 ($250,000 ¥ $133,333 ¥
$88,889).
(v) For purposes of attributing the $200,000
payment made on January 1, 2020, to services
performed in the taxable years of S, the
increase in O’s account balance during 2016
is $11,111 ($11,111 ¥ $0); the increase in O’s
account balance for 2017 is $16,667 ($27,778
¥ $11,111); the increase in O’s account
balance for 2018 is $22,222 ($50,000 ¥
$27,778), and the increase in O’s account
balance for 2019 is $150,000 ($200,000 ¥
$50,000). The sum of all such increases is
$200,000 ($11,111 + $16,667 + $22,222 +
$150,000). Thus, for O’s 2016 taxable year,
the attribution fraction is .0556 ($11,111/
$200,000); for O’s 2017, taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .0833 ($16,667/
$200,000); for O’s 2018 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .1111 ($22,222/
$200,000); for O’s 2019 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .7500 ($150,000/
$200,000). Accordingly, with respect to the
$200,000 payment made on January 1, 2020,
$11,111 ($200,000 × .0556) of DDR is
attributable to services performed by O in L’s
2016 taxable year; $16,667 ($200,000 × .0833)
of DDR is attributable to services performed
by O in L’s 2017 taxable year; $22,222
($200,000 × .1111) of DDR is attributable to
services performed by O in L’s 2018 taxable
year; and $150,000 ($200,000 × .7500) of DDR
is attributable to services performed by O in
L’s 2019 taxable year.
(vi) The portion of the DDR attributed to
a disqualified taxable year under paragraph
(d) of this section that exceeds the deduction
limit for that disqualified taxable year, as
reduced, is not deductible for any taxable
year. For L’s 2016 taxable year, the deduction
limit is reduced to zero by the $500,000 of
AIR for that year. Because $11,111 exceeds
the reduced deduction limit of zero, $11,111
of the DDR is not deductible for L’s 2020
taxable year or any other taxable year. For L’s
2017 taxable year, the deduction limit is
reduced to $200,000 by the $300,000 of AIR
for that year and further reduced to $66,667
by the $133,333 of DDR previously attributed
to 2017. Because $16,667 does not exceed the
$66,667 deduction limit, the $16,667 of DDR
is deductible for L’s 2020 taxable year, the
year of payment. The deduction limit for
remuneration attributable to services
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
performed by O in 2017 is then reduced to
$50,000 ($66,667 ¥ $16,667), and this
reduced limit is applied to any future
payment attributable to services performed
by O in 2017. For L’s 2018 taxable year, the
deduction limit is reduced to zero by the
$450,000 of AIR for that year and the $50,000
of DDR previously attributed to 2018.
Because $22,222 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of zero for 2018, the $22,222
of DDR is not deductible for L’s 2020 taxable
year or any other taxable year. For L’s 2019
taxable year, the $500,000 deduction limit for
2019 is applied first to O’s $200,000 of AIR
for 2019. Because the deduction limit is
greater than the AIR, L may deduct the entire
$200,000 of AIR paid in 2019. The $500,000
deduction limit is reduced to $300,000 by the
amount of the AIR ($500,000 ¥ $200,000).
The reduced deduction limit is applied to O’s
$150,000 of DDR attributable to services
performed by O in L’s 2019 taxable year that
is paid in 2020. Because $150,000 does not
exceed the $300,000 limit, the $150,000 of
DDR is deductible for L’s 2020 taxable year,
the year of payment. The deduction limit for
remuneration attributable to services
performed by O in 2019 is then reduced to
$150,000 ($500,000 ¥ $200,000 ¥ $150,000),
and this reduced limit is applied to any
future payment attributable to services
performed by O in 2019. As a result,
$166,667 of the $200,000 payment ($0 +
$16,667 + $0 + $150,000) is deductible by L
for L’s 2020 taxable year, the year of
payment, and the remaining $33,333 is not
deductible by L for any taxable year.
Example 5 (Installment payments and inservice payment attributable to multiple
taxable years from an account balance plan
using the principal additions method). (i)
The facts are the same as set forth in Example
4, paragraph (i), except that L uses the
principal additions method for attributing
remuneration from an account balance plan;
principal additions under the plan are
$100,000 in 2016, $125,000 in 2017,
$150,000 in 2018, and $125,000 in 2019; as
of the December 31, 2018 initial date of
payment, earnings on the 2016, 2017, and
2018 principal additions are $40,000,
$30,000, and $5,000 respectively. Under the
terms of the plan, the $400,000 payment
made on December 31, 2018, is from
principal additions in 2016, 2017, and 2018,
and earnings thereon, and the $200,000
payment made on January 1, 2020, is from
principal additions in 2018 and 2019, and
earnings thereon.
(ii) To determine the extent to which L is
entitled to a deduction for any portion of
either payment under the plan, the payments
to O under the plan must first be attributed
to services performed by O in F’s taxable
years in accordance with the attribution rules
set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
Under the rules in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section, the $400,000 payment on January 1,
2019, is attributed to services performed by
O in the taxable year to which the payment
relates under the terms of the plan. DDR
including principal additions and earnings
thereon are attributed to services performed
by O in a taxable year of L when the $400,000
payment is made to O on December 31, 2018.
Under the terms of the plan, the $400,000
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
payment made on December 31, 2018 is
attributed to services performed by O in L’s
2016 taxable year in the amount of $140,000,
and is attributed to services performed by O
in L’s 2017 taxable year in the amount of
$155,000, and the remaining $105,000
($400,000 ¥ $140,000 ¥ $155,000) is
attributed to services performed by O in L’s
2018 taxable year.
(iii) The portion of the DDR attributable to
services performed in a disqualified taxable
year under paragraph (d) of this section that
exceeds the deduction limit for that
disqualified taxable year, as reduced, is not
deductible for any taxable year. The $500,000
deduction limitation for 2016 is applied first
to O’s $500,000 of AIR for 2016. Because the
deduction limit is equal to the $500,000 of
AIR, L may deduct the entire $500,000 of AIR
paid in 2016. The $500,000 deduction limit
is then reduced to zero by the amount of the
AIR ($500,000 ¥ $500,000). The reduced
deduction limit is applied to O’s $140,000 of
DDR attributable to services performed by O
in L’s 2016 taxable year that is paid in 2018.
Because $140,000 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of zero, the $140,000 is not
deductible for L’s 2018 taxable year (the year
of payment), or any other taxable year. For
L’s 2017 taxable year, the $500,000 deduction
limit for 2017 is applied first to O’s $300,000
of AIR for 2017. Because the deduction limit
is greater than the AIR, L may deduct the
entire $300,000 of AIR paid in 2017. The
$500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to
$200,000 by the amount of the AIR ($500,000
¥ $300,000). The reduced deduction limit is
applied to O’s $155,000 of DDR attributable
to services performed by O in L’s 2017
taxable year that is paid in 2018. Because
$155,000 does not exceed the reduced
deduction limit of $200,000, the $155,000
payment is deductible for 2018. For L’s 2018
taxable year, the $500,000 deduction
limitation for 2018 is applied first to O’s
$450,000 of AIR for 2018. Because the
deduction limit is greater than the AIR, L
may deduct the entire $450,000 of AIR paid
in 2018. The $500,000 deduction limit is
then reduced to $50,000 by the amount of the
AIR ($500,000 ¥ $450,000). The reduced
deduction limit is applied to O’s $105,000 of
DDR attributable to services performed by O
in L’s 2018 taxable year that is paid in 2018.
Because $105,000 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of $50,000, $55,000 of the
$105,000 attributable to L’s 2018 taxable year
is not deductible for 2018 (the year of
payment), or any other taxable year. As a
result, $205,000 of the $400,000 payment ($0
+ $155,000 + $50,000) is deductible by L for
L’s 2018 taxable year (the year of payment)
and the remaining $195,000 is not deductible
by L for any taxable year.
(iv) Earnings through January 1, 2020 on
the principal addition for L’s 2018 taxable
year ($50,000) that was not paid as part of the
December 31, 2018 payment are $5,000.
Earnings through January 1, 2020 on the
$125,000 credited to O’s account on January
1, 2019 are $20,000. On December 31, 2018,
after the $400,000 payment is applied to
2016, 2017, and 2018, the account balance for
2016 and 2017 is reduced to zero, and the
account balance for 2018 is reduced to
$50,000 ($150,000 + $5,000 (earnings) ¥
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
$105,000). Under the terms of the plan, the
$200,000 payment made on January 1, 2020,
is attributable to services performed by O in
L’s 2018 and 2019 taxable years. Therefore,
the $200,000 payment on January 1, 2020 is
attributed to services performed by O in L’s
taxable years as follows: $55,000 ($50,000 +
$5,000) to 2018 and $145,000 ($125,000 +
$20,000) to 2019.
(v) The portion of the DDR attributed to a
disqualified taxable year under paragraph (d)
of this section that exceeds the deduction
limit for that disqualified taxable year, as
reduced, is not deductible for any taxable
year. For L’s 2018 taxable year, the deduction
limit is reduced to zero by the $450,000 of
AIR for that year and the payment of $50,000
of DDR attributable to that year. Because
$55,000 exceeds the reduced deduction limit
of zero, the $55,000 is not deductible for
2020, the year of payment (or any other
taxable year). With respect to L’s 2019
taxable year, the $500,000 deduction limit for
2019 is applied first to O’s $200,000 of AIR
for 2019. Because the deduction limit is
greater than the AIR, L may deduct the entire
$200,000 of AIR paid in 2019. The $500,000
deduction limit is then reduced to $300,000
by the amount of the AIR ($500,000 ¥
$200,000). The reduced deduction limit is
applied to O’s $145,000 of DDR attributable
to services performed by O in L’s 2019
taxable year that is paid in 2020. Because
$145,000 does not exceed the $300,000
reduced limit, the $145,000 is deductible for
2020 (the year of payment). As a result,
$145,000 of the $200,000 payment ($0 +
$145,000) is deductible for L’s 2020 taxable
year, and the remaining $55,000 is not
deductible by L for any taxable year.
(4) Application of deduction
limitation to aggregated groups of
covered health insurance providers—(i)
In general. The total combined
deduction for AIR and DDR attributable
to services performed by an applicable
individual in a disqualified taxable year
allowed for all members of an
aggregated group that are covered health
insurance providers for any taxable year
is limited to $500,000. Therefore, if two
or more members of an aggregated group
that are covered health insurance
providers may otherwise deduct AIR or
DDR attributable to services performed
by an applicable individual in a
disqualified taxable year, the AIR and
DDR otherwise deductible by all
members of the aggregated group is
combined, and the deduction limitation
is applied to the total amount.
(ii) Proration of deduction limitation.
If the total amount of AIR or DDR
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in a disqualified
taxable year that is otherwise deductible
by two or more members of an
aggregated group in any taxable year
exceeds the $500,000 deduction limit
(as reduced by previously deductible
AIR or DDR, if applicable), the
deduction limit is prorated based on the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
AIR or DDR otherwise deductible by the
members of the aggregated group in the
taxable year and allocated to each
member of the aggregated group. The
deduction limit allocated to each
member of the aggregated group is
determined by multiplying the
deduction limit for the disqualified
taxable year (as previously reduced, if
applicable) by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the AIR or DDR otherwise
deductible by that member in that
taxable year that is attributable to
services performed by the applicable
individual in the disqualified taxable
year, and the denominator of which is
the total AIR or DDR otherwise
deductible by all members of the
aggregated group in that taxable year
that is attributable to services performed
by the applicable individual in the
disqualified taxable year. The amount of
AIR or DDR otherwise deductible by a
member of the aggregated group in
excess of the portion of the deduction
limit allocated to that member is not
deductible in any taxable year. If a
covered health insurance provider is a
member of more than one aggregated
group, the deduction limit for that
covered health insurance provider
under section 162(m)(6) may in no event
exceed $500,000 for AIR and DDR
attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in a disqualified
taxable year.
(5) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraph (e)(4) of
this section. For purposes of these
examples, each corporation has a
taxable year that is the calendar year
and is a covered health insurance
provider for all relevant taxable years,
and DDR is otherwise deductible by the
covered health insurance provider in
the taxable year in which it is paid.
Example 1. (i) Corporations I, J, and K are
members of the same aggregated group under
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. At separate
times during 2016, C is an employee of, and
performs services for, I, J, and K. C’s total AIR
for 2016 is $1,500,000, which consists of
$750,000 of AIR for services performed to K;
$450,000 of AIR for services provided to J;
and $300,000 of AIR for services to I.
(ii) Because I, J, and K are members of the
same aggregated group, the AIR otherwise
deductible by them is aggregated for
purposes of applying the deduction
limitation. Further, because the aggregate AIR
otherwise deductible by I, J, and K for 2016
exceeds the deduction limitation for C for
that taxable year, the deduction limit is
prorated and allocated to the members of the
aggregated group in proportion to the AIR
otherwise deductible by each member of the
aggregated group for that taxable year.
Therefore, the deduction limit that applies to
the AIR otherwise deductible by K is
$250,000 ($500,000 × ($750,000/$1,500,000));
the deduction limit that applies to the AIR
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56921
otherwise deductible by J is $150,000
($500,000 × ($450,000/$1,500,000)); and the
deduction limit that applies to AIR otherwise
deductible by I is $100,000 ($500,000 ×
($300,000/$1,500,000)). For the 2016 taxable
year, K may not deduct $500,000 of the
$750,000 of AIR paid to C ($750,000 ¥
$250,000); J may not deduct $300,000 of the
$450,000 of AIR paid to C ($450,000 ¥
$150,000); and I may not deduct $200,000 of
the $300,000 of AIR paid to C ($300,000 ¥
$100,000).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as
Example 1, except that C’s total AIR for 2016
is $400,000, which consists of $75,000 for
services provided to K; $150,000 for services
provided to J; and $175,000 for services
provided to I. In addition, C becomes entitled
to $60,000 of DDR attributable to services
provided to K in 2016, which is payable (and
paid) on April 1, 2018, and $75,000 of DDR
attributable to services provided to J in 2016,
which is payable (and paid) on April 1, 2019.
(ii) Because C’s total AIR of $400,000 for
2016 for services provided to K, J, and I do
not exceed the $500,000 limitation, K, J, and
I may deduct $75,000, $150,000, and
$175,000, respectively, for 2016. The
deduction limit is then reduced to $100,000
by the total AIR deductible by all members
of the aggregated group ($500,000 ¥
$400,000). The deduction limit, as reduced,
is then applied to any DDR attributable to
services provided by C in 2016 in the first
subsequent taxable year that DDR becomes
deductible. The first year that DDR for 2016
becomes deductible is 2018, due to the
$60,000 payment made on April 1, 2018.
Because the $60,000 of DDR otherwise
deductible by K does not exceed the 2016
$100,000 deduction limit, K may deduct the
entire $60,000 for its 2018 taxable year. The
$100,000 deduction limit is then reduced by
the $60,000 of DDR deductible by K for 2018,
and the reduced deduction limit of $40,000
($100,000 ¥ $60,000) is applied to the
$75,000 of DDR that is otherwise deductible
for 2019. Because the DDR of $75,000
otherwise deductible by J exceeds the
reduced deduction limit of $40,000, J may
deduct only $40,000, and the remaining
$35,000 ($75,000 ¥ $40,000) is not
deductible by J for that taxable year or any
other taxable year.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as
Example 2, except that C’s DDR of $75,000
attributable to services performed by C in J’s
2016 taxable year is payable (and paid) on
July 1, 2018.
(ii) The results are the same as Example 2,
except that the reduced deduction limit of
$100,000 is prorated between K and J in
proportion to the DDR otherwise deductible
by them for 2018. Accordingly, $44,444 of
the remaining deduction limit is allocated to
K ($100,000 × ($60,000/$135,000)), and
$55,556 of the remaining deduction limit is
allocated to J ($100,000 × ($75,000/
$135,000)). Because the $60,000 of DDR
otherwise deductible by K exceeds the
$44,444 deduction limit applied to that
remuneration, K may deduct only $44,444 of
the $60,000 payment, and $15,556 may not
be deducted by K for the 2018 taxable year
or any other taxable year. Similarly, because
the $75,000 of DDR otherwise deductible by
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56922
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
J exceeds the $55,556 deduction limit
applied to that remuneration, J may deduct
only $55,556 of the $75,000 payment, and
$19,444 may not be deducted by J for that
taxable year or any other taxable year.
(f) Corporate transactions—(1)
Treatment as a covered health
insurance provider in connection with a
corporate transaction. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (f),
a person that participates in a corporate
transaction is a covered health
insurance provider for the taxable year
in which the corporate transaction
occurs (and any other taxable year) if it
would otherwise be a covered health
insurance provider under paragraph
(b)(4) of this section for that taxable
year. For example, if a member of an
aggregated group that did not previously
include a health insurance issuer
purchases a health insurance issuer that
is a covered health insurance provider
(so that the health insurance issuer
becomes a member of the aggregated
group), each member of the acquiring
aggregated group will be a covered
health insurance provider for its full
taxable year in which the corporate
transaction occurs and each subsequent
taxable year in which the health
insurance issuer continues to be a
member of the group, if it would
otherwise be a covered health insurance
provider under paragraph (b)(4), except
as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(f). For purposes of this section, the term
corporate transaction means a merger,
acquisition or disposition of assets or
stock, reorganization, consolidation,
separation, or any other transaction
resulting in a change in the composition
of an aggregated group.
(2) Transition period relief for a
person becoming a covered health
insurance provider solely as a result of
a corporate transaction—(i) In general.
Except as provided in paragraph
(f)(2)(ii) of this section, a person that is
not a covered health insurance provider
before a corporate transaction, but
would (except for application of this
paragraph (f)(2)(i)) become a covered
health insurance provider solely
because it becomes a member of an
aggregated group with another person
that is a health insurance issuer as a
result of the corporate transaction, is not
a covered health insurance provider
subject to the deduction limitation of
section 162(m)(6) for the taxable year of
that person in which the corporate
transaction occurs (the transition period
relief).
(ii) Certain applicable individuals.
The transition period relief described in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section does
not apply with respect to the
remuneration of any individual who is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
an applicable individual of a person that
would have been a covered health
insurance provider for the taxable year
in which the corporate transaction
occurred without regard to the
occurrence of the corporate transaction
(for example, the applicable individuals
of a health insurance issuer and the
members of its affiliated group that were
covered health insurance issuers before
the occurrence of a corporate
transaction). This exception to the
transition period relief applies even
with respect to remuneration
attributable to services performed by the
applicable individual for a person that
is eligible for the transition period relief
described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section. Accordingly, each member
of an acquiring aggregated group that
would become a covered health
insurance provider solely as a result of
a corporate transaction, but is not a
covered health insurance provider
under the transition period relief
described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section, is subject to the deduction
limitation of section 162(m)(6) for its
taxable year in which the corporate
transaction occurs with respect to AIR
and DDR attributable to services
performed by any individual who is an
applicable individual of the acquired
health insurance issuer and any member
of its aggregated group that would have
been a covered health insurance
provider in the taxable year in which
the corporate transaction occurred, even
if the corporate transaction had not
occurred.
(3) Transition relief from the
attribution consistency requirements—
(i) In general. Paragraphs (d)(3)(i),
(d)(4)(i) and (d)(5)(i)(B) of this section
require a covered health insurance
provider and all members of its
aggregated group to use the same
method for attributing remuneration to
services performed by applicable
individuals consistently for all taxable
years (attribution consistency
requirements). As a result of a corporate
transaction, however, a covered health
insurance provider that uses an
attribution method for its account
balance plans, nonaccount balance
plans, or stock options or SARs may
become a member of an aggregated
group with another covered health
insurance provider that uses a different
attribution method for those types of
plans or arrangements. In that case,
neither member of the aggregated group
will be treated as violating the
attribution consistency requirements
merely because it uses an attribution
method that is different from the
attribution method used by another
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
member of its aggregated group to
attribute remuneration that becomes
otherwise deductible in the taxable year
in which the corporate transaction
occurs. However, the attribution
consistency requirements apply with
respect to remuneration that becomes
otherwise deductible in all subsequent
taxable years. Following the date of the
corporate transaction, any member of
the aggregated group may change the
attribution method that it used before
the date of the corporate transaction to
attribute remuneration under its account
balance plans, nonaccount balance
plans, or stock options or SARs to make
its method consistent with the method
used by any other member of the
aggregated group. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Secretary may subject this
change in attribution method to
limitations, or may otherwise modify
the attribution consistency
requirements, pursuant to a notice,
revenue ruling, or other guidance of
general applicability published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin.
(ii) Exception for certain applicable
individuals. Notwithstanding the
transition relief described in paragraphs
(f)(2)(A) of this section, if a covered
health insurance provider has attributed
remuneration under a method described
in paragraphs (d)(3), (d)(4), or (d)(5) of
this section with respect to an
applicable individual before a corporate
transaction, the covered health
insurance provider must continue at all
times to use that attribution method for
all other remuneration that becomes
otherwise deductible under the same
type of plan (that is, an account balance
plan, a nonaccount balance plan, or a
stock option or SAR) to which the
applicable individual has a legally
binding right as of the corporate
transaction.
(4) Deduction limitation not prorated
for short taxable years. If a corporate
transaction results in a short taxable
year for a covered health insurance
provider, the $500,000 deduction limit
for the short taxable year is neither
prorated nor reduced. For example, if a
corporate transaction results in a short
taxable year of three months, the
deduction limit under section 162(m)(6)
for that short taxable year is $500,000
(and is not reduced to $125,000).
(5) Effect of a corporate transaction
on the application of the de minimis
exception. If a person becomes or ceases
to be a member of an aggregated group,
only the premiums and gross revenues
of that person for the portion of its
taxable year during which it is a
member of the aggregated group are
taken into account for purposes of
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
determining whether the de minimis
exception applies.
(6) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of this
paragraph (f). For purposes of these
examples, each corporation has a
taxable year that is the calendar year
unless stated otherwise, and none of the
corporations qualify for the de minimis
exception under paragraph (b)(4)(v) of
this section.
Example 1. (i) Corporation J merges with
and into corporation H on June 30, 2015,
such that H is the surviving entity. As a
result of the merger, J’s taxable year ends on
June 30, 2015. For its taxable year ending
June 30, 2015, J is a health insurance issuer
that is a covered health insurance provider.
For all taxable years before the taxable year
of the merger, H is not a covered health
insurance provider.
(ii) Corporation J is a covered health
insurance provider for its short taxable year
ending June 30, 2015. As a result of the
merger, H becomes a covered health
insurance provider for its 2015 taxable year,
but Corporation H is not a covered health
insurance provider for its 2015 taxable year
by reason of the transition period relief in
paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section.
However, applicable individuals of J
continue to be subject to the deduction limit
under section 162(m)(6) for amounts that
become otherwise deductible in the 2015
taxable year and DDR that is attributable to
services performed by applicable individuals
of J, and H is a covered health insurance
provider for all subsequent taxable years for
which it is a covered health insurance
provider under paragraph (b)(4) of this
section.
Example 2. (i) On January 1, 2016,
corporations D, E, and F are members of a
controlled group within the meaning of
section 414(b). F is a health insurance issuer
that is a covered health insurance provider
under paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section. D
and E are not health insurance issuers (but
are covered health insurance providers
pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(C) and (D) of
this section). D is the parent entity of the DEF
aggregated group. F’s taxable year ends on
September 30. P is an applicable individual
of F for all taxable years. On May 1, 2016,
a controlled group within the meaning of
section 414(b) consisting of corporations C
and B purchases all of the stock of
corporation F, resulting in a controlled group
within the meaning of section 414(b)
consisting of corporations C, B, and F. The
amount of premiums received by F from
providing minimum essential coverage
during the portion of its taxable year when
it was a member of the DEF aggregated group
constitute more than two percent of the gross
revenues of the aggregated group for the
taxable year of D (the parent entity) ending
on December 31, 2016, and the taxable years
of E and F ending with or within D’s taxable
year (December 31, 2016 and May 1, 2016
respectively). C and B are not health
insurance issuers. C is the parent entity of the
CBF aggregated group. The CBF aggregated
group is also a consolidated group within the
meaning of § 1.1502–1(h). Thus, F’s taxable
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
year ends on May 1, 2016 by reason of
§ 1.1502–76(b)(1)(ii)(A)(1), and F becomes
part of the CBF consolidated group for the
taxable year ending December 31, 2016.
(ii) D and E are covered health insurance
providers for the taxable year ending
December 31, 2016, and the de minimis
exception does not apply because the amount
of premiums received by F from providing
minimum essential coverage during the short
taxable year that it was a member of the DEF
aggregated group are more than two percent
of the gross revenues of the aggregated group
for the taxable years during which the
members would otherwise be a covered
health insurance providers under paragraph
(b)(4)(i) of this section. Accordingly, D and E
are subject to the deduction limitation under
section 162(m)(6) for their taxable years
ending December 31, 2016. C and B are not
covered health insurance providers for their
taxable year ending December 31, 2016, by
reason of the transition period relief of
paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section.
(iii) As a result of leaving the aggregated
group, F has a new taxable year beginning on
May 2, 2016 and ending on December 31,
2016. F is a covered health insurance
provider within the meaning of paragraph
(b)(4) of this section for its new taxable year
ending on December 31, 2016 (even though
C and B are not covered health insurance
providers for their taxable years ending
December 31, 2016) unless the CBF
aggregated group qualifies for the de minimis
exception for that taxable year.
(iv) P is an applicable individual whose
remuneration from F is subject to the
deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6)
for F’s short taxable year ending May 1, 2016
and F’s taxable year ending December 31,
2016. In addition, any remuneration
provided to P by C or B at any time for
services provided by P from May 1, 2016 to
December 31, 2016 is also subject to the
deduction limitation under section
162(m)(6), even though C and B are not
covered health insurance providers for their
taxable years ending December 31, 2016 by
reason of the transition period relief of
paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section.
Remuneration to which P had the legally
binding right on or before the date of the
transaction is subject to the deduction
limitation when that remuneration becomes
otherwise deductible.
Example 3. (i) The same facts as Example
2, except that E is a health insurance issuer
that is a covered health insurance provider
under paragraph (b)(4) of this section and
thus receives premiums from providing
minimum essential coverage (instead of F),
and F is not a health insurance issuer.
(ii) F is a covered health insurance
provider for its short taxable year ending May
1, 2016. However, because F is not a health
insurance issuer that is a covered health
insurance provider and there are no other
health insurance issuers in the BCF
aggregated group, F is not a covered health
insurance provider for its short, postacquisition taxable year ending December 31,
2016.
(iii) With respect to P, remuneration to
which P had the legally binding right on or
before the date of the transaction is subject
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56923
to the deduction limitation. However,
remuneration to which P obtains the legally
binding right after the date of the corporate
transaction is not subject to the deduction
limitation.
Example 4. (i) Corporations N, O, and P are
members of an aggregated group as described
in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. N is a
health insurance issuer that is a covered
health insurance provider pursuant to
paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section, but
neither O nor P is a health insurance issuer.
P is the parent entity of the aggregated group.
On April 1, 2016, O ceases to be a member
of the NOP aggregated group as the result of
a corporate transaction. O’s taxable year does
not end as a result of the corporate
transaction.
(ii) Because O was a member of the NOP
aggregated group during a portion of its
taxable year, O is a covered health insurance
provider for its taxable year ending December
31, 2016.
Example 5. (i) Corporations V, W, and X
are members of an aggregated group as
described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
V is a health insurance issuer that is a
covered health insurance provider pursuant
to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section, but
neither W nor X is a health insurance issuer.
W is the parent entity of the aggregated
group. V’s taxable year ends on December 31;
W’s taxable year ends on June 30; and X’s
taxable year ends on September 30. For its
taxable year ending June 30, 2017, W has
$100x in gross revenue. For its taxable year
ending September 30, 2016, X has $60x in
gross revenue. For its taxable year ending
December 31, 2016, V receives $4x of
premiums from providing minimum essential
coverage and has no other revenue. As of
September 30, 2016, V ceases to be a member
of the VWX aggregated group. V’s taxable
year does not end on September 30, 2016 as
a result of the transaction. Of the $4x that
that V receives for providing minimum
essential coverage during its taxable year
ending December 31, 2016, $3x is received
during the period from January 1, 2016
through September 30, 2016. As a result of
the corporate transaction, V’s taxable year
ends on September 30, 2016. The de minimis
exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this
section did not apply to the members of the
VWX aggregated group for their immediately
preceding taxable years ending December 31,
2015, June 30, 2016, and September 30, 2015,
respectively.
(ii) For purposes of applying the de
minimis exception to an aggregated group for
a taxable year during which a person leaves
or joins the aggregated group, only the
premiums and revenues of the person for the
portion of its taxable year during which it
was a member of the aggregated group are
taken into account. The premiums from
providing minimum essential coverage
received by the VWX aggregated group for
W’s taxable year ending June 30, 2017 are
$3x. The revenues of the V, W, and X
aggregated group for W’s taxable year ending
June 30, 2017 are $163x. Accordingly, the
premiums received by the members of the
aggregated group from providing minimum
essential coverage are less than two percent
of the gross revenues of the aggregated group
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
56924
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
($3x is less than $3.26x (two percent of
$163x)). Therefore, V, W and X are not
covered health insurance providers for their
taxable years ending December 31, 2016, June
30, 2017, and September 30, 2016,
respectively.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Example 6. (i) The facts are the same as
Example 5, except that F received $4x of
premiums during the period from January 1,
2016 to September 30, 2016, and the
members of the VWX aggregated group were
not covered health insurance providers for
their taxable years ending December 31,
2015, June 30, 2016, and September 30, 2015,
respectively (their immediately preceding
taxable years) solely by reason of the de
minimis exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A)
of this section.
(ii) The premiums from providing
minimum essential coverage received by the
VWX aggregated group for W’s taxable year
ending June 30, 2017 are $4x. The revenues
of the VWX aggregated group for W’s taxable
year ending June 30, 2017 are $164x.
Accordingly, the premiums received by the
members of the aggregated group from
providing minimum essential coverage are
greater than two percent of the gross
revenues of the aggregated group ($4x is
greater than $3.28x (two percent of $164x)).
Therefore, V, W, and X do not qualify for the
de minimis exception for their taxable years
ending December 31, 2016, June 30, 2017,
and September 30, 2016, respectively.
However, V, W, and X are not covered health
insurance providers for these taxable years by
reason of the de minimis exception one year
transition period described in paragraph
(b)(4)(v)(B) of this section.
Example 7. (i) Corporation N is a health
insurance issuer that is a covered health
insurance provider. Corporation O is also a
health insurance issuer that is a covered
health insurance provider. Both N and O
have taxable years ending December 31. N
uses the account balance ratio method to
attribute remuneration that becomes
otherwise deductible under its account
balance plans. O uses the principal additions
method to attribute amounts that become
otherwise deductible under its account
balance plans. On June 30, 2016, O purchases
all of the stock of N.
(ii) For the taxable year of N and O ending
December 31, 2016, N may continue to
attribute amounts that become deductible
under its account balance plans using the
account balance ratio method, and O can
continue to attribute amounts that become
otherwise deductible under its account
balance plan using the principal additions
method, even though they are members of the
same aggregated group, pursuant to the
transition period relief described in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section. In all
subsequent taxable years, N and O must use
the same method to attribute amounts that
become otherwise deductible under their
account balance plans. Either N or O may
change the method that it uses to attribute
amounts under its account balance plans to
be consistent with the attribution method
used by the other.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:05 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
Example 8. (i) The facts are the same as
Example 7. In addition, B is an applicable
individual of N before the corporate
transaction and is a participant in an account
balance plan of N. On December 31, 2015, N
made a payment to B, and N used the
account balance ratio method described in
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section to attribute
the payment to services performed by B in
taxable years of N.
(ii) Because N used the account balance
ratio method described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)
of this section to attribute an amount that
became otherwise deductible under the plan
before the corporate transaction, N must
continue to use the account balance ratio
method for attributing amounts to which B
had a legally binding right as of the corporate
transaction, whenever those amounts become
otherwise deductible.
(g) Coordination—(1) Coordination
with section 162(m)(1). If section
162(m)(1) and section 162(m)(6) both
otherwise would apply with respect to
the remuneration of an applicable
individual, the deduction limitation
under section 162(m)(6) applies without
regard to section 162(m)(1). For
example, if an applicable individual is
both a covered employee of a publicly
held corporation (see sections 162(m)(2)
and (3); § 1.162–27) and an applicable
individual within the meaning of
paragraph (b)(7) of this section,
remuneration earned by the applicable
individual that is attributable to a
disqualified taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider is subject to
the $500,000 deduction limitation under
section 162(m)(6) with respect to such
disqualified taxable year, without regard
to section 162(m)(1).
(2) Coordination with disallowed
excess parachute payments—(i) In
general. The $500,000 deduction
limitation of section 162(m)(6) is
reduced (but not below zero) by the
amount (if any) that would have been
included in the AIR or DDR of the
applicable individual for a taxable year
but for the deduction for the AIR or DDR
being disallowed by reason of section
280G.
(ii) Example. The following example
illustrates the rule of this paragraph
(g)(2).
Example. Corporation A, a covered health
insurance provider, pays $750,000 of AIR to
P, an applicable individual, during A’s
disqualified taxable year ending December
31, 2016. Of the $750,000, $300,000 is an
excess parachute payment as defined in
section 280G(b)(1), the deduction for which
is disallowed by reason of that section. The
excess parachute payment reduces the
$500,000 deduction limit to $200,000
($500,000 ¥ $300,000). Therefore, A may
deduct only $200,000 of the $750,000 in AIR,
and $250,000 of the payment is not
deductible by reason of section 162(m)(6).
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(h) Grandfathered amounts
attributable to services performed in
taxable years beginning before January
1, 2010—(1) In general. The section
162(m)(6) deduction limitation does not
apply to remuneration attributable to
services performed in taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider
beginning before January 1, 2010
(grandfathered amounts). For purposes
of this paragraph (h), whether
remuneration is attributable to services
performed in a taxable year beginning
before January 1, 2010, is determined by
applying an attribution method
described in paragraph (h)(2) of this
section.
(2) Identification of services
performed in taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2010—(i) In general.
DDR described in paragraphs (d)(2)
(legally binding right), (d)(3) (account
balance plans), (d)(4) (nonaccount
balance plans), (d)(6) (involuntary
separation pay), (d)(7)
(reimbursements), and (d)(8) (split
dollar life insurance) of this section is
attributable to services performed in a
taxable year beginning before January 1,
2010 if it is attributable to services
performed before that date under the
rules of these paragraphs, without
regard to whether that remuneration is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
on or after that date. Notwithstanding
the requirement under paragraph
(d)(3)(i) of this section that a covered
health insurance provider must use the
same attribution method for its account
balance plans for all taxable years, a
covered health insurance provider that
uses the account balance ratio method
described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this
section to attribute remuneration to
services performed in taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2009 may
use the principal additions method
described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section to attribute remuneration under
an account balance plan to services
performed in a taxable year beginning
before January 1, 2010 for purposes of
determining grandfathered amounts
under the plan. (See paragraph
(d)(3)(ii)(C)(3) of this section for
required account balance adjustments if
a covered health insurance provider
generally uses the account balance ratio
method to attribute amounts otherwise
deductible under its account balance
plans but uses the principal additions
method to attribute remuneration to
services performed in taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2010.)
(ii) Equity-based remuneration. For
purposes of this section, all
remuneration resulting from a stock
option, stock appreciation right,
restricted stock, or restricted stock unit
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
and the right to any associated
dividends or dividend equivalents
(together, referred to as equity-based
remuneration) granted before the first
day of the taxable year of the covered
health insurance provider beginning on
or after January 1, 2010, is attributable
to services performed in taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2010,
regardless of the date on which the
equity-based remuneration is exercised
(in the case of a stock option or SAR),
the date on which the amounts due
under the equity-based remuneration
are paid or includible in income, or
whether the equity-based remuneration
is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture on or after the first day of the
taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider beginning on or after
January 1, 2010. For example,
appreciation in the value of restricted
shares granted before the first day of the
taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 2010 is treated as
remuneration that is attributable to
services performed in taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2010,
regardless of whether the shares are
vested at that time.
(i) Transition rules for certain DDR—
(1) Transition rule for DDR attributable
to services performed in taxable years of
the covered health insurance provider
beginning after December 31, 2009 and
before January 1, 2013. The deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6)
applies to DDR attributable to services
performed in a disqualified taxable year
of a covered health insurance provider
beginning after December 31, 2009 and
before January 1, 2013, only if that
remuneration is otherwise deductible in
a disqualified taxable year of the
covered health insurance provider
beginning after December 31, 2012.
However, if the deduction limitation
applies to DDR attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual
in a disqualified taxable year of a
covered health insurance provider
beginning after December 31, 2009 and
before January 1, 2013, the deduction
limitation is calculated as if it had been
applied to the applicable individual’s
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:53 Sep 22, 2014
Jkt 232001
AIR and DDR deductible in those
taxable years.
(2) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of this
paragraph (i). For purposes of these
examples, each corporation has a
taxable year that is the calendar year,
and DDR is otherwise deductible by the
covered health insurance provider in
the taxable year in which it is paid.
Example 1. (i) Q is an applicable
individual of corporation Z. Z’s 2010, 2011,
and 2012 taxable years are disqualified
taxable years. Z’s 2013, 2014, and 2015
taxable years are not disqualified taxable
years. However, Z’s 2016 taxable year and all
subsequent taxable years are disqualified
taxable years. Q receives $200,000 of AIR
from Z for 2012, and becomes entitled to
$800,000 of DDR that is attributable to
services performed by Q in 2012. Z pays Q
$350,000 of the DDR in 2015, and the
remaining $450,000 of the DDR in 2016.
These payments are otherwise deductible by
Z in 2015 and 2016, respectively.
(ii) DDR attributable to services performed
by Q in Z’s 2010, 2011, and 2012 taxable
years that is otherwise deductible in Z’s
2013, 2014, or 2015 taxable years is not
subject to the deduction limitation under
section 162(m)(6) by reason of the transition
rule under paragraph (i)(1) of this section.
However, DDR attributable to services
performed in Z’s 2010, 2011, and 2012
taxable years that is otherwise deductible in
a later taxable year that is a disqualified
taxable year (in this case, Z’s 2016 and
subsequent taxable years) is subject to the
deduction limitation under section
162(m)(6). Accordingly, the deduction
limitation with respect to AIR and DDR
attributable to services performed by Q in
2012 is determined by reducing the $500,000
deduction limit by the $200,000 of AIR paid
to Q by Z for 2012 ($500,000 ¥ $200,000).
Under the transition rule of paragraph (i)(1)
of this section, no portion of the reduced
deduction limit of $300,000 for the 2012
taxable year is applied against the $350,000
payment made in 2015, and accordingly, the
deduction limit is not reduced by the amount
of that payment. The reduced deduction limit
is then applied to Q’s $450,000 of DDR
attributable to services performed by Q in
2012 that is paid to Q and becomes otherwise
deductible in 2016. Because the reduced
deduction limit of $300,000 is less than the
$450,000 otherwise deductible by Z in 2016,
Z may deduct only $300,000 of the DDR, and
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
56925
$150,000 of the $450,000 payment is not
deductible by Z in that taxable year or any
taxable year.
Example 2. (i) R is an applicable
individual of corporation Y, which is a
covered health insurance provider for all
relevant taxable years. During 2010, Y pays
R $400,000 in salary and grants R a right to
$200,000 in DDR payable on a fixed schedule
in 2011, 2012, and 2013. Pursuant to the
fixed schedule, Y pays R $50,000 of DDR in
2011, $50,000 of DDR in 2012, and the
remaining $100,000 of DDR in 2013.
(ii) Because the deduction limitation for
DDR under section 162(m)(6)(A)(ii) is
effective for DDR that is attributable to
services performed by an applicable
individual during any disqualified taxable
year beginning after December 31, 2009 that
would otherwise be deductible in a taxable
year beginning after December 31, 2012, only
the DDR paid by Y in 2013 is subject to the
deduction limitation. However, the limitation
is applied as if section 162(m)(6) and
paragraph (c)(2) of this section were effective
for taxable years beginning after December
31, 2009 and before January 1, 2013.
Accordingly, the deduction limitation with
respect to remuneration for services
performed by R in 2010 is determined by
reducing the $500,000 deduction limit by the
$400,000 of AIR paid to R for 2010 ($500,000
¥$400,000). The reduced deduction limit of
$100,000 is further reduced to zero by the
$50,000 of DDR attributable to services
performed by R in Y’s 2010 taxable year that
is deductible in each of 2011 and 2012
(($100,000 ¥ $50,000 ¥ $50,000). Because
the deduction limit is reduced to zero, none
of the $100,000 of DDR attributable to
services performed by R in Y’s 2010 taxable
year and paid to R in 2013 is deductible.
(j) Effective/applicability dates. These
regulations are effective on September
23, 2014. The regulations apply to
taxable years beginning on or after
September 23, 2014.
John Dalrymple,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
Approved: September 15, 2014.
Mark J. Mazur,
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax
Policy).
[FR Doc. 2014–22317 Filed 9–18–14; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\23SER3.SGM
23SER3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 184 (Tuesday, September 23, 2014)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 56891-56925]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-22317]
[[Page 56891]]
Vol. 79
Tuesday,
No. 184
September 23, 2014
Part III
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
The $500,000 Deduction Limitation for Remuneration Provided by Certain
Health Insurance Providers; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 184 / Tuesday, September 23, 2014 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 56892]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9694]
RIN 1545-BK88
The $500,000 Deduction Limitation for Remuneration Provided by
Certain Health Insurance Providers
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations on the application of
the $500,000 deduction limitation for remuneration provided by certain
health insurance providers under section 162(m)(6) of the Internal
Revenue Code (Code). These regulations affect certain health insurance
providers providing remuneration that exceeds the deduction limitation.
DATES: Effective date: These regulations are effective on September 23,
2014.
Applicability date: For dates of applicability, see Sec. 1.162-
31(j).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ilya Enkishev at (202) 317-5600 (not a
toll-free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document contains final amendments to the Income Tax
Regulations (26 CFR part 1) under section 162(m)(6) of the Code.
Section 162(m)(6) limits the allowable deduction for remuneration
attributable to services performed by applicable individuals to certain
health insurance providers that receive premiums from providing health
insurance coverage. Section 162(m)(6) was added to the Code by section
9014 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) (Pub. L.
111-148, 124 Stat. 119, 868 (2010)).
In general, section 162(m)(6) limits to $500,000 the allowable
deduction for remuneration attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual for a covered health insurance provider in a
taxable year beginning after December 31, 2012, that, but for section
162(m)(6), is otherwise deductible under chapter 1 of the Code
(referred to in this preamble and the final regulations as remuneration
that is otherwise deductible). Remuneration attributable to services
performed for a covered health insurance provider in a disqualified
taxable year beginning after December 31, 2009, and before January 1,
2013, that becomes otherwise deductible in a taxable year beginning
after December 31, 2012, is also subject to the $500,000 deduction
limitation, determined as if the deduction limitation applied to
disqualified taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009. If
remuneration that is attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual for a covered health insurance provider in a
disqualified taxable year exceeds $500,000, the amount of the
remuneration that exceeds $500,000 is not allowable as a deduction in
any taxable year.
On December 23, 2010, the Department of the Treasury (Treasury
Department) and the IRS released Notice 2011-2 (2011-1 IRB 260), which
provides guidance on certain issues under section 162(m)(6). A notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG-106796-12) was published in the Federal
Register (78 FR 19950) on April 2, 2013 (the proposed regulations). The
Treasury Department and the IRS received written comments in response
to the notice and the proposed regulations. After consideration of
these comments, the Treasury Department adopts the proposed regulations
as final regulations, with the modifications set forth in this Treasury
decision.
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Modifications
I. Definition of Covered Health Insurance Provider
A. In General
Section 162(m)(6)(C) provides that a covered health insurance
provider is any health insurance issuer described in section
162(m)(6)(C)(i) and certain persons that are treated as a single
employer with that health insurance issuer, as described in section
162(m)(6)(C)(ii). A person may be a covered health insurance provider
for one taxable year, but not be a covered health insurance provider
for another taxable year, depending on whether that person meets the
requirements to be a covered health insurance provider under section
162(m)(6)(C) for a particular taxable year. These final regulations
generally adopt the rules described in the proposed regulations for
determining whether a health insurance issuer or any other person is a
covered health insurance provider for any taxable year, except as
described herein.
B. Health Insurance Issuers
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, section
162(m)(6)(C)(i)(II) provides that a health insurance issuer (as defined
in section 9832(b)(2)) is a covered health insurance provider for a
taxable year if not less than 25 percent of the gross premiums that it
receives from providing health insurance coverage (as defined in
section 9832(b)(1)) during the taxable year are from minimum essential
coverage (as defined in section 5000A(f)). For taxable years beginning
after December 31, 2009 and before January 1, 2013, section
162(m)(6)(C)(i)(I) provides that a health insurance issuer (as defined
in section 9832(b)(2)) is a covered health insurance provider for a
taxable year if it receives premiums from providing health insurance
coverage (as defined in section 9832(b)(1)) during the taxable year.
C. Persons Treated as a Single Employer With a Health Insurance
Provider
Section 162(m)(6)(C)(ii) provides that two or more persons that are
treated as a single employer under sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o)
are treated as a single employer for purposes of determining whether a
person is a covered health insurance provider, except that in applying
section 1563(a) for purposes of these subsections, sections 1563(a)(2)
and (3) (describing brother-sister controlled groups and combined
groups) are disregarded. The final regulations, like the proposed
regulations, generally provide that each member of an aggregated group
that includes a covered health insurance provider described in section
162(m)(6)(C)(i) at any time during a taxable year is also a covered
health insurance provider for purposes of section 162(m)(6), even if
the member is not a health insurance issuer and does not provide health
insurance coverage. For this purpose, the final regulations, like the
proposed regulations, define the term aggregated group as a health
insurance issuer (as defined in section 9832(b)(2)) and all persons
that are treated as a single employer with the health insurance issuer
under sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o), disregarding sections
1563(a)(2) and (3) (with respect to controlled groups of corporations)
and Sec. 1.414(c)-(2)(c) and (d) (with respect to trades or businesses
under common control).
The proposed regulations include rules for determining whether a
member of an aggregated group that is not a health insurance issuer is
a covered health insurance provider for a particular taxable year.
Under these rules, the parent entity of an aggregated group is
generally a covered health insurance provider for its taxable year with
which, or in which, ends the taxable year of any health insurance
issuer that is a covered health insurance
[[Page 56893]]
provider in an aggregated group with the parent entity. Each other
member of the parent entity's aggregated group is a covered health
insurance provider for its taxable year that ends with, or within, the
taxable year of the parent entity during which the parent entity is a
covered health insurance provider. The final regulations generally
adopt these rules.
The final regulations, like the proposed regulations, provide that,
in an aggregated group that is a parent-subsidiary controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of section 414(b)) or a parent-
subsidiary group of trades or businesses under common control (within
the meaning of section 414(c)), the parent entity is the common parent
of the aggregated group.
With respect to an aggregated group that is an affiliated service
group within the meaning of section 414(m) or a group described in
section 414(o), the final regulations adopt the rules described in the
proposed regulations and provide that the parent entity is the health
insurance issuer in the aggregated group. If, however, two or more
health insurance issuers are members of an aggregated group that is an
affiliated service group (within the meaning of section 414(m)) or a
group described in section 414(o), then any health insurance issuer in
the aggregated group that is designated in writing by the other members
of the aggregated group is the parent entity for purposes of section
162(m)(6). If the members of an aggregated group that includes two or
more health insurance issuers that is an affiliated service group or
group described in section 414(o) fail to designate a parent entity in
writing, the members of the group are deemed for all taxable years to
have a parent entity with a taxable year that is the calendar year.
In the preamble to the proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS requested comments on the circumstances under
which a new parent entity could be designated, such as when a health
insurance issuer that has been designated as the parent entity of an
aggregated group ceases to be a member of the aggregated group as a
result of a corporate transaction, and any transition rules that may be
necessary in such situation. One commenter suggested that the final
regulations should provide that when a parent entity (a predecessor
parent entity) ceases to be a member of an aggregated group under
section 414(m) and another health insurance issuer that has the same
taxable year as the predecessor parent entity remains in the aggregated
group, the remaining members of the aggregated group must designate
that health insurance issuer as the new parent entity (the successor
parent entity). The commenter also suggested that if no health
insurance issuer remaining in the aggregated group has the same taxable
year as the predecessor parent entity, then the group should be
permitted to designate any health insurance issuer in the aggregated
group as the successor parent entity. The final regulations generally
adopt these suggestions.
The final regulations also provide transition rules for determining
when a member of an aggregated group is a covered health insurance
provider if, as a result of a change in the identity of the parent
entity or for any other reason, the taxable year of the parent entity
is less than 12 consecutive months. The final regulations provide that
if the taxable year of the parent entity is less than 12 months, then,
solely for purposes of determining whether it is a covered health
insurance provider for its short taxable year and for purposes of
determining whether each other member of the parent entity's aggregated
group is a covered health insurance provider for its taxable year
ending with or within the taxable year of the parent entity, the
taxable year of the parent entity is treated as the 12-month period
ending on the last day of its short taxable year. The purpose of this
rule is to ensure consistency and continuity in the treatment of
members of an aggregated group as covered health insurance providers.
Without this rule, certain members of an aggregated group that are
generally treated as covered health insurance providers may not be
treated as covered health insurance providers for one taxable year
because they do not have a taxable year ending with or within the short
taxable year of the parent entity.
One commenter suggested that an entity should not be a covered
health insurance provider if all of the services performed by its
employees and independent contractors are unrelated to the direct or
indirect generation of health insurance premiums and if the entity is
geographically separate from any entity within the aggregated group
that receives premiums from providing health insurance. These final
regulations do not adopt this suggestion. Such a rule would be
inconsistent with section 162(m)(6)(C)(ii), which provides that all
members of an aggregated group that includes a health insurance issuer
described in section 162(m)(6)(C)(i) are covered health insurance
providers.
D. United States Possessions
One commenter suggested that health insurance providers located in
Puerto Rico should not be considered health insurance issuers under
section 9832(b)(1) and, therefore, should not be covered health
insurance providers under section 162(m)(6)(C)(i). The commenter also
suggested that health insurance companies (and similar health insurance
providers) located in Puerto Rico should not be considered covered
health insurance providers under section 162(m)(6)(C) because the
benefits of the ACA do not inure to Puerto Rican insurance companies
and because American taxpayers do not subsidize compensation paid by
health insurance providers in Puerto Rico through tax deductions. These
final regulations do not adopt this suggestion. In regulations issued
under section 9010 of the ACA (TD 9643, 78 FR 71476, November 29,
2013), the Treasury Department and the IRS concluded that a health
insurance company, health insurance service, or insurance organization
may be a health insurance issuer under section 9832(b)(2) even if it is
located in Puerto Rico. Accordingly, a health insurance issuer that is
otherwise a covered health insurance provider under section 162(m)(6)
will not fail to be a covered health insurance provider solely because
it is located in Puerto Rico.
E. Self-insurers
These final regulations, like the proposed regulations, provide
that an employer is not a covered health insurance provider solely
because it maintains a self-insured medical reimbursement plan. For
this purpose, the term self-insured medical reimbursement plan means a
separate written plan for the benefit of employees (which may include
former employees) that provides for reimbursement of employee medical
expenses referred to in section 105(b) and that does not provide for
reimbursement under an individual or group policy of accident or health
insurance issued by a licensed insurance company or under an
arrangement in the nature of a prepaid health care plan that is
regulated under federal or state law in a manner similar to the
regulation of insurance companies, and may include a plan maintained by
an employee organization described in section 501(c)(9).
One commenter noted that, in addition to providing a self-insured
medical reimbursement plan, some employers provide coverage for other
[[Page 56894]]
health care costs through an insurance policy (for example, through
separate insured coverage for prescription drugs). The commenter
requested clarification that an employer that maintains a self-insured
medical reimbursement plan will not be a covered health insurance
provider solely because the employer provides additional coverage
through an insurance policy. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree
that this is correct.
F. De Minimis Exception
The final regulations retain the de minimis exception described in
the proposed regulations with certain clarifications. The final
regulations provide that a person that would otherwise be a covered
health insurance provider under section 162(m)(6)(C)(i)(II) for any
taxable year beginning after December 31, 2012, is not a covered health
insurance provider for that taxable year if the premiums received by
that person and all other members of its aggregated group from
providing health insurance coverage that is minimum essential coverage
are less than two percent of the gross revenue of that person and all
other members of its aggregated group for that taxable year. For
taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009, and before January 1,
2013, a person that would otherwise be a covered health insurance
provider under section 162(m)(6)(C)(I) is not a covered health
insurance provider for that taxable year if the premiums received by
that person and all other members of its aggregated group from
providing health insurance coverage are less than two percent of the
gross revenue of that person and all other members of its aggregated
group for that taxable year.
Commenters suggested that the two-percent threshold for the de
minimis exception should be increased to a level as high as five
percent. In response to Notice 2011-2, which requested comments on the
de minimis exception, some commenters requested that the threshold not
be increased because a higher threshold would allow health insurance
issuers that sell significant amounts of health coverage to be exempt
from the deduction limit under section 162(m)(6) and thereby provide
them with a competitive advantage. After careful consideration of all
comments on the de minimis exception, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have concluded that the two-percent threshold strikes the
appropriate balance between exempting persons that receive health
insurance premiums that are insignificant in relation to their overall
activities and ensuring that persons that sell a significant amount of
health insurance are not exempted from the deduction limitation.
Accordingly, the final regulations do not adopt the suggestion to
increase the de minimis threshold.
II. Premiums
A. In General
Section 162(m)(6)(C)(i) provides that a health insurance issuer is
a covered health insurance provider for a taxable year only if it
receives premiums from providing health insurance coverage (as defined
in section 9832(b)(1)). The proposed regulations provide that amounts
received under an indemnity reinsurance contract and amounts that are
direct service payments are not treated as premiums from providing
health insurance coverage for purposes of section 162(m)(6)(C)(i). The
final regulations generally adopt the rules set forth in the proposed
regulations.
B. Direct Service Payments
A health insurance issuer or other person that receives premiums
from providing health insurance coverage may enter into an arrangement
with a third party to provide, manage, or arrange for the provision of
services by physicians, hospitals, or other healthcare providers. In
connection with this arrangement, the health insurance issuer or other
person that receives premiums from providing health insurance coverage
may pay compensation to the third party in the form of capitated,
prepaid, periodic, or other payments, and the third party may bear some
or all of the risk that the compensation is insufficient to pay the
full cost of providing, managing, or arranging for the provision of
services by physicians, hospitals, or other healthcare providers as
required under the arrangement. In addition, the third party may be
subject to healthcare provider, health insurance, licensing, financial
solvency, or other regulation under state insurance law.
The final regulations follow the proposed regulations, and provide
that capitated, prepaid, periodic, or other payments (referred to as
direct service payments) made by a health insurance issuer or other
person that receives premiums from providing health insurance coverage
to a third party as compensation for providing, managing, or arranging
for the provision of healthcare services by physicians, hospitals, or
other healthcare providers are not treated as premiums from providing
health insurance coverage for purposes of section 162(m)(6), regardless
of whether the third party is subject to healthcare provider, health
insurance, licensing, financial solvency, or other similar regulatory
requirements under state law. In the preamble to the proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS requested comments on
whether capitated, prepaid, or periodic payments made by a government
entity to a third party to provide, manage, or arrange for the
provision of services by physicians, hospitals, or other healthcare
providers should be treated as premiums from providing health insurance
coverage for purposes of section 162(m)(6).
One commenter suggested that payments from a government entity to
certain medical care providers that accept risk-based payments in
exchange for providing medical care (referred to in this preamble as
clinical risk-bearing entities) should not be treated as premiums from
providing health insurance coverage. The commenter observed that the
term health insurance coverage is defined in section 9832(b)(1) as
``benefits consisting of medical care (provided directly, through
insurance or reimbursement, or otherwise) under any hospital or medical
service policy or certificate, hospital or medical service plan
contract, or health maintenance organization contract offered by a
health insurance issuer.'' The commenter asserted that clinical risk-
bearing entities do not provide health insurance coverage under section
9832(b)(1) because they do not issue policies, certificates, or
contracts of insurance to the individuals to whom they provide medical
care. Specifically, the commenter suggested that capitated payments
under the Medicare Shared Savings program or the Medicare Pioneer ACO
Program to a clinical risk-bearing entity should not be treated as
premiums from providing health insurance coverage for this reason.
The commenter further noted that the definition of the term health
insurance coverage was added to the Code in 1996 as part of the market
reforms under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
(HIPAA) and that virtually identical definitions of the term health
insurance coverage were added to the Public Health Service Act (PHSA)
and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) at that time.
The commenter pointed out that the Secretaries of the Treasury
Department, Health and Human Services (HHS), and the Department of
Labor (DOL) are required to administer the definitions of the term
health insurance coverage consistently in all three statutes pursuant
to section 104 of HIPAA.
[[Page 56895]]
The commenter also noted that the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services (CMS) have published guidance indicating that payments made by
a health insurance issuer to a clinical risk-bearing entity may qualify
as incurred claims for purposes of determining the issuer's Medical
Loss Ratio under certain circumstances. See CMS, CCIIO Technical
Guidance (CCIIO 2012-001): Questions and Answers Regarding the Medical
Loss Ratio Interim Final Rule (February 10, 2012). According to the
commenter, the treatment of payments to a clinical risk-bearing entity
as incurred claims suggests that such payments are not premiums from
providing health insurance coverage. The commenter urged the Treasury
Department and the IRS to clarify that clinical risk-bearing entities
are not covered health insurance providers subject to the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6) unless they offer policies,
certificates, or contracts of insurance to enrollees.
Another commenter asserted that Medicaid managed care organizations
(MCOs) and providers of Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D
prescription drug plans should not be considered health insurance
issuers that provide health insurance coverage for purposes of sections
9832(b)(1) and (2) and 162(m)(6). Like the other commenter, this
commenter also pointed to guidance issued by CMS to support its
position. See CMS, CCIIO Technical Guidance (CCIIO 2012-002): Questions
and Answers Regarding the Medical Loss Ratio Regulation (April 20,
2012). The commenter urged the Treasury Department and the IRS to treat
fees paid to companies with healthcare business under governmental
healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, as direct service
payments, and not as premiums for purposes of determining whether a
person is a health insurance issuer that provides health insurance
coverage for purposes of Code section 162(m)(6).
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that
a person cannot be a covered health insurance provider under section
162(m)(6) unless it is a health insurance issuer within the meaning of
section 9832(b)(2) that receives premiums from providing health
insurance coverage within the meaning of section 9832(b)(1). The
Treasury Department and the IRS also acknowledge that section 104 of
HIPAA generally requires the Treasury Department, HHS, and DOL to
interpret consistently the terms health insurance issuer and health
insurance coverage, as used in the Code, the PHSA, and ERISA.
The Treasury Department and the IRS, however, do not adopt the
suggestion to provide in the final regulations that clinical risk
bearing entities, Medicare and Medicaid providers, and other recipients
of payments from government entities in connection with providing
benefits under government sponsored health care programs are not
covered health insurance providers or that the amounts received by
these organizations are not premiums from providing health insurance
coverage.
The commenters correctly observe that to be a covered health
insurance provider under section 162(m)(6), a person must be a health
insurance issuer (as defined in section 9832(b)(2)) that provides
health insurance coverage (as defined in section 9832(b)(1)) and meets
certain other requirements. If the person is not a health insurance
issuer or does not receive premiums from providing health insurance
coverage, the person is not a covered health insurance provider.
The definitions of the terms health insurance coverage and health
insurance issuer have significant importance in many sections of the
Code, the PHSA, and ERISA. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that it would be inappropriate to provide broad guidance on
the interpretation of sections 9832(b)(1) and 9832(b)(2) because it
would require full consideration of the possible effects of that
guidance on other statutory provisions. The consideration of these
wide-ranging implications is outside of the scope of these regulations
under section 162(m)(6). However, additional guidance on the meaning of
the terms health insurance issuer and health insurance coverage may be
provided in future regulations, notices, revenue rulings, or other
guidance of general applicability published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin.
C. Stop-Loss Coverage
Stop-loss coverage allows an employer to self-insure for a set
amount of claims costs, with the stop-loss coverage covering all or
most of the claims costs that exceed the set amount. Several commenters
requested that the final regulations clarify the treatment of stop-loss
coverage. Specifically, commenters suggested that payments for stop-
loss coverage not be treated as premiums from providing health
insurance coverage because stop-loss coverage does not provide
insurance coverage for the health risk of an individual or for medical
care for an individual. Other commenters suggested that the final
regulations adopt the model standards of the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners for determining whether payments for stop-loss
insurance coverage qualify as premiums from providing health coverage.
The DOL, HHS, and the Treasury Department have expressed concern
that employers in small group markets with healthier employees may
pursue nominally self-insured arrangements with stop-loss coverage at
low attachment points as functionally equivalent alternatives to
insured group health plans. The three agencies issued a request for
information regarding such practices, with a focus on the prevalence
and consequences of stop-loss coverage at low attachment points. 77 FR
25788 (May 1, 2012). Because the scope of stop-loss coverage that may
constitute health insurance, if any, has not been determined, premiums
under a stop-loss contract will not be considered premiums from
providing health insurance coverage for purposes of section 162(m)(6)
until such time and to the extent that future guidance addresses the
issue of whether and, if so, under what circumstances, stop-loss
coverage constitutes health insurance.
D. Captive Insurance Companies
Under the final regulations, as under the proposed regulations, a
captive insurance company is a covered health insurance provider if it
is a health insurance issuer that is otherwise described in section
162(m)(6)(C). One commenter recommended that premiums received by a
captive insurance company or other health insurance issuer that are
attributable to coverage provided for current and former employees of
members of an aggregated group that includes the captive insurance
company or other health insurance issuer should be excluded from the
definition of premiums. The commenter also suggested that premiums
received by a health insurance issuer for providing health insurance
coverage to current and former employees of other related businesses
outside of the health insurance issuer's aggregated group should be
excluded from the definition of premiums under certain circumstances.
The final regulations do not adopt these suggestions.
Section 406 of ERISA generally prohibits transactions between an
employee benefit plan and a party in interest, and, under Section
3(14)(C) of ERISA, employers are generally parties in interest with
respect to the plans that they sponsor. In addition, Section 3(14)(G)
of ERISA provides that entities that are more than 50 percent owned by
[[Page 56896]]
employers are also parties in interest. Accordingly, captive insurance
companies that are more than 50 percent owned by the sponsor of an
employee benefit plan are generally parties in interest, and the
payment of premiums to such a captive insurance company to provide
insurance to an employee benefit plan maintained by the owner of a
captive insurance company would generally be a prohibited transaction
and be subject to an excise tax under section 4975.
The DOL, however, has granted a prohibited transaction class
exemption and numerous individual prohibited transaction exemptions
that apply to captive insurance arrangements in certain circumstances.
Under the class exemption, a captive insurance company can directly
insure the employee benefit plan risks of a related employer if the
captive insurance company and the arrangement meet certain
requirements, one of which is that at least 50 percent of the captive
insurer's business is unrelated to the employer sponsor of the plan.
The individual exemptions apply to circumstances in which a captive
insurance company provides reinsurance to an unrelated insurance
company that directly insures the health risks of a plan sponsor's
employees. Under this type of arrangement, an employer purchases health
insurance for its employees through an unrelated insurance company and
pays premiums for that coverage to the unrelated insurance company. The
unrelated insurance company then reinsures these health risks through
the employer's captive insurance company under an indemnity reinsurance
arrangement.
It is the understanding of the Treasury Department and the IRS that
employers insuring the health risks of their employees through captive
insurance companies generally use the approach outlined in the
individual exemptions to avoid engaging in a prohibited transaction and
incurring an excise tax under section 4975. Because the amounts
received by a captive insurance company under this type of arrangement
are solely payments for providing indemnity reinsurance, those payments
are not treated as premiums under existing provisions of these
regulations, and no special rule is needed for these types of payments.
In the case of captive insurance arrangements that rely on the class
exemption, the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that a
special rule for premiums paid by a plan sponsor or its related
businesses or their employees would be inappropriate because the
captive insurance company would be required under the terms of the
class exemption to conduct a significant portion of its insurance
business with unrelated third parties.
The commenter acknowledged that captive insurance companies
generally follow the approach outlined in the DOL's individual
prohibited transaction exemptions but asserted that an exemption for
captive insurance companies is nonetheless necessary because the law in
this area may change in the future to permit captive insurance
companies to receive significant premium payments directly from a
related employer. The Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded
that a special exception is not necessary at this time for amounts paid
to captive insurance companies.
III. Disqualified Taxable Year
Consistent with section 162(m)(6)(B) and the proposed regulations,
the final regulations provide that a disqualified taxable year is, with
respect to any employer, any taxable year for which the employer is a
covered health insurance provider.
IV. Applicable Individual
Section 162(m)(6)(F) provides that, with respect to a covered
health insurance provider for a disqualified taxable year, an
applicable individual is any individual (i) who is an officer,
director, or employee in such taxable year, or (ii) who provides
services for, or on behalf of, the covered health insurance provider
during the taxable year. The final regulations adopt the proposed
regulations and provide that remuneration for services performed by an
independent contractor to a covered health insurance provider will not
be subject to the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6) if
certain conditions are met. The conditions that must be met under the
final regulations for the independent contractor exception to apply are
the same as those provided in the proposed regulations.
Section 162(m)(6)(F) defines an applicable individual as an
``individual'' described in that section. Therefore, a corporation,
partnership, or other entity that is not a natural person generally
would not be an applicable individual. The preamble to the proposed
regulations explains that the Treasury Department and the IRS are
concerned that covered health insurance providers may attempt to avoid
the application of the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6) by
encouraging employees and independent contractors who are natural
persons to form small or single-member personal service corporations or
other similar entities to provide services that are historically
provided by natural persons. In the preamble to the proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS invited comments
regarding how the final regulations might address this potential abuse.
One commenter suggested that if a covered health insurance provider
reports remuneration payments on a Form 1099 or W-2 issued directly to
a natural person, then that person should be the service provider for
purposes of section 162(m)(6). Conversely, if a covered health
insurance provider reports remuneration as having been paid to an
entity other than a natural person, and that reporting is not found to
be incorrect under section 6041, the entity should be the recipient of
the remuneration for purposes of section 162(m)(6).
The final regulations do not adopt these suggestions. In general,
section 6041 requires information reporting for payments to independent
contractors and employees. The purpose of section 6041 is simply to
track payments that may constitute gross income to the payee. Section
6041 information reporting does not typically require the payor to look
beyond the identity of the recipient of a payment. Accordingly, it
would be inappropriate to rely on section 6041 information reporting to
identify potentially abusive arrangements.
The Treasury Department and the IRS remain concerned about
employment arrangements that may be structured for the purpose of
avoiding the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6). Accordingly,
while the final regulations recognize that an applicable individual
generally will be a natural person, they provide that the Treasury
Department and the IRS may issue guidance in the future identifying
situations in which services performed by an entity will be treated as
services performed by an individual for purposes of section 162(m)(6).
V. Applicable Individual Remuneration (AIR)
As required under section 162(m)(6)(D), the final regulations, like
the proposed regulations, provide that AIR is the aggregate amount that
is allowable as a deduction (determined without regard to section
162(m)) with respect to an applicable individual for a disqualified
taxable year for remuneration for services performed by that individual
(whether or not during the taxable year), except that AIR does not
include any amount that is deferred deduction remuneration.
[[Page 56897]]
VI. Deferred Deduction Remuneration (DDR)
Section 162(m)(6)(E) and the final regulations, like the proposed
regulations, provide that DDR is remuneration that would be AIR for
services that an applicable individual performs during a disqualified
taxable year but for the fact that it is not deductible until a later
taxable year (such as generally occurs, for example, with nonqualified
deferred compensation).
VII. Attribution of Remuneration to Services Performed in Taxable Years
The $500,000 deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6) applies
to the AIR and DDR that is attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual for a covered health insurance provider in a
disqualified taxable year. Accordingly, at the time that an amount of
AIR or DDR for an applicable individual becomes otherwise deductible
(and not before that time), the remuneration must be attributed to
services performed by the applicable individual during a particular
taxable year or years of a covered health insurance provider.
A. In General
The final regulations, like the proposed regulations, provide that,
except as otherwise specifically provided in the regulations,
remuneration is attributable to services performed by an applicable
individual in the taxable year of the covered health insurance provider
in which the applicable individual obtains a legally binding right to
the remuneration. In addition, the final regulations, like the proposed
regulations, provide that remuneration is not attributable to a taxable
year during which the applicable individual is not a service provider.
For these purposes, an individual is a service provider of a covered
health insurance provider for any period during which the individual is
an officer, director, or employee of, or providing services for, or on
behalf of, the covered health insurance provider or any member of its
aggregated group.
In the preamble to the proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS requested comments on an appropriate method for
attributing increases in an applicable individual's benefit that accrue
in taxable years of a covered health insurance provider beginning after
the applicable individual ceases providing services (referred to in
this preamble as post-termination remuneration) to taxable years during
which the applicable individual was a service provider. Comments were
specifically requested on the appropriate methods for attributing
increases under an account balance plan (defined as a plan described in
Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B)) and a nonaccount balance plan
(defined as a plan described in Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(C)). In the
context of nonaccount balance plans, one commenter suggested that each
payment to or on behalf of an applicable individual under a nonaccount
balance plan should be attributed to taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider during which the applicable individual was a service
provider in proportion to the increase in the applicable individual's
benefit under the plan during those years. For example, if an
applicable individual is a service provider for a covered health
insurance provider for two years and participates in a deferred
compensation plan during that time, and the applicable individual's
benefit under the plan increases by an equal amount in both of those
years, then 50 percent of each payment under the plan (whenever the
payment is made and even if it includes post-termination remuneration)
would be attributable to services performed in each of the two taxable
years. According to the commenter, this method would provide a
relatively simple method for attributing payments, including payments
that include post-termination remuneration, to services performed in
taxable years of a covered health insurance provider.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenter that
this approach to the attribution of deferred compensation payments will
ease administration for taxpayers and the IRS and will result in a
consistent and principled attribution of payments to taxable years
during which an applicable individual is a service provider. Although
the commenter proposed this attribution method in the context of
nonaccount balance plans, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that this approach is an appropriate method for attributing
amounts that become otherwise deductible under account balance plans as
well. Accordingly, the Treasury Department and the IRS generally adopt
this approach to the attribution of payments from account balance plans
and nonaccount balance plans.
B. Account Balance Plans
The proposed regulations provide two methods for attributing
remuneration under an account balance plan to services performed by an
applicable individual in a taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider. The proposed regulations refer to these methods as the
standard attribution method and the alternative attribution method.
Under the standard attribution method, the amount of remuneration
attributable to services performed in a taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider is equal to the excess of the account balance
as of the last day of the taxable year, plus any payments made from
that account during the taxable year, over the account balance as of
the last day of the immediately preceding taxable year. To the extent
that an amount that becomes otherwise deductible under an account
balance plan (such as a payment) could be attributed to services
performed by an applicable individual in two or more taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider, the proposed regulations provide
that the amount must be attributed first to services performed by the
applicable individual in the earliest taxable year to which the amount
could be attributed.
The proposed regulations also provide that, under the standard
attribution method, any increases or decreases in an account balance
that occur in taxable years of a covered health insurance provider in
which an applicable individual is not a service provider must be
attributed to taxable years during which the applicable individual is a
service provider and has an account balance under the plan. The
preamble to the proposed regulations provides that for taxable years
beginning in 2013, and thereafter until the Treasury Department and the
IRS issue further guidance prescribing the method for attributing post-
termination remuneration to these taxable years, post-termination
remuneration may be attributed using any reasonable method to taxable
years of a covered health insurance provider during which an applicable
individual is a service provider and has an account balance under the
plan. For this purpose, a method is reasonable only if it is consistent
with a reasonable, good faith interpretation of section 162(m)(6) and
is applied consistently for all remuneration provided by the covered
health insurance provider under substantially similar plans or
arrangements.
Under the alternative method described in the proposed regulations,
an amount paid to or on behalf of an applicable individual from an
account balance plan is attributable to services performed by the
applicable individual in the taxable year of a covered health insurance
provider in which the principal addition related to the amount
[[Page 56898]]
was credited to the applicable individual's account under the plan. To
the extent that an amount paid from the plan includes earnings on a
principal addition (including post-termination remuneration), the
amount is attributable to services performed in the taxable year in
which the principal addition was credited to the account.
The final regulations also provide that two methods are available
for attributing remuneration under account balance plans. One method,
which is different from the methods described in the proposed
regulations, is referred to as the account balance ratio method, and
the other, which is similar to the alternative method described in the
proposed regulations, is referred to as the principal additions method.
The final regulations, like the proposed regulations, provide that a
covered health insurance provider and each member of its aggregated
group must use the same method consistently to attribute remuneration
under all of its account balance plans for all taxable years, with
certain limited exceptions.
1. Account Balance Ratio Method
The account balance ratio method is based on the proportional
attribution principles described previously in section VII.A of this
preamble. However, it is similar to the standard attribution method
described in the proposed regulations in that the amount attributed to
services performed by an applicable individual in a particular taxable
year of a covered health insurance provider is based on the increase in
the applicable individual's account balance during that year. Under the
account balance ratio method, remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible (for example, because it is paid or made available to or for
an applicable individual) is attributed to services performed by the
applicable individual in each taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in which the applicable individual was a service
provider and for which the account balance increased. The amount
attributed to each of these taxable years is equal to the total amount
that becomes otherwise deductible for the year multiplied by a
fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the increase in the account
balance for that taxable year, and the denominator of is the sum of all
increases in the account balance for all taxable years during which the
applicable individual was a service provider.
For this purpose, an increase in an account balance occurs for a
taxable year only if the account balance on the last day of the taxable
year is greater than the highest account balance on the last day of
every prior taxable year. The amount of the increase for any taxable
year is the excess of the account balance as of the last day of the
taxable year over the highest account balance as of the last day of any
prior taxable year.
For example, if an applicable individual's account balance is $10x
on the last day of Year 1, $5x on the last day of Year 2, $7x on the
last day of Year 3, and $12x on the last day of Year 4, with the
fluctuations due solely to changes in investment returns and not due to
payments under the plan, the only year in which an increase occurs is
Year 4, and the increase is equal to $2x ($12x-$10x (the highest
account balance in a prior year)). For post-termination payments, the
account balance ratio for each taxable year will generally remain
constant, and the same ratios will generally apply to all future
payments. The Treasury Department and the IRS anticipate that this
method will be significantly easier to administer than the standard
attribution method described in the proposed regulations.
Under the account balance ratio method, certain adjustments are
made to account balances for in-service payments and for the payment of
grandfathered amounts (as described in section XI of this preamble).
For this purpose, an in-service payment is any payment made in a
taxable year during which an applicable individual is a service
provider, and it includes a payment made after an applicable individual
permanently ceases to be a service provider (for example, because the
applicable individual retires) if the applicable individual was a
service provider at any time during the taxable year of the covered
health insurance provider in which the payment was made. These
adjustments are necessary because an in-service payment that is made
from an account balance plan during a year when an applicable
individual is accumulating benefits would reduce or eliminate any
increase in the year-end account balance that would have occurred in
the absence of the in-service payment. The adjustments required for in-
service payments and grandfathered amounts are intended to eliminate
this effect.
Under the account balance ratio method, if an applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right in a taxable year during which the
applicable individual is a service provider to an additional
contribution under the plan (other than earnings) that will be made in
a taxable year in which the applicable individual is not a service
provider, the additional contribution is attributed to services
performed in the first taxable year preceding the taxable year of the
contribution in which the applicable individual was a service provider.
In response to the request for comments in the proposed regulations
on an appropriate method for attributing post-termination earnings to
taxable years in which an applicable individual is a service provider,
one commenter suggested that any increases (or decreases) in an account
balance that occur in taxable years in which an applicable individual
is not a service provider should be attributed pro rata beginning with
the taxable year in which the applicable individual begins
participating in the plan and ending with the taxable year in which the
individual ceases to be a service provider. The final regulations do
not adopt this suggestion because it could result in an allocation of
earnings largely unrelated to the years in which amounts were credited
under the plan as remuneration for services performed.
2. Principal Additions Method
The alternative method described in the proposed regulations
provides that a principal addition and earnings (or losses) thereon
(including earnings and losses in taxable years during which an
applicable individual is not a service provider) are attributed to the
taxable year in which the related principal addition is made (including
earnings and losses that occur in taxable years during which an
applicable individual is not a service provider). The final regulations
generally adopt the alternative method with certain modifications and
refer to it as the principal additions method.
Under the principal additions method, earnings on a principal
addition (including post-termination earnings) are attributed to the
taxable year in which an applicable individual is credited with the
principal addition under the plan. For example, if a principal addition
is credited to the account balance of an applicable individual in the
2015 taxable year, earnings on that principal addition in 2028 are
treated as additional remuneration for the 2015 taxable year, and not
the 2028 taxable year.
When an amount is paid from an account balance plan, it is
attributed under the principal additions method to services performed
in the taxable year in which the principal addition to which the amount
relates was credited under the plan. The final regulations clarify that
the principal additions method is available only for account balance
plans that separately account for each principal addition to the plan
and any
[[Page 56899]]
earnings thereon and that can trace any amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan, through separate accounting, to a principal
addition made in a taxable year of a covered health insurance provider.
The Treasury Department and the IRS understand that certain plans
already track contributions of principal additions and the earnings
thereon from the time those principal additions are credited under the
plan to the time they are paid, generally as part of the administration
of the plan's method of compliance with section 409A. The ability to
trace payments from the plan to principal additions made in a
particular taxable year is integral to the purpose of this attribution
method, and the Treasury Department and the IRS believe it is
appropriate to limit the use of this method to plans that maintain the
separate accounting necessary to trace these amounts.
C. Nonaccount Balance Plans.
The proposed regulations provide that remuneration under a
nonaccount balance plan is attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in a taxable year based on the increase in the
present value of the applicable individual's benefit under the plan
during the taxable year. Under this method, the amount of remuneration
attributable to services performed in a taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider is equal to the increase (or decrease) in the
present value of the future payment or payments due under the plan as
of the last day of the taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider, increased by any payments made during that year, over the
present value of the future payment or payments as of the last day of
the covered health insurance provider's preceding taxable year. For
purposes of determining the increase (or decrease) in the present value
of a future payment or payments, the rules of Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-
1(c)(2) apply. To the extent that an amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under a nonaccount balance plan (such as a payment) could be
attributed to services performed by an applicable individual in two or
more taxable years of a covered health insurance provider, the proposed
regulations provide that the amount must be attributed first to
services performed by the applicable individual in the earliest taxable
year to which the amount could be attributed.
In response to comments, the final regulations adopt two different
attribution methods for nonaccount balance plans based on proportional
attribution principles and provide that a covered health insurance
provider may choose either of these two methods to attribute
remuneration to taxable years under a nonaccount balance plan. These
two methods are referred to in the final regulations as the present
value ratio method and the formula benefit ratio method. A covered
health insurance provider and each member of its aggregated group must
use the same method consistently to attribute remuneration under all of
their nonaccount balance plans consistently for all taxable years, with
certain limited exceptions.
1. Present Value Ratio Method.
Under the present value ratio method, each time an amount becomes
otherwise deductible, such as when a payment is made under the plan,
the amount is attributed to services performed in a taxable year or
years of a covered health insurance provider during which an applicable
individual was a service provider and for which there was an increase
in the present value of payment(s) due under the plan. The amount
attributed to each of these taxable years is equal to the total amount
that is otherwise deductible multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of
the fraction is the increase in the present value of the applicable
individual's benefit for the taxable year, and the denominator of the
fraction is the sum of all such increases in present value for all
taxable years during which the applicable individual was a service
provider. In other words, each time an amount becomes otherwise
deductible, the amount is attributed proportionately to each taxable
year in which the applicable individual was a service provider based on
the increase in the present value of the applicable individual's
benefit under the plan during that year.
For purposes of the present value ratio method, an increase in the
present value of an applicable individual's benefit occurs for a
taxable year only if the present value of the benefit on the last day
of the covered health insurance provider's taxable year is greater than
the present value of the benefit on the last day of every prior taxable
year. The amount of the increase for the taxable year is the excess of
the present value of the benefit on the last day of the taxable year
over the greatest present value of the benefit on the last day of any
prior taxable year. If the present value of the applicable individual's
benefit as of the last day of the taxable year is less than or equal to
the present value of the benefit on the last day of any prior taxable
year, there is no increase in the present value for that year for
purposes of this calculation. For purposes of determining the present
value of a future payment or payments, the rules of Sec.
31.3121(v)(2)-1(c)(2) apply. Like the rules under the account balance
ratio method, the final regulations also provide for adjustments in the
present value of an applicable individual's benefit to the extent that
the present value is reduced by in-service payments or includes
grandfathered amounts.
Although the present value ratio method adopts proportional
attribution principles for purposes of attributing each payment to
services performed by an applicable individual in taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider, it is similar to the attribution
method for nonaccount balance plans described in the proposed
regulations in that amounts paid from the plan are attributed to
taxable years based on an increase in the present value of the
applicable individual's benefit. The Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that the present value ratio method will be significantly
easier for both taxpayers and the IRS to administer than the nonaccount
balance attribution method described in the proposed regulations. For
applicable individuals who begin receiving benefits under a nonaccount
balance plan after termination of employment, the present value ratio
for each taxable year will generally remain constant, and the payments
can be attributed to a taxable year or years simply by multiplying the
amount of the payment by the applicable fraction or percentage.
2. Formula Benefit Ratio Method.
In response to the request for comments on the attribution method
for nonaccount balance plans set forth in the proposed regulations, one
commenter suggested that covered health insurance providers should not
be required to determine the present value of an applicable
individual's benefit for each taxable year to determine the taxable
years to which an amount should be attributed. The commenter observed
that plans do not ordinarily determine the present value of benefits on
an individual basis before amounts are paid, if ever, and that this
calculation would add significant complexity to process for attributing
payments to services performed. The commenter suggested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS provide an alternative attribution
method based on year-over-year increases in the final benefit that an
applicable individual is entitled to receive under the plan's benefit
formula, without reducing that benefit to its present value. These
final
[[Page 56900]]
regulations generally adopt this suggestion, with minor modifications,
and refer to the method as the formula benefit ratio method.
Under the formula benefit ratio method, remuneration provided to an
applicable individual under a nonaccount balance plan is attributable
to each taxable year in which the applicable individual provided
services and for which there was an increase in the formula benefit.
For these purposes, an applicable individual's formula benefit is the
benefit that the applicable individual has a legally binding right to
receive under the plan in the form that the remuneration being
attributed has become otherwise deductible, which will generally be the
form in which the remuneration is paid. If a portion of an applicable
individual's benefit is paid or becomes otherwise deductible in one
form (for example, a lump sum) and another portion of the benefit is
paid or becomes otherwise deductible in another form (for example, a
life annuity), the applicable individual has two separate formula
benefits under the plan, and any increase in the formula benefit is
determined separately for each portion of the benefit. If an amount
becomes otherwise deductible under a plan but is not paid (for example,
if an individual is in constructive receipt of an amount but does not
receive payment of that amount), the form in which the benefit will be
paid, if the actual form of payment is known, must be used to determine
the formula benefit, and, if the actual form of payment is unknown, the
formula benefit may be determined using any form of benefit in which
the amount may be paid under the plan. In that case, the amount would
not be attributed again when it is ultimately paid because it does not
become otherwise deductible in the year of actual payment.
Similar to the manner in which amounts are attributed to services
provided in taxable years of a covered health insurance provider under
the account balance ratio method and the present value ratio method,
the amounts attributable under the formula benefit ratio method to each
taxable year in which an applicable individual provides services and
for which there was an increase in the formula benefit is equal to the
amount that becomes otherwise deductible multiplied by a fraction. The
numerator of the fraction is the increase in the formula benefit for
the taxable year, and the denominator is the sum of all such increases
during which the applicable individual was a service provider (which,
in most cases, will equal the amount that has become otherwise
deductible). Thus, each payment is attributed to taxable years based on
the proportion of the increase in the formula benefit under the plan
during the taxable year to the total formula benefit to which the
applicable individual has a legally binding right when the payment is
made.
The amount of the increase in the formula benefit for a taxable
year is equal to the excess of the formula benefit to which the
individual has a legally binding right under the plan as of the
measurement date for that taxable year (generally in the actual form of
payment) over the greatest formula benefit to which the applicable
individual had a legally binding right under the plan as of any
measurement date in any earlier taxable year (in that same form of
payment). Special rules apply for purposes of determining whether an
increase occurs, and the amount of any increase, in the taxable year in
which a payment occurs.
D. Equity-Based Remuneration
The final regulations generally adopt the rules described in the
proposed regulations for attributing remuneration resulting from
equity-based compensation, which includes stock options, stock
appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock, and restricted stock
units (RSUs), with certain modifications made in response to comments.
The proposed regulations provide that remuneration resulting from
the exercise of stock options and SARs is attributable on a daily pro
rata basis to services performed by an applicable individual over the
period beginning on the date of grant of the stock option or SAR and
ending on the date that the stock option or SAR is exercised, excluding
any days on which the applicable individual is not a service provider.
Commenters suggested that, for a stock option or SAR that is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, a covered health insurance
provider should be permitted to attribute remuneration resulting from
the exercise of the stock option or SAR on a daily pro rata basis over
the period beginning on the date the stock option or SAR is granted and
ending on either the date the stock option or SAR is exercised or the
date the stock option or SAR is no longer subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture, in either case excluding any days the applicable
individual is not a service provider. The commenters explained that
permitting attribution over the vesting period would be simpler for
some covered health insurance providers because this method is commonly
used for other financial accounting and regulatory purposes. The final
regulations adopt this suggestion. However, the final regulations also
provide that the covered health insurance provider must choose one of
the two permissible methods and use it consistently for all stock
options or SARs that it issues, unless certain exceptions apply.
One commenter suggested that, instead of attributing equity-based
remuneration on a daily pro rata basis over the period from the grant
date to the date of exercise or the date of vesting, a covered health
insurance provider should be permitted to attribute equity-based
remuneration entirely to the taxable year in which the equity-based
remuneration vests, is exercised, or is otherwise includible in income.
Specifically, the commenter suggested that if equity-based remuneration
vests in connection with a corporate transaction, a covered health
insurance provider should be permitted to attribute pre-transaction
appreciation entirely to the year of vesting. The final regulations do
not adopt this suggestion. Attributing equity-based remuneration with a
multiple-year vesting period to a single taxable year would not result
in a reasonable attribution of remuneration to the taxable years in
which the services were performed to earn the remuneration, as required
by section 162(m)(6)(A).
The final regulations reserve on attribution rules applicable to
grants of equity-based remuneration in situations in which the
remuneration is determined by reference to equity in an entity treated
as a partnership for federal tax purposes or by reference to equity
interests in an entity described in Sec. 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii) (for
example a mutual company). However, until the Treasury Department and
the IRS issue further guidance on the attribution of this type of
remuneration, the rules applicable to stock options, SARs, restricted
stock, and RSUs, as described in the final regulations, may be applied
by analogy (subject to any applicable rule under the Code (including
subchapter K of the Code) affecting the timing, availability or amount
of any deduction).
E. Involuntary Separation Pay
The final regulations, like the proposed regulations, provide that
involuntary separation pay is attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual during the taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider in which the involuntary separation from service
occurs. Alternatively, involuntary separation pay may be attributable,
on a daily pro
[[Page 56901]]
rata basis, to services performed by the applicable individual
beginning on the date that the applicable individual obtains a legally
binding right to the involuntary separation pay and ending on the date
of the applicable individual's involuntary separation from service with
the covered health insurance provider and all members of its aggregated
group. For this purpose, involuntary separation pay is defined as
remuneration to which an applicable individual has a right to payment
solely as a result of an involuntary separation from service. If
involuntary separation pay is attributed to services performed in
multiple taxable years, each payment of involuntary separation pay must
be attributed to the same taxable years in the same proportion that the
total amount of separation pay is attributed to those taxable years.
F. Substantial Risk of Forfeiture
The final regulations, like the proposed regulations, provide a
two-step process for attributing certain remuneration to taxable years
of the covered health insurance provider if the remuneration is subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture for more than one taxable year of a
covered health insurance provider. This two-step process applies to
amounts that are attributable under the general rule providing that
remuneration is attributable to services performed by an applicable
individual in the taxable year in which an applicable individual
obtains a legally binding right to the remuneration and under the rules
for account balance and nonaccount balance plans. Under this two-step
process, the remuneration that is subject to the substantial risk of
forfeiture is first attributed to the taxable year or years of the
covered health insurance provider under the attribution rules that
otherwise apply. Then, that remuneration is reattributed on a daily pro
rata basis over the period that it is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture (in other words, reattributed evenly over the vesting
period).
One commenter suggested that the final regulations make this two-
step attribution method optional, rather than mandatory, and permit
covered health insurance providers to choose whether to apply this two-
step method on a plan-by-plan basis. The final regulations do not adopt
this suggestion. Attributing remuneration evenly over the vesting
period results in a more accurate matching of remuneration to the
taxable years in which the services were performed to earn the
remuneration and is consistent with the treatment of equity-based
compensation that is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
VII. Application of the $500,000 Deduction Limitation
A. In General
The final regulations generally adopt the rules described in the
proposed regulations for applying the $500,000 deduction limitation of
section 162(m)(6). The deduction limitation applies to the aggregate
AIR and DDR attributable to services performed by an applicable
individual for a covered health insurance provider in a disqualified
taxable year. Accordingly, if AIR, DDR, or a combination of AIR and
DDR, attributable to services performed by an applicable individual for
a covered health insurance provider in a disqualified taxable year
exceeds $500,000, the amount of the remuneration that exceeds $500,000
is not allowable as a deduction in any taxable year. When the $500,000
deduction limit is applied to an amount of AIR attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual in a disqualified taxable year,
the deduction limit with respect to that applicable individual for that
disqualified taxable year is reduced, but not below zero, by the amount
of the AIR to which the deduction limit is applied. If the applicable
individual also has an amount of DDR attributable to services performed
in that disqualified taxable year that becomes otherwise deductible in
a subsequent taxable year, the deduction limit, as reduced, is applied
to that amount of DDR in the first taxable year in which that DDR
becomes otherwise deductible. If the amount of the DDR that becomes
otherwise deductible is less than the reduced deduction limit, then the
full amount of the DDR is deductible in that taxable year. To the
extent that the amount of the DDR exceeds the reduced deduction limit,
the covered health insurance provider's deduction for the DDR is
limited to the amount of the reduced deduction limit and the amount of
the DDR that exceeds the deduction limit cannot be deducted in any
taxable year.
B. Application of Deduction Limitation to Payments
The final regulations generally adopt rules described in the
proposed regulations for applying the deduction limitation to payments
of remuneration. Any payment to an applicable individual may include
remuneration that is attributable to services performed by the
applicable individual in one or more taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider under the rules set out in the final regulations.
For example, remuneration resulting from the vesting of restricted
stock that is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for five full
taxable years of a covered health insurance provider is attributable to
services performed by the applicable individual in each of the five
years during which the restricted stock was subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture. In that case, a separate deduction limit applies to
each portion of the payment that is attributed to services performed in
a different disqualified taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider. Any portion of the payment that is attributed to a
disqualified taxable year is deductible only to the extent that it does
not exceed the deduction limit that applies to the applicable
individual for that disqualified taxable year, as that deduction limit
may have been previously reduced by the amount of any AIR or DDR
attributable to services performed in that disqualified taxable year
that was previously deductible. The final regulations contain several
examples to illustrate how these rules apply to services performed and
compensation payments made over multiple taxable years.
VIII. Corporate Transactions
A. In General
A corporation or other person may become a covered health insurance
provider as a result of certain transactions such as a merger,
acquisition or disposition of assets or stock (or other equity
interests), reorganization, consolidation, separation, or other
transaction resulting in a change in the composition of an aggregated
group (generally referred to in this preamble and the final regulations
as a corporate transaction). For example, as a result of the
aggregation rules, members of a controlled group of corporations that
does not include a health insurance issuer may become covered health
insurance providers if a health insurance issuer that is a covered
health insurance provider becomes a member of the controlled group.
B. Transition Period Relief
The final regulations, like the proposed regulations, provide a
transition period to ease the administrative burden on a person that
becomes a covered health insurance provider solely as a result of a
corporate transaction. Specifically, the final regulations provide that
if a person that is not otherwise a covered health insurance provider
would become a covered health insurance provider
[[Page 56902]]
solely as a result of a corporate transaction, the person generally is
not a covered health insurance provider for the taxable year in which
the transaction occurs (referred to in this preamble and the final
regulations as transition period relief). The person, however, is a
covered health insurance provider for any subsequent taxable year if it
is a covered health insurance provider for the taxable year under the
generally applicable rules for determining whether a person is a
covered health insurance provider. A person that is a covered health
insurance provider immediately before a corporate transaction is not
eligible for this transition period relief because the person does not
become a covered health insurance provider solely as a result of the
corporate transaction (but may be eligible for certain transition
relief relating to the attribution method it is permitted to use for
the taxable year in which the corporate transaction occurs).
One commenter suggested that if a person becomes a covered health
insurance provider as a result of a corporate transaction, the person
should not be treated as a covered health insurance provider until the
first taxable year beginning at least six months after the transaction.
The commenter asserted that the additional time is necessary to provide
for an adequate transition period. The final regulations do not adopt
this suggestion. Section 162(m)(6)(C)(ii) treats the members of an
aggregated group as a single employer. The statute does not
specifically provide that a person must be treated as a covered health
insurance provider for its entire taxable year if it is a member of an
aggregated group that includes a health insurance issuer for only a
portion of the year. Therefore, the Treasury Department and the IRS
have concluded that providing transition relief for corporate
transactions during the taxable year that the corporate transaction
occurs is consistent with the statute. However, providing transition
relief for a taxable year in which a person is a member of an
aggregated group that includes a health insurance issuer for its entire
taxable year would be inconsistent with the statute.
C. Certain Applicable Individuals
The proposed regulations provide that, in certain circumstances,
the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6) may apply to a person
that is not treated as a covered health insurance provider during the
transition period. Specifically, the proposed regulations provide that
the transition period otherwise applicable to certain members of an
aggregated group does not extend to remuneration provided to applicable
individuals of a health insurance issuer that is a covered health
insurance provider and that is not eligible for the transition period
relief because it does not become a covered health insurance provider
solely as a result of a corporate transaction.
The final regulations generally adopt this rule, but expand it to
include applicable individuals of not only health insurance issuers,
but also other employers that would have been covered health insurance
providers in the taxable year that the corporate transaction occurs,
without regard to the corporate transaction. For example, if a
controlled group of corporations that are not covered health insurance
providers acquires a health insurance issuer and its non-health
insurance issuer subsidiary, both of which are covered health insurance
providers before the corporate transaction, the deduction limitation
under section 162(m)(6) applies to all remuneration provided to the
applicable individuals of the health insurance issuer and the non-
health insurance issuer subsidiary, even if the remuneration is
provided by a member of the acquiring controlled group that is
otherwise eligible for transition period relief during the year of the
acquisition.
D. Consistency Rule Relief
As explained previously in this preamble, a covered health
insurance provider and all members of its aggregated group that provide
remuneration under an account balance plan, a nonaccount balance plan,
or through stock options or SARs generally must use the same
attribution method for each type of plan (that is, account balance
plans, nonaccount balance plans, and stock options or SARs) for all
taxable years. As a result of a corporate transaction, however, a
covered health insurance provider that uses a particular attribution
method for one or more of these types of plans may become a member of
an aggregated group that has a member that uses a different attribution
method. To maintain consistency within the aggregated group, one or
more covered health insurance providers would need to change
attribution methods.
As noted in the preamble to the proposed regulations, once
remuneration provided to an applicable individual from a plan has been
attributed to a taxable year under a particular method (for example,
because a payment has been made to the applicable individual), it would
be administratively difficult to change the attribution method for
amounts that become deductible with respect to that applicable
individual in future years and still provide a reasonably accurate
attribution of remuneration from that plan to the taxable years in
which the applicable individual performed the services to earn the
remuneration. In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS are
concerned that the ability to change attribution methods may lead to
selective use of methods to maximize deductions. However, recognizing
that there may be valid business reasons for changing attribution
methods, such as a merger or acquisition, change in compensation
structure, or change in accounting method, the Treasury Department and
the IRS requested comments on the standards that should apply to
determine whether and when an attribution method may be changed, and
how that change would apply if deductions for amounts provided under
the plan or arrangement have already been taken.
Commenters generally asked for flexibility in applying the
consistency rules after a corporate transaction. The final regulations
generally adopt this suggestion and provide that, if a covered health
insurance provider that uses an attribution method for a particular
type of plan (that is, an account balance plan, a nonaccount balance
plan, or a stock option or SAR) becomes a member of an aggregated group
with one or more covered health insurance providers that used a
different attribution method for that type of plan before the corporate
transaction, the covered health insurance provider will not violate the
otherwise applicable consistency rules for the taxable year in which
the corporate transaction takes place if it continues to use the same
attribution method for that type of plan that it used before the
transaction, even if it is different from the attribution method used
by other members of the aggregated group. Further, the final
regulations provide that, in this situation, a member of the aggregated
group may change its attribution method to be the same as the
attribution method used by other members of its aggregated group,
subject to limitations or modifications that the Treasury Department
and the IRS may provide in future guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin.
One commenter suggested that application of the consistency rules
following a corporate transaction should not require a retroactive
change in attribution methods. The commenter noted that changing
attribution methods retroactively would be administratively difficult.
The final regulations generally adopt this suggestion and provide that,
if an attribution method has been used
[[Page 56903]]
to attribute remuneration provided to an applicable individual under an
account balance plan, a nonaccount balance plan, or a stock option or
SAR before a corporate transaction, that same method must be used in
all future taxable years to attribute any remuneration provided to the
applicable individual under the same type of plan to the extent that
the applicable individual had a legally binding right to the
remuneration as of the date of the corporate transaction.
Because a covered health insurance provider does not need to use an
attribution method for amounts that become deductible during a taxable
year until it files its tax return for that taxable year, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded that the exceptions to the
consistency rules described in this section of the preamble and the
final regulations will provide covered health insurance providers
adequate time to make any adjustments to their attribution methods
necessary to comply with the otherwise applicable consistency rules.
E. Application of the De Minimis Rule
One commenter suggested that the final regulations clarify that if
a person ceases to be a member of an aggregated group, the de minimis
exception is applied taking into account only the revenues and premiums
of the person for the period during which it was a member of the
aggregated group. The final regulations adopt this suggestion.
XI. Grandfathered Amounts Attributable to Services Performed Before
January 1, 2010
The deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6) only applies to
AIR attributable to services performed by an applicable individual in
taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012 and to DDR attributable
to services performed by an applicable individual in taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2009. It does not apply to remuneration
attributable to services performed in taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2010.
The proposed regulations provide that for purposes of determining
whether remuneration provided under an account balance plan is
attributable to services performed in taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2010, a covered health insurance provider is required to use
the same attribution method that it otherwise uses to attribute
remuneration to taxable years, except that any substantial risk of
forfeiture is disregarded.
A commenter suggested that a covered health insurance provider be
permitted to use any method that is permissible for purposes of
attributing remuneration to taxable years for purposes of determining
the amount of remuneration that is attributable to services performed
before January 1, 2010, even if the method is different from the method
it otherwise uses to attribute remuneration to taxable years. The final
regulations provide that if a covered health insurance provider uses a
method for attributing amounts that become deductible under an account
balance plan or a nonaccount balance plan to taxable years beginning
after December 31, 2009, it must use that same method consistently for
attributing amounts to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010,
except that, if it uses the account balance ratio method to attribute
remuneration under an account balance plan to taxable years beginning
after December 31, 2009, it may use the principal additions method to
attribute amounts to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010.
The final regulations require certain adjustments to account balances
for purposes of applying the account balance ratio method if this is
done.
For nonaccount balance plans, the proposed regulations provide that
the amount attributable to services provided in taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2010, equals the present value of the remuneration to
which the applicable individual would have been entitled under the plan
if the applicable individual voluntarily terminated services without
cause on the last day of the first taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider beginning before January 1, 2010. The proposed
regulations further provide that, for any subsequent taxable year of
the covered health insurance provider, this amount may increase to the
present value of the benefit the applicable individual actually becomes
entitled to receive, in the form and at the time actually paid,
determined under the terms of the plan (including applicable limits
under the Code) as in effect on the last day of the first taxable year
beginning before January 1, 2010, without regard to any further
services required by the individual after that date or any other events
affecting the amount of, or the entitlement to, benefits (other than
the applicable individual's election with respect to the time or form
of an available benefit).
The final regulations provide that for purposes of determining
whether remuneration provided under a nonaccount balance plan is
attributable to services performed in taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2010, a covered health insurance provider is required to use
the attribution method that it otherwise uses to attribute remuneration
to taxable years. Although the amounts attributable to services
performed in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010, are
determined differently under the final regulations, the amounts
attributable to services performed in taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2010, under the formula benefit ratio method generally will
be similar to the amounts attributable to those years under the
proposed regulations. For equity-based remuneration, the final
regulations generally follow the rules described in the proposed
regulations and provide that any remuneration resulting from equity-
based compensation granted in a taxable year beginning before January
1, 2010, is not subject to the deduction limitation, regardless of
whether the equity-based remuneration is subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture during a taxable year beginning after December 31, 2009.
Earnings on these grandfathered amounts, including earnings accruing in
taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009, are also generally
treated as remuneration attributable to services performed in taxable
years beginning before January 1, 2010.
One commenter suggested that the final regulations should clarify
that the grandfathering rules apply to remuneration provided under all
types of arrangements (not only remuneration from account balance
plans, nonaccount balance plans, and equity-based remuneration) and
that grandfathered amounts be determined based on the attribution rules
generally applicable to the arrangement under which remuneration was
provided. The final regulations adopt this suggestion.
XII. Transition Rules for Certain DDR
Section 162(m)(6) applies to DDR attributable to services performed
in a disqualified taxable year beginning after December 31, 2009 that
is otherwise deductible in a taxable year beginning after December 31,
2012. As described in section I.B of this preamble, for taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2013, a covered health insurance provider
is any health insurance issuer (as defined in section 9832(b)(2)) that
receives premiums from providing health insurance coverage (as defined
in section 9832(b)(1)) (a pre-2013 covered health insurance provider).
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a covered health
insurance provider is any health insurance issuer (as defined in
section 9832(b)(2)) that receives at least 25 percent of its gross
premiums from providing minimum essential coverage (as defined in
section
[[Page 56904]]
5000A(f)) (a post-2012 covered health insurance provider). Thus, the
definition of the term covered health insurance provider is narrower
for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, than it is for
taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. The proposed
regulations include transition rules under which the section 162(m)(6)
deduction limitation applies to DDR attributable to services performed
in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009 and before January
1, 2013 only if the covered health insurance provider is a pre-2013
covered health insurance provider for the taxable year to which the DDR
is attributable and a post-2012 covered health insurance provider for
the taxable year in which that DDR is otherwise deductible. The final
regulations retain this transition rule.
XIII. Effective/Applicability Date
The final regulations are effective on September 23, 2014. The
final regulations apply to taxable years beginning after September 23,
2014. In addition, taxpayers may rely on these final regulations for
taxable years beginning on or before September 23, 2014.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a
significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866, as
supplemented by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory
assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section
553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does
not apply to these regulations, and because the regulations do not
impose a collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to
section 7805(f) of the Code, this regulation has been submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for
comment on its impact on small business.
Drafting Information
The principal author of the regulations is Ilya Enkishev of the
Office of the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and
Government Entities). However, other personnel from the IRS and the
Treasury Department participated in their drafting and development.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income Taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:
PART 1--INCOME TAXES
0
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in
part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
0
Par. 2. Section 1.162-31 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.162-31 The $500,000 deduction limitation for remuneration
provided by certain health insurance providers.
(a) Scope. This section sets forth rules regarding the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6), which provides that a covered
health insurance provider's deduction for applicable individual
remuneration (AIR) and deferred deduction remuneration (DDR)
attributable to services performed by an applicable individual in a
disqualified taxable year is limited to $500,000. Paragraph (b) of this
section sets forth definitions of the terms used in this section.
Paragraph (c) of this section explains the general limitation on
deductions under section 162(m)(6). Paragraph (d) of this section sets
forth the methods that must be used to attribute AIR and DDR to
services performed in one or more taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider. Paragraph (e) of this section sets forth rules on
how the deduction limit applies to AIR and DDR that is otherwise
deductible under chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) but for
the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6) (referred to in this
section as remuneration that is otherwise deductible). Paragraph (f) of
this section sets forth additional rules for persons participating in
certain corporate transactions. Paragraph (g) of this section explains
the interaction of section 162(m)(6) with sections 162(m)(1) and 280G.
Paragraph (h) of this section sets forth rules for determining the
amounts of remuneration that are not subject to the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6) due to the statutory effective date
(referred to in this section as grandfathered amounts). Paragraph (i)
of this section sets forth transition rules for DDR that is
attributable to services performed in taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2009 and before January 1, 2013. Paragraph (j) of this
section sets forth the effective and applicability dates of the rules
in this section.
(b) Definitions--(1) Health insurance issuer. For purposes of this
section, a health insurance issuer is a health insurance issuer as
defined in section 9832(b)(2).
(2) Aggregated group. For purposes of this section, an aggregated
group is a health insurance issuer and each other person that is
treated as a single employer with the health insurance issuer at any
time during the taxable year of the health insurance issuer under
sections 414(b) (controlled groups of corporations), 414(c)
(partnerships, proprietorships, etc. under common control), 414(m)
(affiliated service groups), or 414(o), except that the rules in
section 1563(a)(2) and (3) (with respect to corporations) and Sec.
1.414(c)-2(c) and (d) (with respect to trades or businesses under
common control) for brother-sister groups and combined groups are
disregarded.
(3) Parent entity--(i) In general. For purposes of this section, a
parent entity is either--
(A) The common parent of a parent-subsidiary controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of section 414(b)) or a parent-
subsidiary group of trades or businesses under common control (within
the meaning of section 414(c)) that includes a health insurance issuer,
or
(B) the health insurance issuer in an aggregated group that is an
affiliated service group (within the meaning of section 414(m)) or a
group described in section 414(o).
(ii) Certain aggregated groups with multiple health insurance
issuers--(A) In general. If two or more health insurance issuers are
members of an aggregated group that is an affiliated service group
(within the meaning of section 414(m)) or group described in section
414(o), the parent entity is the health insurance issuer in the
aggregated group that is designated in writing by the other members of
the aggregated group to act as the parent entity.
(B) Successor parent entities. If a health insurance issuer that is
the parent entity of an aggregated group pursuant to paragraph
(b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section (a predecessor parent entity) ceases to
be a member of the aggregated group (for example, as a result of a
corporate transaction) and, after the predecessor parent entity ceases
to be a member of the aggregated group, two or more health insurance
issuers are members of the aggregated group, the new parent entity (the
successor parent entity) is another member of the aggregated group
designated in writing by the remaining members of the aggregated group.
The successor parent
[[Page 56905]]
entity must be a health insurance issuer in the aggregated group that
has the same taxable year as the predecessor parent entity; provided,
however, that if no health insurance issuer in the aggregated group has
the same taxable year as the predecessor parent entity, the members of
the aggregated group may designate in writing any other health
insurance issuer in the aggregated group to be the parent entity.
(C) Failure to designate a parent entity. If the members of an
aggregated group that includes two or more health insurance issuers and
that is an affiliated service group (within the meaning of section
414(m)) or a group described in section 414(o) fail to designate in
writing a health insurance issuer to act as the parent entity of the
aggregated group, the parent entity of the aggregated group for all
taxable years is deemed to be an entity with a taxable year that is the
calendar year (without regard to whether the aggregated group includes
or has ever included an entity with a calendar year taxable year) for
all purposes under this section for which a parent entity's taxable
year is relevant.
(4) Covered health insurance provider--(i) In general. For purposes
of this section and except as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(b)(4), a covered health insurance provider is--
(A) A health insurance issuer for any of its taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2012 in which at least 25 percent of the
gross premiums it receives from providing health insurance coverage (as
defined in section 9832(b)(1)) are from providing minimum essential
coverage (as defined in section 5000A(f)),
(B) a health insurance issuer for any of its taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2009 and before January 1, 2013 in which
it receives premiums from providing health insurance coverage (as
defined in section 9832(b)(1)),
(C) the parent entity of an aggregated group of which one or more
health insurance issuers described in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of
this section are members for the taxable year of the parent entity with
which, or in which, ends the taxable year of any such health insurance
issuer; however, if the parent entity of an aggregated group is a
health insurance issuer described in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of
this section, that health insurance issuer is a covered health
insurance provider for any taxable year that it is otherwise a covered
health insurance provider, without regard to whether the taxable year
of any other health insurance issuer described in paragraphs
(b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this section ends with or within its taxable
year, and
(D) each other member of an aggregated group of which one or more
health insurance issuers described in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of
this section are members for the taxable year of the other member
ending with, or within, the parent entity's taxable year.
(ii) Parent entities with short taxable years. If for any reason a
parent entity has a taxable year that is less than 12 months (for
example, because the taxable year of a predecessor parent entity ends
when it ceases to be a member of an aggregated group), then, for
purposes of determining whether the parent entity and each other member
of the aggregated group is a covered health insurance provider with
respect to the parent entity's short taxable year (that is, for
purposes of determining whether the taxable year of a health insurance
issuer described in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this section ends
with or within the short taxable year of the parent entity and for
purposes of determining whether another member of the aggregated group
has a taxable year ending with or within the short taxable year of the
parent entity), the taxable year of the parent entity is treated as the
12-month period ending on the last day of the short taxable year.
Accordingly, a parent entity is a covered health insurance provider for
its short taxable year if it is a health insurance issuer described in
paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this section or if the taxable year of
a health insurance issuer described in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of
this section in an aggregated group with the parent entity ends with or
within the 12-month period ending on the last day of the parent
entity's short taxable year. Similarly, each other member of the parent
entity's aggregated group is a covered health insurance provider for
its taxable year ending with or within the 12-month period ending on
the last day of the parent entity's short taxable year.
(iii) Predecessor and successor parent entities. If the parent
entity of an aggregated group changes, the members of the aggregated
group may be covered health insurance providers based on their
relationship to either or both parent entities with respect to the
taxable years of the parent entities in which the change occurs.
(iv) Self-insured plans. For purposes of this section, a person is
not a covered health insurance provider solely because it maintains a
self-insured medical reimbursement plan. For this purpose, a self-
insured medical reimbursement plan is a separate written plan for the
benefit of employees (including former employees) that provides for
reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in section 105(b) and
does not provide for reimbursement under an individual or group policy
of accident or health insurance issued by a licensed insurance company
or under an arrangement in the nature of a prepaid health care plan
that is regulated under federal or state law in a manner similar to the
regulation of insurance companies, and may include a plan maintained by
an employee organization described in section 501(c)(9).
(v) De minimis exception--(A) In general. A health insurance issuer
and any member of its aggregated group that would otherwise be a
covered health insurance provider under paragraph (b)(4)(i), (ii), or
(iii) of this section for a taxable year beginning after December 31,
2012 is not a covered health insurance provider under this section for
that taxable year if the premiums received by the health insurance
issuer and any other health insurance issuers in its aggregated group
from providing health insurance coverage (as defined in section
9832(b)(1)) that constitutes minimum essential coverage (as defined in
section 5000A(f)) are less than two percent of the gross revenues of
the health insurance issuer and all other members of its aggregated
group for that taxable year. A health insurance issuer and any member
of its aggregated group that would otherwise be a covered health
insurance provider under paragraph (b)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this
section for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 2009 and before
January 1, 2013 is not a covered health insurance provider for purposes
of this section for that taxable year if the premiums received by the
health insurance issuer and any other health insurance issuers in its
aggregated group from providing health insurance coverage (as defined
in section 9832(b)(1)) are less than two percent of the gross revenues
of the health insurance issuer and all other members of its aggregated
group for that taxable year. In determining whether premiums constitute
less than two percent of gross revenues, the amount of gross revenues
must be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. For the definition of the term premiums, see paragraph
(b)(5) of this section. A person that would be a covered health
insurance provider for a taxable year in an aggregated group with a
predecessor parent entity and that would also be a covered health
insurance provider for that taxable year
[[Page 56906]]
in an aggregated group with a successor parent entity is not a covered
health insurance provider under the de minimis exception only if the
aggregated groups of which the person is a member meet the requirements
of the de minimis exception based on both the taxable year of the
predecessor parent entity and the taxable year of the successor parent
entity.
(B) One-year de minimis exception transition period. If a health
insurance issuer or a member of an aggregated group is not a covered
health insurance provider for a taxable year solely by reason of the de
minimis exception described in paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section,
but fails to meet the requirements of the de minimis exception
described in paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section for the immediately
following taxable year, that health insurance issuer or member of an
aggregated group will not be a covered health insurance provider for
that immediately following taxable year.
(vi) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
this paragraph (b)(4). For purposes of these examples, each corporation
has a taxable year that is the calendar year, unless the example
provides otherwise.
Example 1. (i) Corporations Y and Z are members of an
aggregated group under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Y is a
health insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance provider
pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section and receives
premiums from providing health insurance coverage that is minimum
essential coverage during its 2015 taxable year in an amount that is
less than two percent of the combined gross revenues of Y and Z for
their 2015 taxable years. Z is not a health insurance issuer.
(ii) Y and Z are not covered health insurance providers under
paragraph (b)(4) of this section for their 2015 taxable years
because they meet the requirements of the de minimis exception under
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section.
Example 2. (i) Corporations V, W, and X are members of an
aggregated group under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. V is a
health insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance provider
pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section, but neither W
nor X is a health insurance issuer. W is the parent entity of the
aggregated group. V's taxable year ends on December 31, W's taxable
year ends on June 30, and X's taxable year ends on September 30. For
its taxable year ending December 31, 2016, V receives $3x of
premiums from providing minimum essential coverage and has no other
revenue. For its taxable year ending June 30, 2017, W has $100x in
gross revenue. For its taxable year ending September 30, 2016, X has
$60x in gross revenue.
(ii) But for the de minimis exception, V (the health insurance
issuer) would be a covered health insurance provider for its taxable
year ending December 31, 2016; W (the parent entity) would be a
covered health insurance provider for its taxable year ending June
30, 2017 (its taxable year with which, or within which, ends the
taxable year of the health insurance issuer); and X (the other
member of the aggregated group) would be a covered health insurance
provider for its taxable year ending on September 30, 2016 (its
taxable year ending with, or within, the taxable year of the parent
entity). However, the premiums received by V (the health insurance
issuer) from providing minimum essential coverage during the taxable
year that it would otherwise be a covered health insurance provider
under paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section are less than two
percent of the combined gross revenues of V, W, and X for the
related taxable years that they would otherwise be covered health
insurance providers under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section ($3x
is less than $3.26x (two percent of $163x)). Therefore, the de
minimis exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section applies,
and V, W, and X are not covered health insurance providers for these
taxable years.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as Example 2, except that
V receives $4x of premiums for providing minimum essential coverage
for its taxable year ending December 31, 2016. In addition, the
members of the VWX aggregated group were not covered health
insurance providers for their taxable years ending December 31,
2015, June 30, 2016, and September 30, 2015, respectively (their
immediately preceding taxable years) solely by reason of the de
minimis exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section.
(ii) Although the premiums received by the members of the
aggregated group from providing minimum essential coverage are more
than two percent of the gross revenues of the aggregated group for
the taxable years during which the members would otherwise be
treated as covered health insurance providers under paragraph
(b)(4)(i) of this section ($4x is greater than $3.28x (two percent
of $164x)), they were not covered health insurance providers for
their immediately preceding taxable years solely because of the de
minimis exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this section.
Therefore, V, W, and X are not covered health insurance providers
for their taxable years ending on December 31, 2016, June 30, 2017,
and September 30, 2016, respectively, because of the one-year
transition period under paragraph (b)(4)(v)(B) of this section.
However, the members of the VWX aggregated group will be covered
health insurance providers for their subsequent taxable years if
they would otherwise be covered health insurance providers for those
taxable years under paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
Example 4. (i) Corporations W, X, Y, and Z are members of a
controlled group described in section 414(b)) that is an aggregated
group under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. W and X are health
insurance issuers. Y and Z are not health insurance issuers. W is
the parent entity of the aggregated group. W's and Y's taxable years
end on December 31; X's taxable year ends on March 31; and Z's
taxable year ends on June 30. As a result of a corporate
transaction, W is no longer a member of the WXYZ aggregated group as
of September 30, 2016, and W's taxable year ends on that date.
Following the corporate transaction, X becomes the parent entity of
the XYZ aggregated group.
(ii) Because W's taxable year is treated as the 12-month period
ending on September 30, 2016, W is the parent entity for X's taxable
year ending March 31, 2016, Z's taxable year ending June 30, 2016,
and Y's taxable year ending December 31, 2015. Because X's taxable
year begins on April 1, 2016 and ends on March 31, 2017, for
purposes of paragraph (b)(4) of this section, X is the parent entity
for Z's taxable year ending June 30, 2016, Y's taxable year ending
December 31, 2016, and W's taxable year ending September 30, 2016.
Example 5. (i) The facts are the same as Example 4. In addition,
W receives $4x of premiums for providing minimum essential coverage
and no other revenue for its taxable year beginning January 1, 2016
and ending September 30, 2016. X receives $2x of premiums for
providing minimum essential coverage and has no other revenue for
its taxable year ending March 31, 2016. X receives $1x of premiums
for providing minimum essential coverage and no other revenue for
its taxable year ending March 31, 2017. For its taxable year ending
December 31, 2015, Y has $100x in gross revenue. For its taxable
year ending December 31, 2016, Y has $200x in gross revenue. For its
taxable year ending June 30, 2016, Z has $120x in gross revenue
(none of which constitute premiums for providing health insurance
coverage that constitutes minimum essential coverage (as defined in
section 5000A(f)). W, X, Y, and Z did not qualify for the de minimis
exception in any prior taxable years.
(ii) For its taxable year ending June 30, 2016, Z does not meet
the requirements for the de minimis exception described in paragraph
(b)(4)(v)(A). Even though Z meets the requirements for the de
minimis exception with respect to the taxable year of parent entity
X ending March 31, 2017 ($5x is less than two percent of $325x), Z
does not meet the requirements for the de minimis exception based on
the premiums and gross revenues of the taxable years of its
aggregated group members ending with or within the deemed 12-month
taxable year of parent entity W ending September 30, 2016 ($6x is
more than two percent of $226x). Therefore, Z is a covered health
insurance provider for its June 30, 2016 taxable year.
(iii) For its taxable year ending December 31, 2015, Y does not
meet the requirements for the de minimis exception described in
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) ($6x is more than two percent of $226x). For
its taxable year ending December 31, 2016, Y meets the requirements
for the de minimis exception described in paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A)
($5x is less than two percent of $325x). Therefore, Y is a covered
health insurance provider for its December 31, 2015 taxable year,
but is not a covered health insurance provider for its December 31,
2016 taxable year.
(iv) For its taxable year ending September 30, 2016, W does not
meet the requirements
[[Page 56907]]
for the de minimis exception described in paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A).
Even though W meets the requirements for the de minimis exception
with respect to X's taxable year ending March 31, 2017 ($5x is less
than two percent of $325x), W does not meet the requirements for the
de minimis exception with respect its taxable year ending September
30, 2016 ($6x is more than two percent of $226x). Therefore, W is a
covered health insurance provider for its September 30, 2016 taxable
year.
(v) For its taxable year ending March 31, 2016, X does not meet
the requirements for the de minimis exception ($6x is more than two
percent of $226x). For its taxable year ending March, 31 2017, X
meets the requirements for the de minimis exception ($5x is less
than two percent of $325x). Therefore, X is a covered health
insurance provider for its March 31, 2016 taxable year, but is not a
covered health insurance provider for its March 31, 2017 taxable
year.
(5) Premiums--(i) For purposes of this section, the term premiums
means premiums written (including premiums written for assumption
reinsurance, but reduced by assumption reinsurance ceded (as described
in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section), excluding indemnity
reinsurance written (as described in paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this
section) and direct service payments (as described in paragraph
(b)(5)(iv) of this section), but without reduction for ceding
commissions or medical loss ratio rebates, determined in a manner
consistent with the requirements for reporting under the Supplemental
Health Care Exhibit published by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners or the MLR Annual Reporting Form filed with the Center
for Medicare & Medicaid Services' Center for Consumer Information and
Insurance Oversight of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
(or any successor or replacement exhibits or forms).
(ii) Assumption reinsurance. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(5),
the term assumption reinsurance means reinsurance for which there is a
novation and the reinsurer takes over the entire risk of loss pursuant
to a new contract.
(iii) Indemnity reinsurance. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(5),
the term indemnity reinsurance means reinsurance provided pursuant to
an agreement between a health insurance issuer and a reinsuring company
under which the reinsuring company agrees to indemnify the health
insurance issuer for all or part of the risk of loss under policies
specified in the agreement, and the health insurance issuer retains its
liability to provide health insurance coverage (as defined in section
9832(b)(1)) to, and its contractual relationship with, the insured.
(iv) Direct service payments. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(5), the term direct service payment means a capitated, prepaid,
periodic, or other payment made by a health insurance issuer or another
entity that receives premiums from providing health insurance coverage
(as defined in section 9832(b)(1)) to another organization as
compensation for providing, managing, or arranging for the provision of
healthcare services by physicians, hospitals, or other healthcare
providers, regardless of whether the organization that receives the
compensation is subject to healthcare provider, health insurance,
health plan licensing, financial solvency, or other similar regulatory
requirements under state insurance law.
(6) Disqualified taxable year. For purposes of this section, the
term disqualified taxable year means, with respect to any person, any
taxable year for which the person is a covered health insurance
provider.
(7) Applicable individual--(i) In general. For purposes of this
section, except as provided in paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section,
the term applicable individual means, with respect to any covered
health insurance provider for any disqualified taxable year, any
individual (or any other person described in guidance of general
applicability published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin)--
(A) who is an officer, director, or employee in that taxable year,
or
(B) who provides services for or on behalf of the covered health
insurance provider during that taxable year.
(ii) Independent contractors--Remuneration for services performed
by an independent contractor for a covered health insurance provider is
subject to the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6). However,
an independent contractor is not an applicable individual with respect
to a covered health insurance provider for a disqualified taxable year
if each of the following requirements is satisfied:
(A) The independent contractor is actively engaged in the trade or
business of providing services to recipients, other than as an employee
or as a member of the board of directors of a corporation (or similar
position with respect to an entity that is not a corporation);
(B) The independent contractor provides significant services (as
defined in Sec. 1.409A-1(f)(2)(iii)) to two or more persons to which
the independent contractor is not related and that are not related to
one another (as defined in Sec. 1.409A-1(f)(2)(ii)); and
(C) The independent contractor is not related to the covered health
insurance provider or any member of its aggregated group, applying the
definition of related person contained in Sec. 1.409A-1(f)(2)(ii),
subject to the modification that for purposes of applying the
references to sections 267(b) and 707(b)(1), the language ``20
percent'' is not used instead of ``50 percent'' each place ``50
percent'' appears in sections 267(b) and 707(b)(1).
(8) Service provider. For purposes of this section, the term
service provider means, with respect to a covered health insurance
provider for any period, an individual who is an officer, director, or
employee, or who provides services for, or on behalf of, the covered
health insurance provider or any member of its aggregated group.
(9) Remuneration--(i) In general. For purposes of this section,
except as provided in paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this section, the term
remuneration has the same meaning as the term applicable employee
remuneration, as defined in section 162(m)(4), but without regard to
the exceptions under section 162(m)(4)(B) (remuneration payable on a
commission basis), section 162(m)(4)(C) (performance-based
compensation), and section 162(m)(4)(D) (existing binding contracts),
and the regulations under those sections.
(ii) Exceptions. For purposes of this section, remuneration does
not include--
(A) A payment made to, or for the benefit of, an applicable
individual from or to a trust described in section 401(a) within the
meaning of section 3121(a)(5)(A),
(B) A payment made under an annuity plan described in section
403(a) within the meaning of section 3121(a)(5)(B),
(C) A payment made under a simplified employee pension plan
described in section 408(k)(1) within the meaning of section
3121(a)(5)(C),
(D) A payment made under an annuity contract described in section
403(b) within the meaning of section 3121(a)(5)(D),
(E) Salary reduction contributions described in section 3121(v)(1),
and
(F) Remuneration consisting of any benefit provided to, or on
behalf of, an employee if, at the time the benefit is provided, it is
reasonable to believe that the employee will be able to exclude the
value of the benefit from gross income.
(10) Applicable Individual Remuneration or AIR. For purposes of
this section, the term applicable individual remuneration or AIR means,
with respect to any applicable individual for any disqualified taxable
year, the aggregate amount allowable as a deduction under this chapter
for that taxable year (determined without regard
[[Page 56908]]
to section 162(m)) for remuneration for services performed by that
applicable individual (whether or not in that taxable year). AIR does
not include any DDR with respect to services performed during any
taxable year. AIR for a disqualified taxable year may include
remuneration for services performed in a taxable year before the
taxable year in which the deduction for the remuneration is allowable.
For example, a discretionary bonus granted and paid to an applicable
individual in a disqualified taxable year in recognition of services
performed in prior taxable years is AIR for the disqualified taxable
year in which the bonus is granted and paid. In addition, a grant of
restricted stock in a disqualified taxable year with respect to which
an applicable individual makes an election under section 83(b) is AIR
for the disqualified taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider in which the grant of the restricted stock is made. See
paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this section for certain remuneration that is
not treated as AIR for purposes of this section.
(11) Deferred Deduction Remuneration or DDR. For purposes of this
section, the term deferred deduction remuneration or DDR means
remuneration that would be AIR for services performed in a disqualified
taxable year but for the fact that the deduction (determined without
regard to section 162(m)(6)) for the remuneration is allowable in a
subsequent taxable year. Whether remuneration is DDR is determined
without regard to when the remuneration is paid, except to the extent
that the timing of the payment affects the taxable year in which the
remuneration is otherwise deductible. For example, payments that are
otherwise deductible by a covered health insurance provider in an
initial taxable year, but are paid to an applicable individual by the
15th day of the third month of the immediately subsequent taxable year
of the covered health insurance provider (as described in Sec.
1.404(b)-1T, Q&A-2(b)(1)), are AIR for the initial taxable year (and
not DDR) because the deduction for the payments is allowable in the
initial taxable year, and not a subsequent taxable year. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (i) of this section (regarding
transition rules for certain DDR attributable to services performed in
taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013), DDR that is
attributable to services performed in a disqualified taxable year of a
covered health insurance provider is subject to the section 162(m)(6)
deduction limitation even if the taxable year in which the remuneration
is otherwise deductible is not a disqualified taxable year. Similarly,
DDR is subject to the section 162(m)(6) deduction limitation regardless
of whether an applicable individual is a service provider of the
covered health insurance provider in the taxable year in which the DDR
is otherwise deductible. However, remuneration that is attributable to
services performed in a taxable year that is not a disqualified taxable
year is not DDR even if the remuneration is otherwise deductible in a
disqualified taxable year. See also paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this
section for certain remuneration that is not treated as DDR for
purposes of this section.
(12) Substantial risk of forfeiture. For purposes of this section,
the term substantial risk of forfeiture has the same meaning as
provided in Sec. 1.409A-1(d).
(13) In-service payment. An in-service payment is any amount that
is paid with respect to an applicable individual from an account
balance plan described in Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) or a
nonaccount balance plan described in Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(C) in a
taxable year of a covered health insurance provider during which at any
time the applicable individual is a service provider (including amounts
that became otherwise deductible, but were not paid, in a previous
taxable year of a covered health insurance provider). Amounts that are
paid in the last year that an applicable individual is a service
provider (for example, amounts paid at separation from service) are in-
service payments if the applicable individual is a service provider at
any time during the taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider in which the payment is made.
(14) Payment year. For purposes of this section, the term payment
year means the taxable year of a covered health insurance provider for
which remuneration becomes otherwise deductible.
(15) Measurement date. For purposes of this section, the term
measurement date means the last day of the taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider.
(c) Deduction Limitation--(1) AIR. For any disqualified taxable
year beginning after December 31, 2012, no deduction is allowed under
this chapter for AIR that is attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in that taxable year to the extent that the
amount of that remuneration exceeds $500,000.
(2) DDR. For any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2012, no
deduction is allowed under this chapter for DDR that is attributable to
services performed by an applicable individual in any disqualified
taxable year beginning after December 31, 2009, to the extent that the
amount of such remuneration exceeds $500,000 reduced (but not below
zero) by the sum of:
(i) The AIR for that applicable individual for that disqualified
taxable year; and
(ii) The portion of the DDR for those services that was subject to
the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6)(A)(ii) and this
paragraph (c)(2) in a preceding taxable year, or would have been
subject to the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6)(A)(ii) and
this paragraph (c)(2) in a preceding taxable year if section 162(m)(6)
was effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009 and
before January 1, 2013.
(d) Services to which remuneration is attributable--(1) Attribution
to a taxable year-(i) In general. The deduction limitation under
section 162(m)(6) applies to AIR and DDR attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual in a disqualified taxable year of
a covered health insurance provider. When an amount of AIR or DDR
becomes otherwise deductible (and not before that time), that
remuneration must be attributed to services performed by an applicable
individual in a taxable year of the covered health insurance provider
in accordance with the rules of this paragraph (d). After the
remuneration has been attributed to services performed by an applicable
individual in a taxable year of a covered health insurance provider,
the rules of paragraph (e) of this section are then applied to
determine whether the deduction with respect to the remuneration is
limited by section 162(m)(6).
(ii) Overview. Paragraphs (d)(1)(iii) through (v) of this section,
and paragraph (d)(2) of this section, set forth rules of general
applicability for attributing remuneration to services performed by an
applicable individual in a taxable year of a covered health insurance
provider. Paragraph (d)(3) sets forth two methods for attributing
remuneration provided under an account balance plan--the account
balance ratio method (described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section) and the principal additions method (described in paragraph
(d)(3)(iii) of this section). Paragraph (d)(4) of this section sets
forth two methods for attributing remuneration provided under a
nonaccount balance plan--the present value ratio method (described in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section) and
[[Page 56909]]
the formula benefit ratio method (described in paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of
this section). Paragraph (d)(5) of this section sets forth rules for
attributing remuneration resulting from equity-based remuneration (such
as stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and
restricted stock units). Paragraph (d)(6) of this section sets forth
rules for attributing remuneration that is involuntary separation pay.
Paragraph (d)(7) of this section sets forth rules for attributing
remuneration that is received under a reimbursement arrangement, and
paragraph (d)(8) of this section sets forth rules for attributing
remuneration that results from a split-dollar life insurance
arrangement.
(iii) No attribution to taxable years during which no services are
performed or before a legally binding right arises-(A) In general. For
purposes of this section, remuneration is not attributable--
(1) To a taxable year of a covered health insurance provider ending
before the later of the date the applicable individual begins providing
services to the covered health insurance provider (or any member of its
aggregated group) and the date the applicable individual obtains a
legally binding right to the remuneration, or
(2) To any other taxable year of a covered health insurance
provider during which the applicable individual is not a service
provider.
(B) Attribution of remuneration before the commencement of services
or a legally binding right arises. To the extent that remuneration
would otherwise be attributable in accordance with paragraphs (d)(2)
through (11) of this section to a taxable year ending before the later
of the date an applicable individual begins providing services to a
covered health insurance provider (or any member of its aggregated
group) and the date the applicable individual obtains a legally binding
right to the remuneration, the remuneration is attributed to services
performed in the taxable year in which the later of these dates occurs.
For example, if an applicable individual obtains a contractual right to
remuneration in a taxable year of a covered health insurance provider
and the remuneration would otherwise be attributable to that taxable
year pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, but the applicable
individual does not begin providing services to the covered health
insurance provider until the next taxable year, the remuneration is
attributable to the taxable year in which the applicable individual
begins providing services.
(iv) Attribution to 12-month periods. To the extent that a covered
health insurance provider is required to attribute remuneration on a
daily pro rata basis under this paragraph (d), it may treat any 12-
month period as having 365 days (and so may ignore the extra day in
leap years).
(v) Remuneration subject to nonlapse restriction or similar
formula. For purposes of this section, if stock or other property is
subject to a nonlapse restriction (as defined in Sec. 1.83-3(h)), or
if the remuneration payable to an applicable individual is determined
under a formula that, if applied to stock or other property, would be a
nonlapse restriction, the amount of the remuneration and the
attribution of that remuneration to taxable years must be determined
based upon application of the nonlapse restriction or formula. For
example, if the earnings or losses on an account under an account
balance plan are determined based upon the performance of company
stock, the valuation of which is based on a formula that if applied to
the stock would be a nonlapse restriction, then that formula must be
used consistently for purposes of determining the amount of the
remuneration credited to that account balance in taxable years and the
attribution of that remuneration to taxable years.
(2) Legally binding right. Unless attributable to services
performed in a different taxable year pursuant to paragraphs (d)(3)
through (11) of this section, remuneration is attributable to services
performed in the taxable year of a covered health insurance provider in
which an applicable individual obtains a legally binding right to the
remuneration. An applicable individual does not have a legally binding
right to remuneration if the remuneration may be reduced unilaterally
or eliminated by a covered health insurance provider or other person
after the services creating the right to the remuneration have been
performed. However, if the facts and circumstances indicate that the
discretion to reduce or eliminate the remuneration is available or
exercisable only upon a condition, or the discretion to reduce or
eliminate the remuneration lacks substantive significance, an
applicable individual will be considered to have a legally binding
right to the remuneration. For this purpose, remuneration is not
considered to be subject to unilateral reduction or elimination merely
because it may be reduced or eliminated by operation of the objective
terms of a plan, such as the application of a nondiscretionary,
objective provision creating a substantial risk of forfeiture.
(3) Account balance plans--(i) In general. When remuneration for
services performed by an applicable individual for a covered health
insurance provider becomes otherwise deductible (for example, because
the amount was paid or made available during that taxable year) from a
plan described in Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) (an account balance
plan), that remuneration must be attributed to services performed by
the applicable individual in a taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider in accordance with an attribution method described
in either paragraph (d)(3)(ii) or (d)(3)(iii) of this section. However,
except as provided in paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(D) and (f)(3) of this
section, the covered health insurance provider and all members of its
aggregated group must apply the same attribution method under this
paragraph (d)(3) consistently for all taxable years beginning after
September 23, 2014 for all amounts that become otherwise deductible
under all account balance plans.
(ii) Account balance ratio method--(A) In general. Under this
method, remuneration for services performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider that becomes otherwise
deductible under an account balance plan must be attributed to services
performed by the applicable individual in each taxable year of the
covered health insurance provider ending with or before the payment
year during which the applicable individual was a service provider and
for which the account balance of the applicable individual increased
(determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B) and (C) of this
section). The amount attributed to each such taxable year is equal to
the amount of remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the increase in the applicable
individual's account balance under the plan for the taxable year, and
the denominator of which is the sum of all such increases for all
taxable years during which the applicable individual was a service
provider. Thus, remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible under a
plan is attributed to a taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider in proportion to the increase in the applicable individual's
account balance for that taxable year.
(B) Increase in the account balance. For purposes of this paragraph
(d)(3)(ii), an increase in an account balance under an account balance
plan occurs for a taxable year if the account balance as of the
measurement date in that taxable year is greater than the account
balance as of the measurement date in every
[[Page 56910]]
earlier taxable year. In that case, the amount of the increase for that
taxable year is equal to the excess of the applicable individual's
account balance as of the measurement date for that taxable year over
the greatest of the applicable individual's account balances under the
plan as of the measurement date in every earlier taxable year. If the
applicable individual's account balance as of the measurement date in a
taxable year is less than or equal to the applicable individual's
account balance as of the measurement date in any earlier taxable year,
there is no increase in the account balance for that later taxable
year.
(C) Certain account balance adjustments. For purposes of
determining the account balance on a measurement date under paragraph
(d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, the account balance is adjusted as
provided in this paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(C).
(1) In-service payments. If an in-service payment is made from the
account of an applicable individual under an account balance plan in
any taxable year of a covered health insurance provider, then the rules
of this paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(C)(1) apply.
(i) Solely for purposes of determining the increase in the
applicable individual's account balance as of the measurement date in
the payment year (and not for purposes of attributing any amount that
becomes otherwise deductible in any later taxable year), the account
balance as of the measurement date for that taxable year is increased
by the amount of all in-service payments made from the plan during that
taxable year.
(ii) For purposes of attributing any amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan in any taxable year after the payment year of
the in-service payment--
(A) the account balance as of the measurement date in each taxable
year that ends before the taxable year to which the in-service payment
is attributed pursuant to this paragraph (d)(3)(ii) is reduced by the
sum of the amount of the in-service payment that is attributed to that
taxable year and the amount of the in-service payment that is
attributed to each taxable year that ends before that taxable year, if
any, and
(B) to the extent that the in-service payment includes an amount
that was deductible by the covered health insurance provider in a
previous taxable year and, therefore, was previously attributable to
services performed by the applicable individual in one or more taxable
years of the covered health insurance provider (for example, because
the amount was made available in a previous taxable year but was not
paid at that time), the account balance as of the measurement date for
each taxable year that ends before the taxable year to which the in-
service payment is attributed pursuant to this paragraph (d)(3)(ii) is
reduced by the sum of the amount of the in-service payment previously
attributable to that taxable year and the amount of the in-service
payment previously attributable to each taxable year that ends before
that taxable year, if any.
(2) Certain increases after ceasing to be a service provider. Any
addition (other than income or earnings) to an account balance plan
made in a taxable year that begins after an applicable individual
ceases to be a service provider (and that ends before the applicable
individual becomes a service provider again, if applicable) is added to
the account balance of the applicable individual as of the measurement
date of the first preceding taxable year in which the applicable
individual was a service provider.
(3) Account balance adjustments for grandfathered amounts. If a
covered health insurance provider uses the principal additions method
for determining grandfathered amounts for an applicable individual
under paragraph (h) of this section, then, for purposes of determining
the increase in the applicable individual's account balance, the
account balance as of any measurement date is reduced by the amount of
any grandfathered amounts otherwise included in the account balance.
(D) Transition rule for amounts attributed before the applicability
date of the final regulations. Amounts that become otherwise deductible
in taxable years beginning before September 23, 2014 may be attributed
to services performed in taxable years of a covered health insurance
provider under the rules set forth in the proposed regulations. If a
covered health insurance provider attributes an amount paid to an
applicable individual pursuant to a method permitted under the proposed
regulations and then chooses to use the account balance ratio method to
attribute amounts that subsequently become otherwise deductible with
respect to that applicable individual, then, for purposes of applying
the account balance ratio method to attribute any amount that becomes
otherwise deductible under the plan after the taxable year in which the
last payment was made that was attributed pursuant to the proposed
regulations, the account balance as of the measurement date for each
taxable year that ends before the taxable year in which the last
payment that was attributed pursuant to the proposed regulations is
reduced by the sum of the amount previously attributed to that taxable
year under the proposed regulations and the amount previously
attributable to each taxable year that ends prior to that taxable year
under the proposed regulations, if any.
(iii) Principal additions method--(A) In general. Under this
method, remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible under an account
balance plan during a payment year must be attributed to services
performed by the applicable individual in the taxable year of the
covered health insurance provider during which the applicable
individual was a service provider and in which the principal addition
to which the amount relates is credited under the plan (determined in
accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section). An
amount relates to a principal addition if the amount is a payment of
the principal addition or earnings on the principal addition, based on
a separate accounting of these amounts. The principal additions method
described in this paragraph may be used to attribute amounts that
become otherwise deductible under an account balance plan only if the
covered health insurance provider separately accounts for each
principal addition to the plan (and any earnings thereon) and traces
each amount that becomes otherwise deductible under the plan to a
principal addition made in a taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider.
(B) Principal addition--(1) For purposes of this paragraph
(d)(3)(iii), the excess (if any) of the sum of the account balance of
an applicable individual in an account balance plan as of the last day
of a taxable year and any payments made during the taxable year over
the account balance as of the last day of the immediately preceding
taxable year, that is not due to earnings or losses (as described in
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(C) of this section), is treated as a principal
addition that is credited to the plan in that taxable year if the
applicable individual was a service provider during that taxable year.
If the applicable individual was not a service provider during that
taxable year, the excess described in the preceding sentence is treated
as a principal addition that is credited to the plan in accordance with
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B)(2) of this section.
(2) Principal additions after termination of employment. Any
principal addition to an account balance plan made in a taxable year
that begins after an applicable individual ceases to
[[Page 56911]]
be a service provider (and that ends before the applicable individual
becomes a service provider again, if applicable) is treated as a
principal addition that is credited in the first preceding taxable year
in which the applicable individual was a service provider.
(C) Earnings. Whether remuneration constitutes earnings on a
principal addition is determined under the principles defining income
attributable to an amount taken into account under Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-
1(d)(2). Therefore, for an account balance plan, earnings on an amount
deferred generally include an amount credited on behalf of an
applicable individual under the terms of the arrangement that reflects
a rate of return that does not exceed either the rate of return on a
predetermined actual investment (as defined in Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-
1(d)(2)(i)(B)), or, if the income does not reflect the rate of return
on a predetermined actual investment, a rate of return that reflects a
reasonable rate of interest (as defined in Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-
1(d)(2)(i)(C)). For purposes of this paragraph (d)(3)(iii), the use of
a rate of return that is not based on a predetermined actual investment
or a reasonable rate of interest generally will result in the treatment
of some or all of the remuneration as a principal addition that is
attributable to services performed by an applicable individual in a
taxable year of a covered health insurance provider in accordance with
this paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
(4) Nonaccount balance plans--(i) In general. When remuneration for
services performed by an applicable individual for a covered health
insurance provider becomes otherwise deductible under a plan described
in Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(C) (a nonaccount balance plan), that
remuneration must be attributed to services performed by the applicable
individual in a taxable year of the covered health insurance provider
in accordance with the attribution method described in either paragraph
(d)(4)(ii) or (d)(4)(iii) of this section. However, except as provided
in paragraphs (d)(4)(ii)(D) and (d)(4)(iii)(D) and (f)(3) of this
section, the covered health insurance provider and all members of its
aggregated group must apply the same attribution method under this
paragraph (d)(4) consistently for all taxable years beginning after
September 23, 2014 for all amounts that become deductible under all
nonaccount balance plans.
(ii) Present value ratio attribution method--(A) In general. Under
this method, remuneration for services performed by an applicable
individual for a covered health insurance provider that becomes
otherwise deductible under a nonaccount balance plan must be attributed
to services performed by the applicable individual in each taxable year
of the covered health insurance provider ending with or before the
payment year during which the applicable individual was a service
provider for which the present value of the future payment(s) to be
made to or on behalf of the applicable individual under the plan
increased (determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B) and
(C) of this section). The amount attributed to each such taxable year
is equal to the amount of remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the increase in the present value of the future payment(s) to
which the applicable individual has a legally binding right under the
plan for the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the sum of
all such increases for all taxable years during which the applicable
individual was a service provider. Thus, remuneration that becomes
otherwise deductible under a plan is attributed to a taxable year of
the covered health insurance provider in proportion to the increase in
the present value of the future payment(s) under the plan for that
taxable year.
(B) Increase in present value of future payments. For purposes of
this paragraph (d)(4)(ii), for a taxable year of a covered health
insurance provider, an increase in the present value of the future
payment(s) to which an applicable individual has a legally binding
right under a nonaccount balance plan occurs if the present value of
the future payment(s) as of the measurement date in the taxable year is
greater than the present value of the future payment(s) as of the
measurement date in every earlier taxable year. In that case, the
amount of the increase for that taxable year is equal to the excess of
the present value of the future payment(s) to which the applicable
individual has a legally binding right under the plan as of the
measurement date for that taxable year over the greatest present value
of the future payment(s) to which the applicable individual had a
legally binding right under the plan as of the measurement date in
every earlier taxable year. If the present value of the future
payment(s) as of a measurement date in a taxable year is less than or
equal to the present value of the future payment(s) as of the
measurement date in any earlier taxable year, then there is no increase
in the present value of the future payment(s) to which the applicable
individual has a legally binding right under the plan for that later
taxable year. For purposes of determining the increase (or decrease) in
the present value of a future payment(s) under a nonaccount balance
plan, the rules of Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-1(c)(2) apply (including the
requirement that reasonable actuarial assumptions and methods be used).
(C) Certain present value adjustments. For purposes of determining
the present value of the future payment(s) to which an applicable
individual has a legally binding right to receive as of a measurement
date under paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(B) of this section, the present value
is adjusted as provided in this paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(C).
(1) In-service payments. If an in-service payment is made to or on
behalf of an applicable individual under a nonaccount balance plan in
any taxable year of a covered health insurance provider, then the rules
of this paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(C)(1) apply.
(i) Solely for purposes of determining the increase in the present
value of the future payment(s) under the plan for the payment year (and
not for purposes of attributing any amount that becomes otherwise
deductible in any later taxable year), the present value of the future
payment(s) under the plan as of the measurement date in the payment
year is increased by the amount of any reduction in the present value
of the future payment(s) resulting from the in-service payment made
from the plan during that taxable year.
(ii) For purposes of attributing any amount that becomes otherwise
deductible under the plan in any taxable year after the payment year of
the in-service payment, the present value of the future payment(s) as
of the measurement date for each taxable year that ends before the
payment year is reduced by the present value of the future payment to
which the applicable individual had a legally binding right to be paid
on the date of the in-service payment (determined as of the measurement
date based upon all of the applicable factors under the plan as of the
measurement date, such as compensation and years of service on that
date).
(2) Increases in the present value of future payments after ceasing
to be a service provider. Any increase in the present value of the
future payment(s) under a plan in a taxable year that begins after an
applicable individual ceases to be a service provider (and that ends
before the applicable individual becomes a service provider again, if
applicable) that is not due merely to the passage of time or a change
in the
[[Page 56912]]
reasonable actuarial assumptions used to determine the present value of
the future payment(s) is added to the present value of the future
payment(s) for the applicable individual as of the measurement date of
the most recent preceding taxable year in which the applicable
individual was a service provider.
(D) Transition rule for amounts attributed before the effective
date of the final regulations. Amounts that become otherwise deductible
in taxable years beginning before September 23, 2014 may be attributed
under the rules set forth in the proposed regulations. If a covered
health insurance provider attributes an amount paid to an applicable
individual pursuant to the proposed regulations and then chooses to use
the present value ratio method to attribute amounts that subsequently
become otherwise deductible with respect to that applicable individual,
then, for purposes of applying the present value ratio method to
attribute any amount that becomes otherwise deductible under the plan
in any taxable year after the taxable year in which the last payment
was made that was attributed pursuant to the proposed regulations, the
present value of the future payment(s) as of the measurement date for
each taxable year that ends before the taxable year in which the last
payment that was attributed pursuant to the proposed regulations is
reduced by the present value of each future payment to which the
applicable individual had a legally binding right to be paid that was
attributed pursuant to the proposed regulations (determined as of the
measurement date based upon all of the applicable factors under the
plan as of the measurement date, such as compensation and years of
service on that date), with no adjustment for an amount that became
otherwise deductible, but was not paid.
(iii) Formula benefit ratio method--(A) In general. Under this
method, remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible under a
nonaccount balance plan on a date (referred to for these purposes as
the date of payment) must be attributed to services performed by the
applicable individual in each taxable year of the covered health
insurance provider ending with or before the payment year during which
the applicable individual was a service provider and for which the
formula benefit of the applicable individual under the plan increased
(determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(B), (C) and (D) of
this section). The amount attributed to each such taxable year is equal
to the amount of remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible under
the plan on the date of payment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the increase in the applicable individual's formula benefit
under the plan for the taxable year and the denominator of which is the
sum of all such increases for all taxable years during which the
applicable individual was a service provider (which will generally be
the amount that becomes otherwise deductible under the plan on the date
of payment). Thus, remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible under
a plan is attributed to a taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider in proportion to the increase in the applicable individual's
formula benefit under the plan in that taxable year.
(B) Formula benefit. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(4)(iii), an
applicable individual's formula benefit as of any date is the benefit
(or portion thereof) to which the applicable individual has a legally
binding right under a nonaccount balance plan as of that date
determined based upon all of the applicable factors under the plan (for
example, compensation and years of service as of that date),
disregarding any substantial risk of forfeiture and assuming that the
applicable individual meets any applicable eligibility requirements for
the benefit as of that date. For this purpose, the formula benefit is
expressed in the form that it has become otherwise deductible. For
example, if an applicable individual's benefit under a plan is paid in
the form of a single lump sum, then the applicable individual's formula
benefit under the plan is expressed in the form of a single lump sum
for all purposes under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii). If the amount that
becomes otherwise deductible is payable in more than one form of
payment (for example, 50 percent of the benefit is paid in the form of
a lump sum and 50 percent is paid in the form of a life annuity), then
each separate form of payment is treated as a separate formula benefit
to which this paragraph (d)(4)(iii) is applied separately.
(C) Increase in formula benefit. For purposes of this paragraph
(d)(4)(iii), an increase in an applicable individual's formula benefit
under a nonaccount balance plan occurs for a taxable year of a covered
health insurance provider if the formula benefit as of the measurement
date in that taxable year is greater than the formula benefit as of the
measurement date in every earlier taxable year. In that case, the
amount of the increase for that taxable year is equal to excess of the
formula benefit as of the measurement date in that taxable year over
the greatest formula benefit as of any measurement date in any earlier
taxable year. If the applicable individual's formula benefit as of a
measurement date in a taxable year is less than or equal to the
applicable individual's formula benefit as of the measurement date in
any earlier taxable year, there is no increase in the formula benefit
to which the applicable individual has a legally binding right under
the plan for that later taxable year.
(D) Certain adjustments. For purposes of determining the increase
in the formula benefit as of a date of payment under paragraph
(d)(4)(iii)(C) of this section, the rules of this paragraph
(d)(3)(iii)(D) apply--
(1) Attribution to payment year. Solely for purposes of attributing
a payment under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii) (including an in-service
payment), the date of payment is substituted for the measurement date
in the payment year to determine whether an increase in the formula
benefit occurs in the payment year and the amount of any such increase.
(2) Amounts not paid. If an amount becomes otherwise deductible
under a nonaccount balance plan, but is not paid, the formula benefit
for that amount must be determined using the form in which it will be
paid, if that form is known, or any form in which it may be paid, if
the actual form of payment is unknown.
(3) Increases in the formula benefit after ceasing to be a service
provider. Any increase in the formula benefit with respect to an
applicable individual resulting from a legally binding right arising in
a taxable year that begins after the applicable individual ceases to be
a service provider (and that ends before the applicable individual
becomes a service provider again, if applicable) is added to the
formula benefit with respect to the applicable individual as of the
measurement date of the first preceding taxable year in which the
applicable individual was a service provider. However, any increase in
the formula benefit resulting from a legally binding right arising in a
taxable year that begins before the applicable individual ceases to be
a service provider is added to the formula benefit with respect to the
applicable individual as of the measurement date of the taxable year in
which the legally binding right arises, even if the increase is not
reflected until after the applicable individual ceases to be a service
provider (such as in the case of a cost of living adjustment).
(5) Equity-based remuneration--(i) Stock options and stock
appreciation
[[Page 56913]]
rights--(A) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(5)(i)(B) of
this section, remuneration resulting from the exercise of a stock
option (including compensation income arising at the time of a
disqualifying disposition of an incentive stock option described in
section 422 or an option under an employee stock purchase plan
described in section 423) or a stock appreciation right (SAR) is
attributable to services performed by an applicable individual for a
covered health insurance provider on a daily pro rata basis over the
period beginning on the date of grant (within the meaning of Sec.
1.409A-1(b)(5)(vi)(B)) of the stock option or SAR and ending on the
date that the stock option or SAR is exercised, excluding any days on
which the applicable individual is not a service provider.
(B) Stock options or SARs subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture. If a stock option or SAR is subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture, a covered health insurance provider may attribute
remuneration resulting from the exercise of the stock option or SAR to
services performed by an applicable individual in a taxable year on a
daily pro rata basis over the period beginning on the date of grant
(within the meaning of Sec. 1.409A-1(b)(5)(vi)(B)) of the stock option
or SAR and ending on the first date that the stock option or SAR is no
longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, but only if the
covered health insurance provider uses this attribution method
consistently for all stock options or SARs exercised in taxable years
of a covered health insurance provider beginning after September 23,
2014, except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
(ii) Restricted stock. Remuneration resulting from restricted
stock, for which an election under section 83(b) has not been made,
that becomes substantially vested or transferred is attributed on a
daily pro rata basis to services performed by an applicable individual
for a covered health insurance provider over the period, excluding any
days on which the applicable individual is not a service provider,
beginning on the date the applicable individual obtains a legally
binding right to the restricted stock and ending on the earliest of--
(A) The date the restricted stock becomes substantially vested, or
(B) The date the restricted stock is transferred by the applicable
individual.
(iii) Restricted stock units. Remuneration resulting from a
restricted stock unit (RSU) is attributed on a daily pro rata basis to
services performed by an applicable individual for a covered health
insurance provider over the period beginning on the date the applicable
individual obtains a legally binding right to the RSU and ending on the
date the remuneration is paid or made available, excluding any days on
which the applicable individual is not a service provider.
(iv) Partnership interests and other equity. [Reserved]
(6) Involuntary separation pay. Involuntary separation pay is
attributable to services performed by an applicable individual for a
covered health insurance provider in the taxable year in which the
involuntary separation from service occurs. Alternatively, the covered
health insurance provider may attribute involuntary separation pay to
services performed by an applicable individual on a daily pro rata
basis beginning on the date that the applicable individual obtains a
legally binding right to the involuntary separation pay and ending on
the date of the involuntary separation from service. Involuntary
separation pay to different individuals may be attributed using
different methods; however, if involuntary separation payments are made
to the same individual over multiple taxable years, all the payments
must be attributed using the same method. For purposes of this section,
the term involuntary separation pay means remuneration to which an
applicable individual has a right to payment solely as a result of the
individual's involuntary separation from service (within the meaning of
Sec. 1.409A-1(n)). To the extent that involuntary separation pay is
attributed to services performed in two or more taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider as permitted under this paragraph,
any amount of involuntary separation pay that is paid or made available
must be attributed to services performed in all of those taxable years
in the same proportion that the total involuntary separation pay is
attributed to taxable years of the covered health insurance provider.
(7) Reimbursements. Remuneration that is provided in the form of a
reimbursement or benefit provided in-kind (other than cash) is
attributable to services performed by an applicable individual in the
taxable year of a covered health insurance provider in which the
applicable individual makes a payment for which the applicable
individual has a right to reimbursement or receives an in-kind benefit,
except that remuneration provided in the form of a reimbursement or in-
kind benefit during a taxable year of a covered health insurance
provider in which an applicable individual is not a service provider is
attributable to services performed in the most recent preceding taxable
year of the covered health insurance provider in which the applicable
individual is a service provider.
(8) Split-dollar life insurance. Remuneration resulting from a
split-dollar life insurance arrangement (as defined in Sec. 1.61-
22(b)) under which an applicable individual has a legally binding right
to economic benefits described in Sec. 1.61-22(d)(2)(ii) (policy cash
value to which the non-owner has current access within the meaning of
Sec. 1.61-22(d)(4)(ii)) or Sec. 1.61-22(d)(2)(iii) (any other
economic benefits provided to the non-owner) is attributable to
services performed in the taxable year of the covered health insurance
provider in which the legally binding right arises. Split-dollar life
insurance arrangements under which payments are treated as split-dollar
loans under Sec. 1.7872-15 generally will not give rise to DDR within
the meaning of paragraph (b)(11) of this section, although they may
give rise to AIR. However, in certain situations, this type of
arrangement may give rise to DDR for purposes of section 162(m)(6), for
example, if amounts due on a split-dollar loan are waived, cancelled,
or forgiven.
(9) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
paragraphs (d)(1) through (8) of this section. For purposes of these
examples, each corporation has a taxable year that is the calendar year
and is a covered health insurance provider for all relevant taxable
years, DDR is otherwise deductible in the taxable year in which it is
paid, and amounts payable under nonaccount balance plans are not
forfeitable upon the death of the applicable individual. For purposes
of these examples, the interest rates used in these examples are
assumed to be reasonable.
Example 1 (Account balance plan--account balance ratio method
with earnings and a single payment). (i) B is an applicable
individual of corporation Y for all relevant taxable years. On
January 1, 2016, B begins participating in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan of Y that is an account balance plan. Under the
terms of the plan, all amounts are fully vested at all times, and Y
will pay B's entire account balance on January 1, 2019. B's account
earns five percent interest per year, compounded annually. Y credits
$10,000 to B under the plan annually on January 1 for three years
beginning on January 1, 2016. Thus, B's account balance is $10,500
($10,000 + ($10,000 x 5%)) on December 31, 2016; $21,525 ($10,500 +
$10,000 + ($20,500 x 5%)) on December 31, 2017; and $33,101 ($21,525
+ $10,000 + ($31,525 x 5%)) on December 31, 2018. On January 1,
2019, Y
[[Page 56914]]
pays B $33,101, the entire account balance. Y attributes payments
under its account balance plans using the account balance ratio
method described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.
(ii) The increase in B's account balance during 2016 is $10,500
($10,500 - zero); the increase in B's account balance for 2017 is
$11,025 ($21,525 - $10,500); and the increase in B's account balance
for 2018 is $11,576 ($33,101 - $21,525). The sum of all the
increases is $33,101 ($10,500 + $11,025 + $11,576). Accordingly, for
Y's 2016 taxable year, the attribution fraction is .3172 ($10,500/
$33,101); for Y's 2017 taxable year, the attribution fraction is
.3331 ($11,025/$33,101); and for Y's 2018 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .3497 ($11,576/$33,101).
(iii) With respect to the $33,301 payment made on January 1,
2019, $10,500 ($33,101 x .3172) of DDR is attributable to services
performed by B in Y's 2016 taxable year; $11,026 ($33,101 x .3331)
of DDR is attributable to services performed by B in Y's 2017
taxable year; and $11,575 ($33,101 x .3497) of DDR is attributable
to services performed by B in Y's 2018 taxable year.
Example 2 (Account balance plan--principal additions method with
earnings and a single payment. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that Y attributes remuneration using the principal
additions method described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) The $10,000 principal addition made on January 1, 2016 and
$1,576 of earnings thereon (interest on the 2016 $10,000 principal
addition at five percent for three years compounded annually) are
attributable to services performed by B in Y's 2016 taxable year;
the principal addition of $10,000 on January 1, 2017 and $1,025 of
earnings thereon (interest on the 2017 $10,000 principal addition at
five percent for two years compounded annually) are attributable to
services performed by B in Y's 2017 taxable year; and the principal
addition of $10,000 to B's account on January 1, 2018 and $500 of
earnings thereon (interest on the 2018 $10,000 principal addition at
five percent for one year compounded annually) are attributable to
services performed by B in Y's 2018 taxable year. Accordingly, with
respect to the $33,301 payment made on January 1, 2019, $11,576
($10,000 + $1,576) is attributable to services performed by B in Y's
2016 taxable year; $11,025 ($10,000 + $1,025) is attributable to
services performed in Y's 2017 taxable year; and $10,500 ($10,000 +
$500) is attributable to services performed by B in Y's 2018 taxable
year.
Example 3 (Account balance plan--account balance ratio method
with earnings and losses). (i) J is an applicable individual of
corporation Z for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, J
begins participating in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of
Z that is an account balance plan. Under the terms of the plan, all
amounts are fully vested at all times, and Z will pay J's entire
account balance on January 1, 2019. Z credits $10,000 to J under the
plan on January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2018. Earnings under the
terms of the plan are based on a predetermined actual investment (as
defined in Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-1(e)(2)(i)(B)), which results in J's
account balance increasing by five percent in the 2016 taxable year,
decreasing by five percent in the 2017 taxable year, and increasing
again by five percent in the 2018 taxable year. Therefore, on
December 31, 2016, J's account balance is $10,500 ($10,000 +
($10,000 x 5%)); on December 31, 2017, J's account balance is $9,975
($10,500 - ($10,500 x 5%)); and on December 31, 2018, J's account
balance is $20,974 ($9,975 + $10,000 + ($19,975 x 5%)). On January
1, 2019, Z pays J the entire account balance of $20,974.
(ii) The increase in J's account balance for 2016 is $10,500
($10,500 - zero); the increase in J's account balance for 2017 is
zero (because J's account balance decreased by $525 ($9,975 -
$10,500)); the increase in J's account balance for 2018 is $10,474
($20,974 - $10,500, which is the highest account balance in any
prior taxable year). The sum of all the increases is $20,974
($10,500 + $10,474). Thus, for Z's 2016 taxable year the attribution
fraction is .5006 ($10,500/$20,974); for Z's 2017 taxable year the
attribution fraction is zero because there was a decrease in the
account balance for the year; and for Z's 2018 taxable year the
attribution fraction is .4994 ($10,474/$20,974).
(iii) Accordingly, with respect to the $20,974 payment made on
January 1, 2019, $10,499 ($20,974 x .5006) of DDR is attributable to
services performed by J in Z's 2016 taxable year, and $10,474
($20,973.75 x .4994) of DDR is attributable to services performed by
J in Z's 2018 taxable year. No amount is attributable to services
performed by J in Z's 2017 taxable year because there was no
increase in the account balance for that taxable year.
Example 4 (Account balance plan--principal additions method with
earnings and losses). (i) The facts are the same as in Example 3,
except that Z attributes remuneration using the principal additions
method described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) The $10,000 principal addition made on January 1, 2016 and
the $474 of net earnings thereon ($500 of earnings for 2016, $525 of
losses for 2017, and $499 of earnings for 2018) are attributable to
services performed by J in Z's 2016 taxable year; and the $10,000
principal addition made on January 1, 2018 and the $500 of earnings
thereon are attributable to services performed by J in Z's 2018
taxable year. Accordingly, with respect to the $20,974 payment made
on January 1, 2019, $10,474 ($10,000 + $474) of DDR is attributable
to services performed by J in Z's 2016 taxable year, and $10,500
($10,000 + $500) of DDR is attributable to services performed by J
in Z's 2018 taxable year.
Example 5 (Account balance plan--account balance ratio method
with losses and an in-service payment). (i) N is an applicable
individual of corporation M for all relevant taxable years. On
January 1, 2016, N begins participating in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan sponsored by M that is an account balance plan.
Under the plan, all amounts are fully vested at all times. The
balances in N's account are $110,000 on December 31, 2016; $90,000
on December 31, 2017; $250,000 on December 31, 2018; and $240,000 on
December 31, 2019. N ceases providing services to N on December 31,
2019. In accordance with the plan terms, M pays to N $10,000 on
September 30, 2017, $150,000 on January 1, 2021, and $100,000 on
January 1, 2022. M attributes payments under its account balance
plans using the account balance ratio method described in paragraph
(d)(3)(i) of this section.
(ii) For purposes of attributing the $10,000 payment made on
September 30, 2017 to taxable years, the increase in N's account
balance for 2016 is $110,000 ($110,000 - zero). N's account balance
for 2017 is treated as $100,000 ($90,000 + $10,000 payment on
September 30, 2017), but, because the account balance of $100,000 is
less than the account balance in an earlier year, the increase in
N's account balance for 2017 is zero. The sum of all the increases
in N's account balance is $110,000 ($110,000 + $0). Thus, the
attribution fraction for 2016 is 1 ($110,000/$110,000), and the
attribution fraction for 2017 is zero ($0/$110,000). Accordingly,
with respect to the $10,000 payment made on September 30, 2017, the
entire $10,000 is attributable to services performed by N in M's
2016 taxable year, and no amount is attributable to services
performed by N in M's 2017 taxable year.
(iii) After attributing the September 30, 2017 payment of
$10,000 to 2016, N's account balance for 2016 is treated as being
$100,000 ($110,000 - $10,000), and the increase for 2016 is likewise
treated as $100,000; N's account balance for 2017 decreased; the
increase in N's account balance for 2018 is $150,000 ($250,000 -
$100,000); and N's account balance for 2018 decreased. The sum of
all the increases is $250,000 ($100,000 + $150,000). Thus, the
attribution fraction for 2016 is .40 ($100,000/$250,000); the
attribution fraction for 2017 is zero ($0/$250,000); the attribution
fraction for 2018 is .60 ($150,000/$250,000); and the attribution
fraction for 2019 is zero ($0/$250,000).
(iv) Accordingly, with respect to the $150,000 payment made on
January 1, 2021, $60,000 ($150,000 x .40) is attributable to
services performed by N in M's 2016 taxable year, and $90,000
($150,000 x .60) is attributable to services performed by N in M's
2018 taxable year. With respect to the $100,000 payment made on
January 1, 2022, $40,000 ($100,000 x .40) is attributable to
services performed by N in M's 2016 taxable year, and $60,000
($100,000 x .60) is attributable to services performed by N in M's
2018 taxable year. No amount is attributable to services performed
by N in M's 2017 and 2019 taxable years.
Example 6 (Account balance plan--principal additions method with
multiple payments). (i) O is an applicable individual of corporation
L for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, O begins
participating in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored
by L that is an account balance plan. Under the plan, all amounts
are fully vested at all times. L credits principal additions to O's
account each year, and
[[Page 56915]]
credits earnings based on a predetermined actual investment within
the meaning of Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-1(d)(2)(i)(B). L makes principal
additions of $90,000 on June 30, 2016; $140,000 on June 30, 2017;
and $180,000 on June 30, 2018. The predetermined actual investment
earns five percent for 2016, seven percent for 2017; eight percent
for 2018; and nine percent for 2019. Thus, as of December 31, 2018,
the earnings with respect to the $90,000 principal addition made on
June 30, 2016 are $16,605, for a total of $106,605; and the earnings
with respect to the $140,000 principal addition made on June 30,
2017 are $16,492, for a total of $156,492. As of January 1, 2020,
the earnings with respect to the $180,000 principal addition made on
June 30, 2018 are $24,048, for a total of $204,048. Under the terms
of the plan, the principal addition (and earnings thereon) made on
June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are payable on December 31, 2018,
and the principal addition (and earnings thereon) made on June 30,
2018 is payable on January 1, 2020. On December 31, 2018, L pays O
$263,097 in accordance with the plan terms. On January 1, 2020, L
pays O the remaining account balance of $204,048 in accordance with
the plan terms.
(ii) The $263,097 payment made on December 31, 2018 is
attributed to services performed by O in the 2016 and 2017 taxable
years. Of the $263,097 payment, $106,605 is attributable to services
performed by O in L's 2016 taxable year because this amount
represents the $90,000 principal addition made on June 30, 2016 and
earnings thereon. The remaining $156,492 is attributable to services
performed by O in L's 2017 taxable year because this amount
represents the $140,000 principal addition made on June 30, 2017 and
earnings thereon. The $204,048 payment made on January 1, 2020 is
attributable to services performed by O in L's 2018 taxable year
because this amount represents the $180,000 principal addition made
on June 30, 2018 and earnings thereon.
Example 7 (Account balance plan--account balance ratio method
with an employer contribution after the applicable individual ceases
to be a service provider). (i) A is an applicable individual of
corporation Z for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, A
begins participating in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of
Z that is an account balance plan. Under the terms of the plan, all
amounts are fully vested at all times. The balances in A's account
(including employer contributions and earnings) are $20,000 on
December 31, 2016, and $60,000 on December 31, 2017. On December 31,
2017, A ceases providing services to Z. On January 1, 2019, Z makes
a discretionary contribution of $30,000 to A's account balance plan.
On December 31, 2019, in accordance with the plan terms, Z pays
$120,000 to A, which is N's entire account balance. Z attributes
payments under its account balance plans using the account balance
ratio method described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.
(ii) The increase in A's account balance for 2016 is $20,000;
the increase in A's account balance for 2017 is $40,000. The
discretionary contribution made on January 1, 2019 of $30,000 is
added to the account balance for 2017. Thus, the discretionary
contribution of $30,000 on January 1, 2019, is treated as increasing
A's account balance for 2017 by $30,000. The increase in A's account
balance for 2016 is $20,000, and the increase in A's account balance
for 2017 is $70,000 ($40,000 + $30,000). The sum of all the
increases is $90,000 ($20,000+$70,000).
(iii) Thus, the attribution fraction for 2016 is .2222 ($20,000/
$90,000); and the attribution fraction for 2017 is .7778 ($70,000/
$90,000). Accordingly, with respect to the $120,000 payment made on
January 1, 2019, $26,664 ($120,000 x .2222) is attributable to
services performed by A in Z's 2016 taxable year, and $93,336
($120,000 x .7778) is attributable to services performed by A in Z's
2017 taxable year.
Example 8 (Account balance plan--principal additions method with
a principal addition after the applicable individual ceases to be a
service provider). (i) C is an applicable individual of corporation
X for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, C begins
participating in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of X that
is an account balance plan. Earnings under the terms of the plan are
based on a predetermined actual investment (as defined in Sec.
31.3121(v)(2)-1(e)(2)(i)(B)). Under the terms of the plan, all
amounts are fully vested at all times. X credits a $10,000 principal
addition to C under the plan on April 1, 2016, and a $20,000
principal addition to C on April 1, 2017. C ceases providing
services to X on December 31, 2017. On January 1, 2019, X credits
$30,000 to C's account in recognition of C's past services. The
$10,000 principal addition made on April 1, 2016 increases to
$15,000 as of December 31, 2019, as a result of earnings. The
$20,000 principal addition made on April 1, 2017, increases to
$28,000 as of December 31, 2019 as a result of earnings. The January
1, 2019, contribution of $30,000 increases to $33,000 as of December
31, 2019, as a result of earnings. On December 31, 2019, in
accordance with the plan terms, X pays C's entire account balance of
$76,000. X attributes payments under its account balance plans using
the principal additions method described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of
this section.
(ii) When the $76,000 payment is made to C on December 31, 2019,
the remuneration becomes attributable to service performed by C in
prior taxable years. The $10,000 principal addition in 2016 plus
earnings thereon of $5,000 are attributable to services performed by
C in X's 2016 taxable year, and the $20,000 principal addition in
2017 (plus earnings thereon of $8,000) are attributable to services
performed by C in X's 2017 taxable year. The principal addition of
$30,000 plus earnings thereon of $3,000 ($33,000) are also
attributable to services performed by C in X's 2017 taxable year.
Thus, $16,500 of the $33,000 is attributed to services performed by
C in X's 2017 taxable year.
(iii) Accordingly, with respect to the $76,000 payment by X to C
on December 31, 2019, $15,000 ($10,000 + $5,000) is attributed to
services performed by C in X's 2016 taxable year, and $61,000
($20,000 + $8,000 + $33,000) is attributed to services performed by
C in X's 2017 taxable year.
Example 9 (Nonaccount balance plan--present value ratio method
with a single payment). (i) C is an applicable individual of
corporation X for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2015, X
grants C a vested right to a $100,000 payment on January 1, 2020. C
ceases providing services on December 31, 2019. The payment of
$100,000 is made on January 1, 2020. X determines the present value
of the payment using an interest rate of five percent for all years.
(ii) The present value of $100,000 payable on January 1, 2020,
determined using a five percent interest rate, is $82,270 as of
December 31, 2015; $86,384 as of December 31, 2016; $90,703 as of
December 31, 2017; $95,238 as of December 31, 2018, and $100,000 as
of December 31, 2019. Accordingly, $82,270 is the amount of the
increase in the present value of the future payment of $100,000 for
X's 2015 taxable year ($82,270 - $0); $4,114 ($86,384 - $82,270) is
the increase in the present value of the future payment for X's 2016
taxable year; $4,319 ($90,703 - $86,384) is the increase in the
present value of the future payment for X's 2017 taxable year;
$4,535 ($95,238 - $90,703) is the increase in the present value of
the future payment for X's 2018 taxable year; and $4,762 ($100,000 -
$95,238) is the increase in the present value of the future payment
for X's 2019 taxable year. The sum of all the increases is $100,000
($82,270 + $4,114 + $4,319 + $4,535 + $4,762). Thus, the attribution
fraction for 2015 is .8227 ($82,270/$100,000); the attribution
fraction for 2016 is .0411 ($4,114/$100,000); the attribution
fraction for 2017 is .0432 ($4,319/$100,000); the attribution
fraction for 2018 is .0454 ($4,535/$100,000); and the attribution
fraction for 2019 is .0476 ($4,762/$100,000).
(iii) The $100,000 payment made on January 1, 2020 is multiplied
by the attribution fraction for each taxable year, and the result is
the amount that is attributable to service performed by C for that
taxable year. Accordingly, $82,270 ($100,000 x .8227) is
attributable to services performed by C in X's 2015 taxable year;
$4,114 ($100,000 x .0411) is attributable to services performed by C
in X's 2016 taxable year; $4,319 ($100,000 x .0432) is attributable
to services performed by C in X's 2017 taxable year; $4,535
($100,000 x .0454) is attributable to services performed by C in X's
2018 taxable year; and $4,762 ($100,000 x .0476) is attributable to
services performed by C in X's 2019 taxable year.
Example 10. (Nonaccount balance plan--present value ratio method
with an in-service payment). (i) The facts are the same as Example
9, except that X grants C a vested right to a $40,000 payment on
June 30, 2018 and a vested right to a $60,000 payment on January 1,
2020.
(ii) The present value of the future payments ($40,000 payable
on June 30, 2018 and $60,000 payable on January 1, 2020), determined
using a five percent interest rate, is $84,758 as of December 31,
2015; $88,996 as of December 31, 2016; $93,446 as of December 31,
2017; and $57,143 as of December 31, 2018. However, for purposes of
determining the increase in the present value of the future payments
during 2018 (the year
[[Page 56916]]
of the in-service payment), $57,143 must be increased by $40,000,
the amount of the in-service payment, resulting in a present value
of future payments as of December 31, 2018, of $97,143 solely for
purposes of attributing the $40,000 in-service payment. Accordingly,
$84,758 is the amount of the increase in the present value of the
future payments for X's 2015 taxable year, $4,238 ($88,896 -
$84,758) is the increase in the present value of the future payments
for X's 2016 taxable year, $4,450 ($93,446 - $88,996) is the
increase in the present value of the future payments for X's 2017
taxable year, and $3,697 ($97,143 - $93,446) is the increase in the
present value of the future payments for X's 2018 taxable year. The
sum of all the increases is $97,143 ($84,758 + $4,238 + $4,450 +
$3,697). Thus, the attribution fraction for 2015 is .8725 ($84,758/
$97,143); the attribution fraction for 2016 is .0436 ($4,238/
$97,143); the attribution fraction for 2017 is .0458 ($4,450/
$97,143); and the attribution fraction for 2018 is .0381 ($3,697/
$97,143).
(iii) Accordingly, with respect to the $40,000 payment made on
June 30, 2018, $34,900 ($40,000 x .8725) is attributable to services
performed by C in X's 2015 taxable year; $1,744 ($40,000 x .0436) is
attributable to services performed by C in X's 2016 taxable year;
$1,832 ($40,000 x .0458) is attributable to services performed by C
in X's 2017 taxable year; and $1,524 ($40,000 x .0381) is
attributable to services performed by C in X's 2018 taxable year.
(iv) For purposes of attributing the $60,000 payment made on
January 1, 2020, the present value of the future payments for each
taxable year that ends prior to the taxable year in which the
$40,000 in-service payment is paid is reduced by the present value
of the future payment to which the applicable individual had a
legally binding right to be paid on the date the $40,000 in-service
is paid (based on the applicable factors and plan provisions as of
the measurement date in each such taxable year). The present value
of that future payment is $35,396 as of December 31, 2015; $37,166
as of December 31, 2016; and $39,024 as of December 31, 2017.
Therefore, for purposes of attributing the $60,000 payment on
January 1, 2020, the present value of future payments as of December
31, 2015, is $49,362 ($84,758 - $35,396); the present value of
future payments as of December 31, 2016, is $51,830 ($88,996 -
$37,166); the present value of future payments as of December 31,
2017, is $54,422 ($93,446 - $39,024). The present value of future
payments as of December 31, 2018, is $57,143. Accordingly, $49,362
is the increase in the present value of the future payment of
$60,000 for X's 2015 taxable year; $2,468 ($51,830 - $49,362) is the
increase in the present value of the future payment for X's 2016
taxable year; $2,592 ($54,422 - $51,830) is the increase in the
future value of the payment for X's 2017 taxable year; $2,721
($57,143 - $54,422) is the increase in the future value of the
payments for X's 2018 taxable year; and $2,857 ($60,000 - $57,143)
is the increase in the future value of the payment for X's 2019
taxable year. The sum of all the increases is $60,000 ($49,362 +
$2,468 + $2,592 + $2,721 + $2,857). Thus, the attribution fraction
for 2015 is .8227 ($49,362/$60,000); the attribution fraction for
2016 is .0411 ($2,468/$60,000); the attribution fraction for 2017 is
.0432 ($2,592/$60,000); the attribution fraction for 2018 is .0454
($2,721/$60,000); and the attribution fraction for 2019 is .0476
($2,857/$60,000).
(v) Accordingly, with respect to the $60,000 payment made on
January 1, 2020, $49,362 ($60,000 x .8227) is attributable to
services performed by C in X's 2015 taxable year; $2,468 ($60,000 x
.0411) is attributable to services performed by C in X's 2016
taxable year; $2,592($60,000 x .0432) is attributable to services
performed by C in X's 2017 taxable year; $2,721 ($60,000 x .0454) is
attributable to services performed by C in X's 2018 taxable year;
and $2,857 ($60,000 x .0476) is attributable to services performed
by C in X's 2019 taxable year.
Example 11 (Nonaccount balance plan--formula benefit ratio
method with losses and multiple payments). (i) D is an applicable
individual of W for all relevant taxable years. D becomes a
participant in a nonaccount balance plan sponsored by R on January
1, 2018. The plan provides W with the vested right to receive a five
annual installments each equal to $20,000 times the full years of
service that D completes. The first payment is to be made on the
later of December 31, 2027, or on the December 31 of the first year
in which D is no longer a service provider. D has a break in service
in 2020 and does not accrue an additional benefit during 2020. D
ceases to be a service provider on December 31, 2022, after having
completed four years of service, entitling D to five annual payments
equal to $80,000 per year commencing on December 31, 2027. W
determines the present value of amounts to be paid under the plan
using an interest rate of five percent for 2018 and 2019, and seven
percent for 2021, 2022, and 2023. W uses the formula benefit ratio
method described in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Under the plan formula, in 2018, E accrued the right to a
$20,000 annual payment for five years, and E accrued an additional
$20,000 in annual payments in 2019, 2021, and 2022, resulting in the
right to receive an annual payment of $80,000 commencing on December
31, 2027. Thus, the attribution fraction is .25 for 2018 ($20,000/
$80,000), .25 for 2019 ($20,000/$80,000), .25 for 2021 ($20,000/
$80,000), and .25 for 2022 ($20,000/$80,000). The attribution
fraction for 2020 is zero because no additional formula benefit
accrued during that year.
(iii) The attribution fraction for each disqualified taxable
year is multiplied by each payment and the result is attributed to
that taxable year. Accordingly, with respect to each $80,000
payment, $20,000 ($80,000 x .25) is attributable to services
performed by D in W's 2018 taxable year; $20,000 ($80,000 x .25) is
attributable to services performed by D in W's 2019 taxable year;
$20,000 ($80,000 x .25) is attributable to services performed by D
in W's 2021 taxable year; and $20,000 ($80,000 x .25) is
attributable to services performed by D in W's 2022 taxable year. No
amount is attributable to services performed by D in W's 2020
taxable year.
Example 12 (Stock option). (i) E is an applicable individual of
corporation V for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2016, V
grants E an option to purchase 100 shares of V common stock at an
exercise price of $50 per share (the fair market value of V common
stock on the date of grant). The stock option is not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture. On December 31, 2017, E ceases to be
a service provider of V or any member of V's aggregated group. On
January 1, 2019, E resumes providing services for V and again
becomes both a service provider and an applicable individual of V.
On December 31, 2020, when the fair market value of V common stock
is $196 per share, E exercises the stock option. The remuneration
resulting from the stock option exercise is $14,600 (($196 -- $50) x
100).
(ii) The $14,600 is attributed pro rata over the 1,460 days from
January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2017 and from January 1, 2019 to
December 31, 2020 (365 days per year for the 2016, 2017, 2019, and
2020 taxable years), so that $10 ($14,600 divided by 1,460) is
attributed to each calendar day in this period, and $3,650 (365 days
x $10) of remuneration is attributed to services performed by E in
each of V's 2016, 2017, 2019, and 2020 taxable years.
Example 13 (Stock option subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture). (i) The facts are the same as Example 14, except that
the stock option is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture that
lapses on December 31, 2017, and is not transferable until that
date, and V chooses to attribute remuneration resulting from the
exercise of stock options that are subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture over the period beginning on the date of grant and ending
on the date the substantial risk of forfeiture lapses, as permitted
under paragraph (d)(5)(i)(B) of this section.
(ii) The $14,600 is attributed pro rata over the 730 days from
January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2017 (365 days per year for the 2016
and 2017 taxable years), so that $20 ($14,600 divided by 730) is
attributed to each calendar day in this period, and $7,300 (365 days
x $20) is attributed to services performed by E in each of V's 2016
and 2017 taxable years.
Example 14 (Restricted stock). (i) F is an applicable individual
of corporation U for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2017,
U grants to F 1000 shares of restricted U common stock. Under the
terms of the grant, the shares will be forfeited if F voluntarily
terminates employment before December 31, 2019 (so that the shares
are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture through that date)
and are nontransferable until the substantial risk of forfeiture
lapses. F does not make an election under section 83(b) and
continues in employment with U through December 31, 2019, at which
time F's rights in the stock become substantially vested within the
meaning of Sec. 1.83-3(b) and the fair market value of a share of
the stock is $109.50. The remuneration resulting from the vesting of
the restricted stock is $109,500 ($109.50 x 1000).
(ii) The $109,500 of remuneration is attributed to services
performed by F over the 1,095 days between January 1, 2017 and
December 31, 2019 (365 days per year for the
[[Page 56917]]
2017, 2018, and 2019 taxable years), so that $100 ($109,500 divided
by 1,095) is attributed to each calendar day in this period, and
remuneration of $36,500 (365 days x $100) is attributed to services
performed by F in each of U's 2017, 2018, and 2019 taxable years.
Example 15 (RSUs). (i) G is an applicable individual of
corporation T for all relevant taxable years. On January 1, 2018, T
grants to G 1000 RSUs. Under the terms of the grant, T will pay G an
amount on December 31, 2020 equal to the fair market value of 1000
shares of T common stock on that date, but only if G continues to
provide substantial services to T (so that the RSU is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture) through December 31, 2020. G remains
employed by T through December 31, 2020, at which time the fair
market value of a share of the stock is $219, and T pays G $219,000
($219 x 1000).
(ii) The $219,000 in remuneration is attributed to services
performed by G over the 1,095 days beginning on January 1, 2018 and
ending on December 31, 2020 (365 days per year for the 2018, 2019,
and 2020 taxable years), so that $200 ($219,000/1,095) is attributed
to each calendar day in this period, and $73,000 (365 days x $200)
is attributed to service performed by G in each of T's 2018, 2019,
and 2020 taxable years.
Example 16 (Involuntary separation pay). (i) H is an applicable
individual of corporation S. On January 1, 2015, H and S enter into
an employment contract providing that S will make two payments of
$150,000 each to H if H has an involuntary separation from service.
Under the terms of the contract, the first payment is due on January
1 following the involuntary separation from service, and the second
payment is due on January 1 of the following year. On December 31,
2016, H has an involuntary separation from service. S pays H
$150,000 on January 1, 2017 and $150,000 on January 1, 2018.
(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (d)(6) of this section, involuntary
separation pay may be attributed to services performed by H in the
taxable year of S in which the involuntary separation from service
occurs. Alternatively, involuntary separation pay may be attributed
to services performed by H on a daily pro rata basis beginning on
the date H obtains a legally binding right to the involuntary
separation pay and ending on the date of the involuntary separation
from service. The entire $300,000 amount, including both $150,000
payments, must be attributed using the same method. Therefore, the
entire $300,000 amount (comprised of two $150,000 payments) may be
attributed to services performed by H in S's 2016 taxable year,
which is the taxable year in which the involuntary separation from
service occurs. Alternatively, each $150,000 payment may be
attributed on a daily pro rata basis to the period beginning on
January 1, 2015 and ending December 31, 2016, so that $410.96
(($150,000 x 2)/(365 x 2)) is attributed to each day of S's 2015 and
2016 taxable years. Accordingly, $150,000 is attributed to services
performed by H in each of S's 2015 and 2016 taxable years.
Example 17 (Reimbursement after termination of services). (i) I
is an applicable individual of corporation R. On January 1, 2018, I
enters into an agreement with R under which R will reimburse I's
country club dues for two years following I's separation from
service. On December 31, 2020, I ceases to be a service provider of
R. I pays $50,000 in country club dues on January 1, 2021 and
$50,000 on January 2, 2022. Pursuant to the agreement, R reimburses
I $50,000 for the country club dues in 2021 and $50,000 in 2022.
(ii) $100,000 is attributed to services performed in R's 2020
taxable year, the taxable year in which I ceases to be a service
provider.
(10) Certain remuneration subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture. If remuneration is attributable in accordance with
paragraphs (d)(2) (legally binding right), (d)(3) (account balance
plan), or (d)(4) (nonaccount balance plan) of this section to services
performed in a period that includes two or more taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider during which the remuneration is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, that remuneration must be
attributed using a two-step process. First, the remuneration must be
attributed to the taxable years of the covered health insurance
provider in accordance with paragraph (d)(2), (3), or (4) of this
section, as applicable. Second, the remuneration attributed to the
period during which the remuneration is subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture (the vesting period) must be reattributed on a daily pro
rata basis over that period beginning on the date that the applicable
individual obtains a legally binding right to the remuneration and
ending on the date that the substantial risk of forfeiture lapses. If a
vesting period begins on a day other than the first day of a covered
health insurance provider's taxable year or ends on a day other than
the last day of the covered health insurance provider's taxable year,
the remuneration attributable to that taxable year under the first step
of the attribution process is divided between the portion of the
taxable year that includes the vesting period and the portion of the
taxable year that does not include the vesting period. The amount
attributed to the portion of the taxable year that includes the vesting
period is equal to the total amount of remuneration that would be
attributable to the taxable year under the first step of the
attribution process, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of days during the taxable year that the amount is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and the denominator of
which is the number of days in such taxable year. The remaining amount
is attributed to the portion of the taxable year that does not include
the vesting period and, therefore, is not reattributed under the second
step of the attribution process.
(11) Example. The following example illustrates the principles of
paragraph (d)(10) of this section. For purposes of this example, the
corporation has a taxable year that is the calendar year and is a
covered health insurance provider for all relevant taxable years, DDR
is otherwise deductible in the taxable year in which it is paid, and
amounts payable under nonaccount balance plans are not forfeitable upon
the death of the applicable individual.
Example (Account balance plan subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture using the principal additions method). (i) J is an
applicable individual of corporation Q for all relevant taxable
years. On January 1, 2016, J begins participating in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that is an account balance plan. Under
the terms of the plan, Q will pay J's account balance on January 1,
2021, but only if J continues to provide substantial services to Q
through December 31, 2018 (so that the amount credited to J's
account is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture through that
date). Q credits $10,000 to J's account annually for five years on
January 1 of each year beginning on January 1, 2016. The account
earns interest at a fixed rate of five percent per year, compounded
annually, which solely for the purposes of this example, is assumed
to be a reasonable rate of interest. Q attributes increases in
account balances under the plan using the principal additions method
described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Earnings on a principal addition are attributed to the same
disqualified taxable year of Q to which the principal addition is
attributed; therefore, the amount initially attributable to Q's 2016
taxable year is $12,763 (the $10,000 principal addition in 2016 at
five percent interest for five years); the amount initially
attributable to Q's 2017 taxable year is $12,155 (the $10,000
principal addition in 2017 at five percent interest for four years);
the amount initially attributable to Q's 2018 taxable year is
$11,576 (the $10,000 principal addition in 2018 at five percent
interest for three years); the amount attributable to Q's 2019
taxable year is $11,025 (the $10,000 principal addition in 2019 at
five percent interest for two years); and the amount attributable to
Q's 2020 taxable year is $10,500 (the $10,000 principal addition in
2020 at five percent interest for one year).
(iii) Remuneration that is attributable to two or more taxable
years of Q during which it is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture must be reattributed on a daily pro rata basis to the
period beginning on the date that J obtains a legally binding right
to the remuneration and ending on the date that the substantial risk
of forfeiture lapses. Therefore, $36,494 ($12,763 + $12,155 +
$11,576) is reattributed on a daily pro rata basis over the period
beginning on January 1, 2016, and ending on December 31, 2018. Thus,
$12,165 is attributed to services
[[Page 56918]]
performed by J in each of Q's 2016, 2017, and 2018 taxable years.
(e) Application of the deduction limitation-(1) Application to
aggregate amounts. The $500,000 deduction limitation is applied to the
aggregate amount of AIR and DDR attributable to services performed by
an applicable individual in a disqualified taxable year. The aggregate
amount of AIR and DDR attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in a disqualified taxable year that exceeds the
$500,000 deduction limit is not allowed as a deduction in any taxable
year. Therefore, for example, if an applicable individual has more than
$500,000 of AIR attributable to services performed for a covered health
insurance provider in a disqualified taxable year, the amount of that
AIR that exceeds $500,000 is not deductible in any taxable year, and no
DDR attributable to services performed by the applicable individual in
that disqualified taxable year is deductible in any taxable year.
However, if an applicable individual has AIR for a disqualified taxable
year that is $500,000 or less and DDR attributable to services
performed in the same disqualified taxable year that, when combined
with the AIR for the year, exceeds $500,000, all of the AIR is
deductible in that disqualified taxable year, but the amount of DDR
attributable to that taxable year that is deductible in future taxable
years is limited to an amount equal to $500,000 less the amount of the
AIR for that taxable year.
(2) Order of application and calculation of deduction limitation-
(i) In general. The deduction limitation with respect to any applicable
individual for any disqualified taxable year is applied to AIR and DDR
attributable to services performed by that applicable individual in
that disqualified taxable year at the time that the remuneration
becomes otherwise deductible, and each time the deduction limitation is
applied to an amount that is otherwise deductible, the deduction limit
is reduced (but not below zero) by the amount against which it is
applied. Accordingly, the deduction limitation is applied first to an
applicable individual's AIR attributable to services performed in a
disqualified taxable year and is reduced (but not below zero) by the
amount of the AIR to which the deduction limit is applied. If the
applicable individual also has an amount of DDR attributable to
services performed in that disqualified taxable year that becomes
otherwise deductible in a subsequent taxable year, the deduction limit,
as reduced, is applied to that amount of DDR in the first taxable in
which the DDR becomes otherwise deductible. The deduction limit is then
further reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of the DDR to which
the deduction limit is applied. If the applicable individual has an
additional amount of DDR attributable to services performed in the
original disqualified taxable year that becomes otherwise deductible in
a subsequent taxable year, the deduction limit, as further reduced, is
applied to that amount of DDR in the taxable year in which it is
otherwise deductible. This process continues for future taxable years
in which DDR attributable to services performed by the applicable
individual in the original disqualified taxable year is otherwise
deductible. No deduction is allowed in any taxable year for any AIR or
DDR attributable to services performed by an applicable individual in a
disqualified taxable year for the excess of those amounts over the
deduction limit (as reduced, if applicable) for that disqualified
taxable year at the time the deduction limitation is applied to the
remuneration.
(ii) Application to payments--(A) In general. Any payment of
remuneration may include amounts that are attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual in one or more taxable years of a
covered health insurance provider pursuant to paragraphs (d)(2) through
(11) of this section. In that case, a separate deduction limitation
applies to each portion of the payment that is attributed to services
performed in a different disqualified taxable year. Any portion of a
payment that is attributed to a taxable year that is a disqualified
taxable year is deductible only to the extent that it does not exceed
the deduction limit that applies with respect to the applicable
individual for that disqualified taxable year, as reduced by the
amount, if any, of AIR and DDR attributable to services performed in
that disqualified taxable year that was deductible in an earlier
taxable year.
(3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section. For purposes of these
examples, each corporation has a taxable year that is the calendar year
and is a covered health insurance provider for all relevant taxable
years; DDR is otherwise deductible in the taxable year in which it is
paid; and amounts payable under nonaccount balance plans are not
forfeitable upon the death of the applicable individual.
Example 1 (Lump-sum payment of DDR attributable to a single
taxable year). (i) L is an applicable individual of corporation O.
During O's 2015 taxable year, O pays L $550,000 in salary, which is
AIR, and grants L a right to $50,000 of DDR payable upon L's
separation from service from O. L has a separation from service in
2020, at which time O pays L the $50,000 of DDR attributable to
services performed by L in O's 2015 taxable year.
(ii) The $500,000 deduction limitation for 2015 is applied first
to L's $550,000 of AIR for 2015. Because the $550,000 of AIR in 2015
is greater than the deduction limit, O may deduct only $500,000 of
the AIR for 2015, and $50,000 of the $550,000 of AIR is not
deductible for any taxable year. The deduction limit for
remuneration attributable to services provided by L in O's 2015
taxable year is then reduced to zero. Because the $50,000 in DDR
attributable to services performed by L in 2015 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of zero, that $50,000 is not deductible for any
taxable year.
Example 2 (Installment payments of DDR attributable to a single
taxable year). (i) M is an applicable individual of corporation N.
During N's 2016 taxable year, N pays M $300,000 in salary, which is
AIR, and grants M a right to $220,000 of DDR payable on a fixed
schedule beginning upon M's separation from service. The $220,000 is
attributable to services provided by M in N's 2016 taxable year. M
ceases providing services on December 31, 2016. In 2020, N pays M
$120,000 of DDR that is attributable to services performed in N's
2016 taxable year. In 2021, N pays M the remaining $100,000 of DDR
attributable to services performed by M in N's 2016 taxable year.
(ii) The $500,000 deduction limitation for 2016 is applied first
to M's $300,000 of AIR for 2016. Because the deduction limit is
greater than the AIR, N may deduct the entire $300,000 of AIR paid
in 2016. The $500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to $200,000
because the limitation is reduced by the amount of AIR ($500,000 -
$300,000). The reduced deduction limit is then applied to M's
$120,000 of DDR attributable to services performed by M in N's 2016
taxable year that is paid in 2020. Because the reduced deduction
limit of $200,000 is greater than the $120,000 of DDR, N may deduct
the entire $120,000 of DDR paid in 2020. The $200,000 deduction
limit is reduced to $80,000 by the $120,000 in DDR because the limit
is reduced by the amount of DDR to which the deduction limit applied
($200,000 - $120,000). The reduced deduction limit of $80,000 is
then applied to the remaining $100,000 payment of DDR attributable
to services performed by M in N's 2016 taxable year. Because the
$100,000 payment by N for 2021 exceeds the reduced deduction limit
of $80,000, N may deduct only $80,000 of the payment for the 2021
taxable year, and $20,000 of the $100,000 payment is not deductible
by N for any taxable year.
Example 3 (Lump-sum payment attributable to multiple years from
an account balance plan using the account balance ratio method). (i)
N is an applicable individual of corporation M for all relevant
taxable years. On January 1, 2015, N begins participating in a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by M that is an
account balance plan. Under the plan, all amounts are fully vested
at all times. The balances in N's account (including earnings)
[[Page 56919]]
are $50,000 on December 31, 2015, $100,000 on December 31, 2016, and
$200,000 on December 31, 2017. N's AIR from M is $425,000 for 2015,
$450,000 for 2016, and $500,000 for 2017. On January 1, 2018, in
accordance with the plan terms, M pays $200,000 to N, which is a
payment of N's entire account balance under the plan. M uses the
account balance ratio method to attribute amounts to services
performed in taxable years.
(ii) To determine the extent to which M is entitled to a
deduction for any portion of the $200,000 payment under the plan,
the payment must first be attributed to services performed by N in
M's taxable years in accordance with the attribution rules set forth
in paragraph (d) of this section. The increase in N's account
balance during 2015 is $50,000 ($50,000 - zero); the increase in N's
account balance for 2016 is $50,000 ($100,000 - $50,000); and the
increase in N's account balance for 2017 is $100,000 ($200,000 -
$100,000). The sum of all the increases is $200,000 ($50,000 +
$50,000 + $100,000). Accordingly, for N's 2015 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .25 ($50,000/$200,000); for N's 2016,
taxable year, the attribution fraction is .25 ($50,000/$200,000);
and for N's 2017 taxable year, the attribution fraction is .50
($100,000/$200,000).
(iii) With respect to the $200,000 payment made on January 1,
2018, $50,000 ($200,000 x .25) of DDR is attributable to services
performed by N in M's 2015 taxable year; $50,000 ($200,000 x .25) of
DDR is attributable to services performed by N in M's 2016 taxable
year; and $100,000 ($200,000 x .50) of DDR is attributable to
services performed by N in M's 2017 taxable year.
(iv) The $500,000 deduction limitation for 2015 is applied first
to N's $425,000 of AIR for 2015. Because the deduction limit is
greater than the AIR, M may deduct the entire $425,000 of AIR paid
in 2015. The $500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to $75,000 by
the amount of AIR against which it is applied ($500,000 - $425,000).
The reduced deduction limit is then applied to N's $50,000 of DDR
attributable to services performed by N in M's 2015 taxable year
that is paid in 2018. Because $50,000 does not exceed the reduced
deduction limit of $75,000, all $50,000 of the DDR attributable to
services performed by N in M's 2015 taxable year is deductible for
2018, the year of payment. The deduction limit for remuneration
attributable to services performed by N in 2015 is then reduced to
$25,000 ($75,000 - $50,000), and this reduced limit is applied to
any future payment of DDR attributable to services performed by N in
2015. With respect to M's 2016 taxable year, the $500,000 deduction
limit for 2016 is applied first to N's $450,000 of AIR for 2016.
Because the deduction limit is greater than the AIR, M may deduct
the entire $450,000 of AIR paid in 2016. The $500,000 deduction
limit is then reduced to $50,000 by the AIR ($500,000 - $450,000).
The reduced deduction limit is then applied to N's $50,000 of DDR
attributable to services performed by N in M's 2016 taxable year
that is paid in 2018. Because $50,000 does not exceed the reduced
deduction limit of $50,000, all $50,000 of the DDR attributed to M's
2016 taxable year is deductible for 2018, the year of payment. The
deduction limit for remuneration attributable to services performed
by N in 2016 is then reduced to zero, and this reduced limit is
applied to any future payment of DDR attributable to services
performed by N in 2016. With respect to M's 2017 taxable year, the
$500,000 deduction limit for 2017 is applied first to N's $500,000
of AIR for 2017. Because the deduction limit is not greater than the
AIR, M may deduct the entire $500,000 of AIR paid in 2017. The
$500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to zero by the amount of
the AIR against which it is applied ($500,000 - $500,000). The
reduced deduction limit is applied to N's $100,000 of DDR
attributable to services performed by N in M's 2017 taxable year
that is paid in 2018. Because $100,000 exceeds the reduced deduction
limit of zero, the $100,000 of the DDR attributed to services
performed by N in M's 2017 taxable year is not deductible for the
year of payment (or any other taxable year). As a result, $100,000
of the $200,000 payment ($50,000 + $50,000 + $0) is deductible by M
for M's 2018 taxable year, and the remaining $100,000 is not
deductible by M for any taxable year.
Example 4 (Installment payments and in-service payment
attributable to multiple taxable years from an account balance plan
using the account balance ratio method). (i) O is an applicable
individual of corporation L for all relevant taxable years. On
January 1, 2016, O begins participating in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan sponsored by L that is an account balance plan.
Under the plan, all amounts are fully vested at all times. L makes
contributions to O's account each year and credits earnings based on
a predetermined actual investment within the meaning of Sec.
31.3121(v)(2)-1(d)(2)(i)(B). The closing balances in O's account
(including contributions, earnings, and distributions made during
the year) are $100,000 on December 31, 2016, $250,000 on December
31, 2017, and $50,000 on December 31, 2018. O's AIR from L is
$500,000 for 2016, $300,000 for 2017, and $450,000 for 2018. On
December 31, 2018, L pays O $400,000 in accordance with the plan
terms. On December 31, 2019, O's account balance is $200,000,
reflecting additional credits of $125,000 made during the year and
earnings on the account. O's AIR from L is $200,000 for 2019. O
ceases providing services to L on December 31, 2019. On January 1,
2020, L pays O $200,000 in accordance with the plan terms. L uses
the account balance ratio method to attribute amounts to services
performed in taxable years.
(ii) To determine the extent to which L is entitled to a
deduction for any portion of either of the payments under the plan,
O's payments under the plan must first be attributed to services
performed by O in L's taxable years in accordance with the
attribution rules set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. For
purposes of attributing the $400,000 payment made on December 31,
2018 to a taxable year, the increase in O's account balance during
2016 is $100,000 ($100,000 - zero); the increase in O's account
balance for 2017 is $150,000 ($250,000 - $100,000); and the increase
in O's account balance for 2018 is $200,000 ($50,000 - $250,000 +
$400,000 (payment on December 31, 2018)). The sum of all the
increases is $450,000 ($100,000 + $150,000 + $200,000). Thus, for
L's 2016 taxable year, the attribution fraction is .2222 ($100,000/
$450,000); for L's 2017 taxable year, the attribution fraction is
.3333 ($150,000/$450,000); and for L's 2018 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .4444 ($200,000/$450,000). Accordingly, with
respect to the $400,000 payment made on December 31, 2019, $88,889
($400,000 x .2222) is attributable to services performed by O in L's
2016 taxable year; $133,333 ($400,000 x .3333) is attributable to
services performed by O in L's 2017 taxable year; and $177,778
($400,000 x .4444) is attributable to services performed by O in L's
2018 taxable year.
(iii) The portion of the $400,000 payment attributed to services
performed in a disqualified taxable year under paragraph (d) of this
section that exceeds the deduction limit for that disqualified
taxable year, as reduced through the date of payment, is not
deductible in any taxable year. The $500,000 deduction limit for
2016 is applied first to O's $500,000 of AIR for 2016. Because the
deduction limit is equal to the $500,000 of AIR, L may deduct the
entire $500,000 of AIR paid in 2016. The $500,000 deduction limit is
then reduced to zero by the amount of the AIR ($500,000 - $500,000).
The reduced deduction limit is applied to O's $88,889 of DDR
attributable to services performed by O in L's 2016 taxable year
that is paid in 2018. Because $88,889 exceeds the reduced deduction
limit of zero, the $88,889 of DDR attributed to 2016 is not
deductible for L's 2018 taxable year or any other taxable year. With
respect to L's 2017 taxable year, the $500,000 deduction limitation
for 2017 is applied first to O's $300,000 of AIR for 2017. Because
the $500,000 deduction limit is greater than the $300,000 of AIR, L
may deduct the entire $300,000 of AIR paid in 2017. The $500,000
deduction limit is reduced to $200,000 by the amount of the AIR
($500,000 - $300,000). The reduced deduction limit is then applied
to O's $133,333 of DDR attributable to services performed by O in
L's 2017 taxable year that is paid in 2018. Because $133,333 does
not exceed that reduced deduction limit of $200,000, the $133,333 is
deductible for 2018. The deduction limit for remuneration
attributable to services performed by O in 2017 is then reduced to
$66,667 ($200,000 - $133,333), and this reduced limit is applied to
any future payment of DDR attributable to services performed by O in
2017. With respect to L's 2018 taxable year, the $500,000 deduction
limit for 2018 is applied first to O's $450,000 of AIR for 2018.
Because the deduction limit is greater than the AIR, L may deduct
the entire $450,000 of AIR paid in 2017. The $500,000 deduction
limit is reduced to $50,000 by the amount of the AIR ($500,000 -
$450,000). The reduced deduction limit is applied to O's $177,778
attributable to services performed by O in L's 2018 taxable year
that is paid in 2018. Because the $177,778 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of $50,000, $50,000 of DDR
[[Page 56920]]
is deductible for L's 2018 taxable year, and $127,778 of the
$177,778 is not deductible for L's 2018 taxable year or any other
taxable year. As a result, $183,333 of the $400,000 payment ($0 +
$133,333 + $50,000) is deductible by L for L's 2018 taxable year,
and the remaining $216,667 is not deductible by L for any taxable
year.
(iv) For purposes of attributing amounts paid or made available
from the plan in future taxable years, the following adjustments are
made to O's account balances to reflect the in-service payment of
$400,000 in 2018. O's account balance as of December 31, 2016 is
reduced by the $88,889 attributable to 2016; and for 2017 is reduced
by the sum of the $133,333 attributable to 2017 and the $88,889
attributable to 2016. Therefore, after attributing the $400,000
payment, O's adjusted closing account balance as of December 31,
2016, is $11,111 ($100,000 - $88,889), and as of December 31, 2017,
is $27,778 ($250,000 - $133,333 - $88,889).
(v) For purposes of attributing the $200,000 payment made on
January 1, 2020, to services performed in the taxable years of S,
the increase in O's account balance during 2016 is $11,111 ($11,111
- $0); the increase in O's account balance for 2017 is $16,667
($27,778 - $11,111); the increase in O's account balance for 2018 is
$22,222 ($50,000 - $27,778), and the increase in O's account balance
for 2019 is $150,000 ($200,000 - $50,000). The sum of all such
increases is $200,000 ($11,111 + $16,667 + $22,222 + $150,000).
Thus, for O's 2016 taxable year, the attribution fraction is .0556
($11,111/$200,000); for O's 2017, taxable year, the attribution
fraction is .0833 ($16,667/$200,000); for O's 2018 taxable year, the
attribution fraction is .1111 ($22,222/$200,000); for O's 2019
taxable year, the attribution fraction is .7500 ($150,000/$200,000).
Accordingly, with respect to the $200,000 payment made on January 1,
2020, $11,111 ($200,000 x .0556) of DDR is attributable to services
performed by O in L's 2016 taxable year; $16,667 ($200,000 x .0833)
of DDR is attributable to services performed by O in L's 2017
taxable year; $22,222 ($200,000 x .1111) of DDR is attributable to
services performed by O in L's 2018 taxable year; and $150,000
($200,000 x .7500) of DDR is attributable to services performed by O
in L's 2019 taxable year.
(vi) The portion of the DDR attributed to a disqualified taxable
year under paragraph (d) of this section that exceeds the deduction
limit for that disqualified taxable year, as reduced, is not
deductible for any taxable year. For L's 2016 taxable year, the
deduction limit is reduced to zero by the $500,000 of AIR for that
year. Because $11,111 exceeds the reduced deduction limit of zero,
$11,111 of the DDR is not deductible for L's 2020 taxable year or
any other taxable year. For L's 2017 taxable year, the deduction
limit is reduced to $200,000 by the $300,000 of AIR for that year
and further reduced to $66,667 by the $133,333 of DDR previously
attributed to 2017. Because $16,667 does not exceed the $66,667
deduction limit, the $16,667 of DDR is deductible for L's 2020
taxable year, the year of payment. The deduction limit for
remuneration attributable to services performed by O in 2017 is then
reduced to $50,000 ($66,667 - $16,667), and this reduced limit is
applied to any future payment attributable to services performed by
O in 2017. For L's 2018 taxable year, the deduction limit is reduced
to zero by the $450,000 of AIR for that year and the $50,000 of DDR
previously attributed to 2018. Because $22,222 exceeds the reduced
deduction limit of zero for 2018, the $22,222 of DDR is not
deductible for L's 2020 taxable year or any other taxable year. For
L's 2019 taxable year, the $500,000 deduction limit for 2019 is
applied first to O's $200,000 of AIR for 2019. Because the deduction
limit is greater than the AIR, L may deduct the entire $200,000 of
AIR paid in 2019. The $500,000 deduction limit is reduced to
$300,000 by the amount of the AIR ($500,000 - $200,000). The reduced
deduction limit is applied to O's $150,000 of DDR attributable to
services performed by O in L's 2019 taxable year that is paid in
2020. Because $150,000 does not exceed the $300,000 limit, the
$150,000 of DDR is deductible for L's 2020 taxable year, the year of
payment. The deduction limit for remuneration attributable to
services performed by O in 2019 is then reduced to $150,000
($500,000 - $200,000 - $150,000), and this reduced limit is applied
to any future payment attributable to services performed by O in
2019. As a result, $166,667 of the $200,000 payment ($0 + $16,667 +
$0 + $150,000) is deductible by L for L's 2020 taxable year, the
year of payment, and the remaining $33,333 is not deductible by L
for any taxable year.
Example 5 (Installment payments and in-service payment
attributable to multiple taxable years from an account balance plan
using the principal additions method). (i) The facts are the same as
set forth in Example 4, paragraph (i), except that L uses the
principal additions method for attributing remuneration from an
account balance plan; principal additions under the plan are
$100,000 in 2016, $125,000 in 2017, $150,000 in 2018, and $125,000
in 2019; as of the December 31, 2018 initial date of payment,
earnings on the 2016, 2017, and 2018 principal additions are
$40,000, $30,000, and $5,000 respectively. Under the terms of the
plan, the $400,000 payment made on December 31, 2018, is from
principal additions in 2016, 2017, and 2018, and earnings thereon,
and the $200,000 payment made on January 1, 2020, is from principal
additions in 2018 and 2019, and earnings thereon.
(ii) To determine the extent to which L is entitled to a
deduction for any portion of either payment under the plan, the
payments to O under the plan must first be attributed to services
performed by O in F's taxable years in accordance with the
attribution rules set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. Under
the rules in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section, the $400,000
payment on January 1, 2019, is attributed to services performed by O
in the taxable year to which the payment relates under the terms of
the plan. DDR including principal additions and earnings thereon are
attributed to services performed by O in a taxable year of L when
the $400,000 payment is made to O on December 31, 2018. Under the
terms of the plan, the $400,000 payment made on December 31, 2018 is
attributed to services performed by O in L's 2016 taxable year in
the amount of $140,000, and is attributed to services performed by O
in L's 2017 taxable year in the amount of $155,000, and the
remaining $105,000 ($400,000 - $140,000 - $155,000) is attributed to
services performed by O in L's 2018 taxable year.
(iii) The portion of the DDR attributable to services performed
in a disqualified taxable year under paragraph (d) of this section
that exceeds the deduction limit for that disqualified taxable year,
as reduced, is not deductible for any taxable year. The $500,000
deduction limitation for 2016 is applied first to O's $500,000 of
AIR for 2016. Because the deduction limit is equal to the $500,000
of AIR, L may deduct the entire $500,000 of AIR paid in 2016. The
$500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to zero by the amount of
the AIR ($500,000 - $500,000). The reduced deduction limit is
applied to O's $140,000 of DDR attributable to services performed by
O in L's 2016 taxable year that is paid in 2018. Because $140,000
exceeds the reduced deduction limit of zero, the $140,000 is not
deductible for L's 2018 taxable year (the year of payment), or any
other taxable year. For L's 2017 taxable year, the $500,000
deduction limit for 2017 is applied first to O's $300,000 of AIR for
2017. Because the deduction limit is greater than the AIR, L may
deduct the entire $300,000 of AIR paid in 2017. The $500,000
deduction limit is then reduced to $200,000 by the amount of the AIR
($500,000 - $300,000). The reduced deduction limit is applied to O's
$155,000 of DDR attributable to services performed by O in L's 2017
taxable year that is paid in 2018. Because $155,000 does not exceed
the reduced deduction limit of $200,000, the $155,000 payment is
deductible for 2018. For L's 2018 taxable year, the $500,000
deduction limitation for 2018 is applied first to O's $450,000 of
AIR for 2018. Because the deduction limit is greater than the AIR, L
may deduct the entire $450,000 of AIR paid in 2018. The $500,000
deduction limit is then reduced to $50,000 by the amount of the AIR
($500,000 - $450,000). The reduced deduction limit is applied to O's
$105,000 of DDR attributable to services performed by O in L's 2018
taxable year that is paid in 2018. Because $105,000 exceeds the
reduced deduction limit of $50,000, $55,000 of the $105,000
attributable to L's 2018 taxable year is not deductible for 2018
(the year of payment), or any other taxable year. As a result,
$205,000 of the $400,000 payment ($0 + $155,000 + $50,000) is
deductible by L for L's 2018 taxable year (the year of payment) and
the remaining $195,000 is not deductible by L for any taxable year.
(iv) Earnings through January 1, 2020 on the principal addition
for L's 2018 taxable year ($50,000) that was not paid as part of the
December 31, 2018 payment are $5,000. Earnings through January 1,
2020 on the $125,000 credited to O's account on January 1, 2019 are
$20,000. On December 31, 2018, after the $400,000 payment is applied
to 2016, 2017, and 2018, the account balance for 2016 and 2017 is
reduced to zero, and the account balance for 2018 is reduced to
$50,000 ($150,000 + $5,000 (earnings) -
[[Page 56921]]
$105,000). Under the terms of the plan, the $200,000 payment made on
January 1, 2020, is attributable to services performed by O in L's
2018 and 2019 taxable years. Therefore, the $200,000 payment on
January 1, 2020 is attributed to services performed by O in L's
taxable years as follows: $55,000 ($50,000 + $5,000) to 2018 and
$145,000 ($125,000 + $20,000) to 2019.
(v) The portion of the DDR attributed to a disqualified taxable
year under paragraph (d) of this section that exceeds the deduction
limit for that disqualified taxable year, as reduced, is not
deductible for any taxable year. For L's 2018 taxable year, the
deduction limit is reduced to zero by the $450,000 of AIR for that
year and the payment of $50,000 of DDR attributable to that year.
Because $55,000 exceeds the reduced deduction limit of zero, the
$55,000 is not deductible for 2020, the year of payment (or any
other taxable year). With respect to L's 2019 taxable year, the
$500,000 deduction limit for 2019 is applied first to O's $200,000
of AIR for 2019. Because the deduction limit is greater than the
AIR, L may deduct the entire $200,000 of AIR paid in 2019. The
$500,000 deduction limit is then reduced to $300,000 by the amount
of the AIR ($500,000 - $200,000). The reduced deduction limit is
applied to O's $145,000 of DDR attributable to services performed by
O in L's 2019 taxable year that is paid in 2020. Because $145,000
does not exceed the $300,000 reduced limit, the $145,000 is
deductible for 2020 (the year of payment). As a result, $145,000 of
the $200,000 payment ($0 + $145,000) is deductible for L's 2020
taxable year, and the remaining $55,000 is not deductible by L for
any taxable year.
(4) Application of deduction limitation to aggregated groups of
covered health insurance providers--(i) In general. The total combined
deduction for AIR and DDR attributable to services performed by an
applicable individual in a disqualified taxable year allowed for all
members of an aggregated group that are covered health insurance
providers for any taxable year is limited to $500,000. Therefore, if
two or more members of an aggregated group that are covered health
insurance providers may otherwise deduct AIR or DDR attributable to
services performed by an applicable individual in a disqualified
taxable year, the AIR and DDR otherwise deductible by all members of
the aggregated group is combined, and the deduction limitation is
applied to the total amount.
(ii) Proration of deduction limitation. If the total amount of AIR
or DDR attributable to services performed by an applicable individual
in a disqualified taxable year that is otherwise deductible by two or
more members of an aggregated group in any taxable year exceeds the
$500,000 deduction limit (as reduced by previously deductible AIR or
DDR, if applicable), the deduction limit is prorated based on the AIR
or DDR otherwise deductible by the members of the aggregated group in
the taxable year and allocated to each member of the aggregated group.
The deduction limit allocated to each member of the aggregated group is
determined by multiplying the deduction limit for the disqualified
taxable year (as previously reduced, if applicable) by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the AIR or DDR otherwise deductible by that
member in that taxable year that is attributable to services performed
by the applicable individual in the disqualified taxable year, and the
denominator of which is the total AIR or DDR otherwise deductible by
all members of the aggregated group in that taxable year that is
attributable to services performed by the applicable individual in the
disqualified taxable year. The amount of AIR or DDR otherwise
deductible by a member of the aggregated group in excess of the portion
of the deduction limit allocated to that member is not deductible in
any taxable year. If a covered health insurance provider is a member of
more than one aggregated group, the deduction limit for that covered
health insurance provider under section 162(m)(6) may in no event
exceed $500,000 for AIR and DDR attributable to services performed by
an applicable individual in a disqualified taxable year.
(5) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (e)(4) of this section. For purposes of these examples, each
corporation has a taxable year that is the calendar year and is a
covered health insurance provider for all relevant taxable years, and
DDR is otherwise deductible by the covered health insurance provider in
the taxable year in which it is paid.
Example 1. (i) Corporations I, J, and K are members of the same
aggregated group under paragraph (b)(3) of this section. At separate
times during 2016, C is an employee of, and performs services for,
I, J, and K. C's total AIR for 2016 is $1,500,000, which consists of
$750,000 of AIR for services performed to K; $450,000 of AIR for
services provided to J; and $300,000 of AIR for services to I.
(ii) Because I, J, and K are members of the same aggregated
group, the AIR otherwise deductible by them is aggregated for
purposes of applying the deduction limitation. Further, because the
aggregate AIR otherwise deductible by I, J, and K for 2016 exceeds
the deduction limitation for C for that taxable year, the deduction
limit is prorated and allocated to the members of the aggregated
group in proportion to the AIR otherwise deductible by each member
of the aggregated group for that taxable year. Therefore, the
deduction limit that applies to the AIR otherwise deductible by K is
$250,000 ($500,000 x ($750,000/$1,500,000)); the deduction limit
that applies to the AIR otherwise deductible by J is $150,000
($500,000 x ($450,000/$1,500,000)); and the deduction limit that
applies to AIR otherwise deductible by I is $100,000 ($500,000 x
($300,000/$1,500,000)). For the 2016 taxable year, K may not deduct
$500,000 of the $750,000 of AIR paid to C ($750,000 - $250,000); J
may not deduct $300,000 of the $450,000 of AIR paid to C ($450,000 -
$150,000); and I may not deduct $200,000 of the $300,000 of AIR paid
to C ($300,000 - $100,000).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as Example 1, except that
C's total AIR for 2016 is $400,000, which consists of $75,000 for
services provided to K; $150,000 for services provided to J; and
$175,000 for services provided to I. In addition, C becomes entitled
to $60,000 of DDR attributable to services provided to K in 2016,
which is payable (and paid) on April 1, 2018, and $75,000 of DDR
attributable to services provided to J in 2016, which is payable
(and paid) on April 1, 2019.
(ii) Because C's total AIR of $400,000 for 2016 for services
provided to K, J, and I do not exceed the $500,000 limitation, K, J,
and I may deduct $75,000, $150,000, and $175,000, respectively, for
2016. The deduction limit is then reduced to $100,000 by the total
AIR deductible by all members of the aggregated group ($500,000 -
$400,000). The deduction limit, as reduced, is then applied to any
DDR attributable to services provided by C in 2016 in the first
subsequent taxable year that DDR becomes deductible. The first year
that DDR for 2016 becomes deductible is 2018, due to the $60,000
payment made on April 1, 2018. Because the $60,000 of DDR otherwise
deductible by K does not exceed the 2016 $100,000 deduction limit, K
may deduct the entire $60,000 for its 2018 taxable year. The
$100,000 deduction limit is then reduced by the $60,000 of DDR
deductible by K for 2018, and the reduced deduction limit of $40,000
($100,000 - $60,000) is applied to the $75,000 of DDR that is
otherwise deductible for 2019. Because the DDR of $75,000 otherwise
deductible by J exceeds the reduced deduction limit of $40,000, J
may deduct only $40,000, and the remaining $35,000 ($75,000 -
$40,000) is not deductible by J for that taxable year or any other
taxable year.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as Example 2, except that
C's DDR of $75,000 attributable to services performed by C in J's
2016 taxable year is payable (and paid) on July 1, 2018.
(ii) The results are the same as Example 2, except that the
reduced deduction limit of $100,000 is prorated between K and J in
proportion to the DDR otherwise deductible by them for 2018.
Accordingly, $44,444 of the remaining deduction limit is allocated
to K ($100,000 x ($60,000/$135,000)), and $55,556 of the remaining
deduction limit is allocated to J ($100,000 x ($75,000/$135,000)).
Because the $60,000 of DDR otherwise deductible by K exceeds the
$44,444 deduction limit applied to that remuneration, K may deduct
only $44,444 of the $60,000 payment, and $15,556 may not be deducted
by K for the 2018 taxable year or any other taxable year. Similarly,
because the $75,000 of DDR otherwise deductible by
[[Page 56922]]
J exceeds the $55,556 deduction limit applied to that remuneration,
J may deduct only $55,556 of the $75,000 payment, and $19,444 may
not be deducted by J for that taxable year or any other taxable
year.
(f) Corporate transactions--(1) Treatment as a covered health
insurance provider in connection with a corporate transaction. Except
as otherwise provided in this paragraph (f), a person that participates
in a corporate transaction is a covered health insurance provider for
the taxable year in which the corporate transaction occurs (and any
other taxable year) if it would otherwise be a covered health insurance
provider under paragraph (b)(4) of this section for that taxable year.
For example, if a member of an aggregated group that did not previously
include a health insurance issuer purchases a health insurance issuer
that is a covered health insurance provider (so that the health
insurance issuer becomes a member of the aggregated group), each member
of the acquiring aggregated group will be a covered health insurance
provider for its full taxable year in which the corporate transaction
occurs and each subsequent taxable year in which the health insurance
issuer continues to be a member of the group, if it would otherwise be
a covered health insurance provider under paragraph (b)(4), except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (f). For purposes of this section,
the term corporate transaction means a merger, acquisition or
disposition of assets or stock, reorganization, consolidation,
separation, or any other transaction resulting in a change in the
composition of an aggregated group.
(2) Transition period relief for a person becoming a covered health
insurance provider solely as a result of a corporate transaction--(i)
In general. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section,
a person that is not a covered health insurance provider before a
corporate transaction, but would (except for application of this
paragraph (f)(2)(i)) become a covered health insurance provider solely
because it becomes a member of an aggregated group with another person
that is a health insurance issuer as a result of the corporate
transaction, is not a covered health insurance provider subject to the
deduction limitation of section 162(m)(6) for the taxable year of that
person in which the corporate transaction occurs (the transition period
relief).
(ii) Certain applicable individuals. The transition period relief
described in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section does not apply with
respect to the remuneration of any individual who is an applicable
individual of a person that would have been a covered health insurance
provider for the taxable year in which the corporate transaction
occurred without regard to the occurrence of the corporate transaction
(for example, the applicable individuals of a health insurance issuer
and the members of its affiliated group that were covered health
insurance issuers before the occurrence of a corporate transaction).
This exception to the transition period relief applies even with
respect to remuneration attributable to services performed by the
applicable individual for a person that is eligible for the transition
period relief described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section.
Accordingly, each member of an acquiring aggregated group that would
become a covered health insurance provider solely as a result of a
corporate transaction, but is not a covered health insurance provider
under the transition period relief described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A)
of this section, is subject to the deduction limitation of section
162(m)(6) for its taxable year in which the corporate transaction
occurs with respect to AIR and DDR attributable to services performed
by any individual who is an applicable individual of the acquired
health insurance issuer and any member of its aggregated group that
would have been a covered health insurance provider in the taxable year
in which the corporate transaction occurred, even if the corporate
transaction had not occurred.
(3) Transition relief from the attribution consistency
requirements--(i) In general. Paragraphs (d)(3)(i), (d)(4)(i) and
(d)(5)(i)(B) of this section require a covered health insurance
provider and all members of its aggregated group to use the same method
for attributing remuneration to services performed by applicable
individuals consistently for all taxable years (attribution consistency
requirements). As a result of a corporate transaction, however, a
covered health insurance provider that uses an attribution method for
its account balance plans, nonaccount balance plans, or stock options
or SARs may become a member of an aggregated group with another covered
health insurance provider that uses a different attribution method for
those types of plans or arrangements. In that case, neither member of
the aggregated group will be treated as violating the attribution
consistency requirements merely because it uses an attribution method
that is different from the attribution method used by another member of
its aggregated group to attribute remuneration that becomes otherwise
deductible in the taxable year in which the corporate transaction
occurs. However, the attribution consistency requirements apply with
respect to remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible in all
subsequent taxable years. Following the date of the corporate
transaction, any member of the aggregated group may change the
attribution method that it used before the date of the corporate
transaction to attribute remuneration under its account balance plans,
nonaccount balance plans, or stock options or SARs to make its method
consistent with the method used by any other member of the aggregated
group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Secretary may subject this
change in attribution method to limitations, or may otherwise modify
the attribution consistency requirements, pursuant to a notice, revenue
ruling, or other guidance of general applicability published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin.
(ii) Exception for certain applicable individuals. Notwithstanding
the transition relief described in paragraphs (f)(2)(A) of this
section, if a covered health insurance provider has attributed
remuneration under a method described in paragraphs (d)(3), (d)(4), or
(d)(5) of this section with respect to an applicable individual before
a corporate transaction, the covered health insurance provider must
continue at all times to use that attribution method for all other
remuneration that becomes otherwise deductible under the same type of
plan (that is, an account balance plan, a nonaccount balance plan, or a
stock option or SAR) to which the applicable individual has a legally
binding right as of the corporate transaction.
(4) Deduction limitation not prorated for short taxable years. If a
corporate transaction results in a short taxable year for a covered
health insurance provider, the $500,000 deduction limit for the short
taxable year is neither prorated nor reduced. For example, if a
corporate transaction results in a short taxable year of three months,
the deduction limit under section 162(m)(6) for that short taxable year
is $500,000 (and is not reduced to $125,000).
(5) Effect of a corporate transaction on the application of the de
minimis exception. If a person becomes or ceases to be a member of an
aggregated group, only the premiums and gross revenues of that person
for the portion of its taxable year during which it is a member of the
aggregated group are taken into account for purposes of
[[Page 56923]]
determining whether the de minimis exception applies.
(6) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
this paragraph (f). For purposes of these examples, each corporation
has a taxable year that is the calendar year unless stated otherwise,
and none of the corporations qualify for the de minimis exception under
paragraph (b)(4)(v) of this section.
Example 1. (i) Corporation J merges with and into corporation H
on June 30, 2015, such that H is the surviving entity. As a result
of the merger, J's taxable year ends on June 30, 2015. For its
taxable year ending June 30, 2015, J is a health insurance issuer
that is a covered health insurance provider. For all taxable years
before the taxable year of the merger, H is not a covered health
insurance provider.
(ii) Corporation J is a covered health insurance provider for
its short taxable year ending June 30, 2015. As a result of the
merger, H becomes a covered health insurance provider for its 2015
taxable year, but Corporation H is not a covered health insurance
provider for its 2015 taxable year by reason of the transition
period relief in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. However,
applicable individuals of J continue to be subject to the deduction
limit under section 162(m)(6) for amounts that become otherwise
deductible in the 2015 taxable year and DDR that is attributable to
services performed by applicable individuals of J, and H is a
covered health insurance provider for all subsequent taxable years
for which it is a covered health insurance provider under paragraph
(b)(4) of this section.
Example 2. (i) On January 1, 2016, corporations D, E, and F are
members of a controlled group within the meaning of section 414(b).
F is a health insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance
provider under paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section. D and E are
not health insurance issuers (but are covered health insurance
providers pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(C) and (D) of this
section). D is the parent entity of the DEF aggregated group. F's
taxable year ends on September 30. P is an applicable individual of
F for all taxable years. On May 1, 2016, a controlled group within
the meaning of section 414(b) consisting of corporations C and B
purchases all of the stock of corporation F, resulting in a
controlled group within the meaning of section 414(b) consisting of
corporations C, B, and F. The amount of premiums received by F from
providing minimum essential coverage during the portion of its
taxable year when it was a member of the DEF aggregated group
constitute more than two percent of the gross revenues of the
aggregated group for the taxable year of D (the parent entity)
ending on December 31, 2016, and the taxable years of E and F ending
with or within D's taxable year (December 31, 2016 and May 1, 2016
respectively). C and B are not health insurance issuers. C is the
parent entity of the CBF aggregated group. The CBF aggregated group
is also a consolidated group within the meaning of Sec. 1.1502-
1(h). Thus, F's taxable year ends on May 1, 2016 by reason of Sec.
1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(A)(1), and F becomes part of the CBF
consolidated group for the taxable year ending December 31, 2016.
(ii) D and E are covered health insurance providers for the
taxable year ending December 31, 2016, and the de minimis exception
does not apply because the amount of premiums received by F from
providing minimum essential coverage during the short taxable year
that it was a member of the DEF aggregated group are more than two
percent of the gross revenues of the aggregated group for the
taxable years during which the members would otherwise be a covered
health insurance providers under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this
section. Accordingly, D and E are subject to the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6) for their taxable years ending
December 31, 2016. C and B are not covered health insurance
providers for their taxable year ending December 31, 2016, by reason
of the transition period relief of paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this
section.
(iii) As a result of leaving the aggregated group, F has a new
taxable year beginning on May 2, 2016 and ending on December 31,
2016. F is a covered health insurance provider within the meaning of
paragraph (b)(4) of this section for its new taxable year ending on
December 31, 2016 (even though C and B are not covered health
insurance providers for their taxable years ending December 31,
2016) unless the CBF aggregated group qualifies for the de minimis
exception for that taxable year.
(iv) P is an applicable individual whose remuneration from F is
subject to the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6) for F's
short taxable year ending May 1, 2016 and F's taxable year ending
December 31, 2016. In addition, any remuneration provided to P by C
or B at any time for services provided by P from May 1, 2016 to
December 31, 2016 is also subject to the deduction limitation under
section 162(m)(6), even though C and B are not covered health
insurance providers for their taxable years ending December 31, 2016
by reason of the transition period relief of paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A)
of this section. Remuneration to which P had the legally binding
right on or before the date of the transaction is subject to the
deduction limitation when that remuneration becomes otherwise
deductible.
Example 3. (i) The same facts as Example 2, except that E is a
health insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance provider
under paragraph (b)(4) of this section and thus receives premiums
from providing minimum essential coverage (instead of F), and F is
not a health insurance issuer.
(ii) F is a covered health insurance provider for its short
taxable year ending May 1, 2016. However, because F is not a health
insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance provider and
there are no other health insurance issuers in the BCF aggregated
group, F is not a covered health insurance provider for its short,
post-acquisition taxable year ending December 31, 2016.
(iii) With respect to P, remuneration to which P had the legally
binding right on or before the date of the transaction is subject to
the deduction limitation. However, remuneration to which P obtains
the legally binding right after the date of the corporate
transaction is not subject to the deduction limitation.
Example 4. (i) Corporations N, O, and P are members of an
aggregated group as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. N
is a health insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance
provider pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section, but
neither O nor P is a health insurance issuer. P is the parent entity
of the aggregated group. On April 1, 2016, O ceases to be a member
of the NOP aggregated group as the result of a corporate
transaction. O's taxable year does not end as a result of the
corporate transaction.
(ii) Because O was a member of the NOP aggregated group during a
portion of its taxable year, O is a covered health insurance
provider for its taxable year ending December 31, 2016.
Example 5. (i) Corporations V, W, and X are members of an
aggregated group as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. V
is a health insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance
provider pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section, but
neither W nor X is a health insurance issuer. W is the parent entity
of the aggregated group. V's taxable year ends on December 31; W's
taxable year ends on June 30; and X's taxable year ends on September
30. For its taxable year ending June 30, 2017, W has $100x in gross
revenue. For its taxable year ending September 30, 2016, X has $60x
in gross revenue. For its taxable year ending December 31, 2016, V
receives $4x of premiums from providing minimum essential coverage
and has no other revenue. As of September 30, 2016, V ceases to be a
member of the VWX aggregated group. V's taxable year does not end on
September 30, 2016 as a result of the transaction. Of the $4x that
that V receives for providing minimum essential coverage during its
taxable year ending December 31, 2016, $3x is received during the
period from January 1, 2016 through September 30, 2016. As a result
of the corporate transaction, V's taxable year ends on September 30,
2016. The de minimis exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this
section did not apply to the members of the VWX aggregated group for
their immediately preceding taxable years ending December 31, 2015,
June 30, 2016, and September 30, 2015, respectively.
(ii) For purposes of applying the de minimis exception to an
aggregated group for a taxable year during which a person leaves or
joins the aggregated group, only the premiums and revenues of the
person for the portion of its taxable year during which it was a
member of the aggregated group are taken into account. The premiums
from providing minimum essential coverage received by the VWX
aggregated group for W's taxable year ending June 30, 2017 are $3x.
The revenues of the V, W, and X aggregated group for W's taxable
year ending June 30, 2017 are $163x. Accordingly, the premiums
received by the members of the aggregated group from providing
minimum essential coverage are less than two percent of the gross
revenues of the aggregated group
[[Page 56924]]
($3x is less than $3.26x (two percent of $163x)). Therefore, V, W
and X are not covered health insurance providers for their taxable
years ending December 31, 2016, June 30, 2017, and September 30,
2016, respectively.
Example 6. (i) The facts are the same as Example 5, except that
F received $4x of premiums during the period from January 1, 2016 to
September 30, 2016, and the members of the VWX aggregated group were
not covered health insurance providers for their taxable years
ending December 31, 2015, June 30, 2016, and September 30, 2015,
respectively (their immediately preceding taxable years) solely by
reason of the de minimis exception of paragraph (b)(4)(v)(A) of this
section.
(ii) The premiums from providing minimum essential coverage
received by the VWX aggregated group for W's taxable year ending
June 30, 2017 are $4x. The revenues of the VWX aggregated group for
W's taxable year ending June 30, 2017 are $164x. Accordingly, the
premiums received by the members of the aggregated group from
providing minimum essential coverage are greater than two percent of
the gross revenues of the aggregated group ($4x is greater than
$3.28x (two percent of $164x)). Therefore, V, W, and X do not
qualify for the de minimis exception for their taxable years ending
December 31, 2016, June 30, 2017, and September 30, 2016,
respectively. However, V, W, and X are not covered health insurance
providers for these taxable years by reason of the de minimis
exception one year transition period described in paragraph
(b)(4)(v)(B) of this section.
Example 7. (i) Corporation N is a health insurance issuer that
is a covered health insurance provider. Corporation O is also a
health insurance issuer that is a covered health insurance provider.
Both N and O have taxable years ending December 31. N uses the
account balance ratio method to attribute remuneration that becomes
otherwise deductible under its account balance plans. O uses the
principal additions method to attribute amounts that become
otherwise deductible under its account balance plans. On June 30,
2016, O purchases all of the stock of N.
(ii) For the taxable year of N and O ending December 31, 2016, N
may continue to attribute amounts that become deductible under its
account balance plans using the account balance ratio method, and O
can continue to attribute amounts that become otherwise deductible
under its account balance plan using the principal additions method,
even though they are members of the same aggregated group, pursuant
to the transition period relief described in paragraph (f)(2) of
this section. In all subsequent taxable years, N and O must use the
same method to attribute amounts that become otherwise deductible
under their account balance plans. Either N or O may change the
method that it uses to attribute amounts under its account balance
plans to be consistent with the attribution method used by the
other.
Example 8. (i) The facts are the same as Example 7. In
addition, B is an applicable individual of N before the corporate
transaction and is a participant in an account balance plan of N. On
December 31, 2015, N made a payment to B, and N used the account
balance ratio method described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section to attribute the payment to services performed by B in
taxable years of N.
(ii) Because N used the account balance ratio method described
in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section to attribute an amount that
became otherwise deductible under the plan before the corporate
transaction, N must continue to use the account balance ratio method
for attributing amounts to which B had a legally binding right as of
the corporate transaction, whenever those amounts become otherwise
deductible.
(g) Coordination--(1) Coordination with section 162(m)(1). If
section 162(m)(1) and section 162(m)(6) both otherwise would apply with
respect to the remuneration of an applicable individual, the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6) applies without regard to section
162(m)(1). For example, if an applicable individual is both a covered
employee of a publicly held corporation (see sections 162(m)(2) and
(3); Sec. 1.162-27) and an applicable individual within the meaning of
paragraph (b)(7) of this section, remuneration earned by the applicable
individual that is attributable to a disqualified taxable year of a
covered health insurance provider is subject to the $500,000 deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6) with respect to such disqualified
taxable year, without regard to section 162(m)(1).
(2) Coordination with disallowed excess parachute payments--(i) In
general. The $500,000 deduction limitation of section 162(m)(6) is
reduced (but not below zero) by the amount (if any) that would have
been included in the AIR or DDR of the applicable individual for a
taxable year but for the deduction for the AIR or DDR being disallowed
by reason of section 280G.
(ii) Example. The following example illustrates the rule of this
paragraph (g)(2).
Example. Corporation A, a covered health insurance provider,
pays $750,000 of AIR to P, an applicable individual, during A's
disqualified taxable year ending December 31, 2016. Of the $750,000,
$300,000 is an excess parachute payment as defined in section
280G(b)(1), the deduction for which is disallowed by reason of that
section. The excess parachute payment reduces the $500,000 deduction
limit to $200,000 ($500,000 - $300,000). Therefore, A may deduct
only $200,000 of the $750,000 in AIR, and $250,000 of the payment is
not deductible by reason of section 162(m)(6).
(h) Grandfathered amounts attributable to services performed in
taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010--(1) In general. The
section 162(m)(6) deduction limitation does not apply to remuneration
attributable to services performed in taxable years of a covered health
insurance provider beginning before January 1, 2010 (grandfathered
amounts). For purposes of this paragraph (h), whether remuneration is
attributable to services performed in a taxable year beginning before
January 1, 2010, is determined by applying an attribution method
described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
(2) Identification of services performed in taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2010--(i) In general. DDR described in paragraphs
(d)(2) (legally binding right), (d)(3) (account balance plans), (d)(4)
(nonaccount balance plans), (d)(6) (involuntary separation pay), (d)(7)
(reimbursements), and (d)(8) (split dollar life insurance) of this
section is attributable to services performed in a taxable year
beginning before January 1, 2010 if it is attributable to services
performed before that date under the rules of these paragraphs, without
regard to whether that remuneration is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture on or after that date. Notwithstanding the requirement under
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section that a covered health insurance
provider must use the same attribution method for its account balance
plans for all taxable years, a covered health insurance provider that
uses the account balance ratio method described in paragraph (d)(3)(i)
of this section to attribute remuneration to services performed in
taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009 may use the principal
additions method described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section to
attribute remuneration under an account balance plan to services
performed in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2010 for
purposes of determining grandfathered amounts under the plan. (See
paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(C)(3) of this section for required account balance
adjustments if a covered health insurance provider generally uses the
account balance ratio method to attribute amounts otherwise deductible
under its account balance plans but uses the principal additions method
to attribute remuneration to services performed in taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2010.)
(ii) Equity-based remuneration. For purposes of this section, all
remuneration resulting from a stock option, stock appreciation right,
restricted stock, or restricted stock unit
[[Page 56925]]
and the right to any associated dividends or dividend equivalents
(together, referred to as equity-based remuneration) granted before the
first day of the taxable year of the covered health insurance provider
beginning on or after January 1, 2010, is attributable to services
performed in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010, regardless
of the date on which the equity-based remuneration is exercised (in the
case of a stock option or SAR), the date on which the amounts due under
the equity-based remuneration are paid or includible in income, or
whether the equity-based remuneration is subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture on or after the first day of the taxable year of the
covered health insurance provider beginning on or after January 1,
2010. For example, appreciation in the value of restricted shares
granted before the first day of the taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 2010 is treated as remuneration that is attributable to
services performed in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010,
regardless of whether the shares are vested at that time.
(i) Transition rules for certain DDR--(1) Transition rule for DDR
attributable to services performed in taxable years of the covered
health insurance provider beginning after December 31, 2009 and before
January 1, 2013. The deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6)
applies to DDR attributable to services performed in a disqualified
taxable year of a covered health insurance provider beginning after
December 31, 2009 and before January 1, 2013, only if that remuneration
is otherwise deductible in a disqualified taxable year of the covered
health insurance provider beginning after December 31, 2012. However,
if the deduction limitation applies to DDR attributable to services
performed by an applicable individual in a disqualified taxable year of
a covered health insurance provider beginning after December 31, 2009
and before January 1, 2013, the deduction limitation is calculated as
if it had been applied to the applicable individual's AIR and DDR
deductible in those taxable years.
(2) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
this paragraph (i). For purposes of these examples, each corporation
has a taxable year that is the calendar year, and DDR is otherwise
deductible by the covered health insurance provider in the taxable year
in which it is paid.
Example 1. (i) Q is an applicable individual of corporation Z.
Z's 2010, 2011, and 2012 taxable years are disqualified taxable
years. Z's 2013, 2014, and 2015 taxable years are not disqualified
taxable years. However, Z's 2016 taxable year and all subsequent
taxable years are disqualified taxable years. Q receives $200,000 of
AIR from Z for 2012, and becomes entitled to $800,000 of DDR that is
attributable to services performed by Q in 2012. Z pays Q $350,000
of the DDR in 2015, and the remaining $450,000 of the DDR in 2016.
These payments are otherwise deductible by Z in 2015 and 2016,
respectively.
(ii) DDR attributable to services performed by Q in Z's 2010,
2011, and 2012 taxable years that is otherwise deductible in Z's
2013, 2014, or 2015 taxable years is not subject to the deduction
limitation under section 162(m)(6) by reason of the transition rule
under paragraph (i)(1) of this section. However, DDR attributable to
services performed in Z's 2010, 2011, and 2012 taxable years that is
otherwise deductible in a later taxable year that is a disqualified
taxable year (in this case, Z's 2016 and subsequent taxable years)
is subject to the deduction limitation under section 162(m)(6).
Accordingly, the deduction limitation with respect to AIR and DDR
attributable to services performed by Q in 2012 is determined by
reducing the $500,000 deduction limit by the $200,000 of AIR paid to
Q by Z for 2012 ($500,000 - $200,000). Under the transition rule of
paragraph (i)(1) of this section, no portion of the reduced
deduction limit of $300,000 for the 2012 taxable year is applied
against the $350,000 payment made in 2015, and accordingly, the
deduction limit is not reduced by the amount of that payment. The
reduced deduction limit is then applied to Q's $450,000 of DDR
attributable to services performed by Q in 2012 that is paid to Q
and becomes otherwise deductible in 2016. Because the reduced
deduction limit of $300,000 is less than the $450,000 otherwise
deductible by Z in 2016, Z may deduct only $300,000 of the DDR, and
$150,000 of the $450,000 payment is not deductible by Z in that
taxable year or any taxable year.
Example 2. (i) R is an applicable individual of corporation Y,
which is a covered health insurance provider for all relevant
taxable years. During 2010, Y pays R $400,000 in salary and grants R
a right to $200,000 in DDR payable on a fixed schedule in 2011,
2012, and 2013. Pursuant to the fixed schedule, Y pays R $50,000 of
DDR in 2011, $50,000 of DDR in 2012, and the remaining $100,000 of
DDR in 2013.
(ii) Because the deduction limitation for DDR under section
162(m)(6)(A)(ii) is effective for DDR that is attributable to
services performed by an applicable individual during any
disqualified taxable year beginning after December 31, 2009 that
would otherwise be deductible in a taxable year beginning after
December 31, 2012, only the DDR paid by Y in 2013 is subject to the
deduction limitation. However, the limitation is applied as if
section 162(m)(6) and paragraph (c)(2) of this section were
effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009 and
before January 1, 2013. Accordingly, the deduction limitation with
respect to remuneration for services performed by R in 2010 is
determined by reducing the $500,000 deduction limit by the $400,000
of AIR paid to R for 2010 ($500,000 -$400,000). The reduced
deduction limit of $100,000 is further reduced to zero by the
$50,000 of DDR attributable to services performed by R in Y's 2010
taxable year that is deductible in each of 2011 and 2012 (($100,000
- $50,000 - $50,000). Because the deduction limit is reduced to
zero, none of the $100,000 of DDR attributable to services performed
by R in Y's 2010 taxable year and paid to R in 2013 is deductible.
(j) Effective/applicability dates. These regulations are effective
on September 23, 2014. The regulations apply to taxable years beginning
on or after September 23, 2014.
John Dalrymple,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.
Approved: September 15, 2014.
Mark J. Mazur,
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).
[FR Doc. 2014-22317 Filed 9-18-14; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4830-01-P